Southwest Florida Water Management District … · The Act governs the regulation of all waters in...

Southwest Florida Water Management District

WATER USE PERMIT INFORMATION MANUAL

Including Chapter 40D-2, Florida Administrative Code, Part A

Basis of Review for Water Use Permit Applications, Part B

Water Use Design Aids, Part C, and

Requirements for the Estimation of Service Area Populations, Part D

January 27, 2010

PRINTING HISTORY

First Edition Printed:October 1989

Latest Edition Printed:February 1993

July 1998

July 1999

September 2000

April 2001

April 2002

March 2003 (Includes SWUCA 1-1-03 amendments)

January 2004 (technical corrections)

February 2005

October 2005

January 2007 (Includes SWUCA 1-1-07 amendments)

October 2007 (Includes NTBWUCA 10-1-07 amendments)

May 2008

July 20, 2008

September 10, 2008

January 20, 2009

March 26, 2009

May 17, 2009

July 1, 2009

August 30, 2009

October 26, 2009

November 2, 2009

January 27, 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WATER USE PERMIT

INFORMATION MANUAL

PAGE

PREFACE ........................................................................................................................................ i

PART A, RULES

CHAPTER 40D-2, WATER USE PERMITS

(The District’s rule is made a part of this manual. Therefore, the pages will begin with the rule

number "2" rather than the prefix "A".) ...................................................................................... 2-1

PART B, BASIS OF REVIEW

TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................. B-i

LIST OF TABLES .......................................................................................................................B-v

LIST OF FIGURES ................................................................................................................... B-vi

TABLE OF SOURCES............................................................................................................. B-vii

GLOSSARY ............................................................................................................................ B-viii

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ................................................................................. B-xii

1.0 PERMITTING PROCEDURES ....................................................................................B1-1

2.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONSIDERATIONS ..................................................................B2-1

3.0 REASONABLE WATER NEEDS ................................................................................B3-1

4.0 CONDITIONS FOR ISSUANCE--TECHNICAL CRITERIA .....................................B4-1

5.0 MONITORING REQUIREMENTS ..............................................................................B5-1

6.0 PERMIT CONDITIONS ...............................................................................................B6-1

7.0 WATER USE CAUTION AREAS ................................................................................B7-1

PART C, WATER USE DESIGN AIDS

1. SALINE WATER MONITORING PROGRAM...........................................................C2-1

2. AQUIFER TEST PROGRAM .......................................................................................C3-1

3. AGRICULTURAL WATER USE ALLOTMENTS .....................................................C4-1

4. GROUND WATER LEVEL MONITORING PROGRAM ..........................................C5-1

5. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM .....................................................C6-1

PART D, REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ESTIMATION OF PERMANENT AND TEMPORAL

SERVICE AREA POPULATIONS

LIST OF ACRONYMS AND DEFINITIONS ........................................................................... D-1

1.0 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................... D-3

2.0 REQUIRED PERMANENT AND SEASONAL RESIDENT POPULATION

ESTIMATES................................................................................................................... D-3

3.0 OPTIONAL FUNCTIONAL TOURIST POPULATION .............................................. D-7

4.0 OPTIONAL FUNCTIONAL NET COMMUTER POPULATION ............................... D-8

5.0 TOTAL REQUIRED AND OPTIONAL FUNCTIONAL SERVICE AREA

POPULATION ............................................................................................................... D-9

APPENDIX A - POPULATION DATA SOURCES, DETAILS & EXAMPLES FOR

WORKSHEETS A TO I

1.0 WORKSHEET A: RESIDENTIAL ACCOUNT HOUSING..................................... D/A-3

2.0 WORKSHEET C: HOUSEHOLDS, GROUP QUARTERS AND

HOUSING UNITS ...................................................................................................... D/A-3

3.0 WORKSHEET D: PEAK SEASONAL RESIDENT RATIO .................................... D/A-4

4.0 WORKSHEET B: SERVICE AREA SUMMARY - EXAMPLE REQUIRED TOTAL

FUNCTIONAL PERMANENT AND SEASONAL RESIDENT POPULATION

CALCULATIONS .................................................................................................... D/A-11

5.0 WORKSHEET G: FUNCTIONAL TOURIST POPULATION (OPTIONAL) ....... D/A-14

6.0 WORKSHEETS H & I: FUNCTIONAL NET COMMUTER POPULATION

(OPTIONAL) ............................................................................................................ D/A-19

SUPPLEMENT TO APPENDIX A - OPTIONAL NET COMMUTER DATA

APPENDIX B - POPULATION SURVEY MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

1.0 SERVICE AREA SEASONAL RESIDENT AND IN-HOME TOURIST SURVEY

2.0 MINIMUM SURVEY SAMPLE SIZES

3.0 MAXIMUM AGE OF DATA

APPENDIX C - WORKSHEETS A TO I

WORKSHEET A - RESIDENTIAL ACCOUNT HOUSING UNIT ESTIMATION

WORKSHEET B - SERVICE AREA SUMMARY

WORKSHEET C - HOUSEHOLDS, GROUP QUARTERS & HOUSING UNITS

WORKSHEET D - PEAK SEASONAL RESIDENT RATIO

WORKSHEET E - PARTIAL ZCTA SELECTION

WORKSHEET F - SMALL SERVICE AREA ZCTAS

WORKSHEET G - FUNCTIONAL TOURIST POPULATION

WORKSHEET H - PARTIAL TRACT SELECTION

WORKSHEET I - FUNCTIONAL NET COMMUTER POPULATION

APPENDIX D - CENSUS YEAR SEASONAL RESIDENT AND PERMANENT

POPULATION BY ZIP CODE

CONTACTS

i

PREFACE

The purpose of this manual is to provide information and guidance to applicants in the process of

obtaining a Water Use Permit from the Southwest Florida Water Management District

(hereinafter referred to as the District). It consists of the following sections:

Part A contains the rules governing water use permitting requirements and exemptions, Chapter

40D-2, Florida Administrative Code, (F.A.C.). Other District rules that apply to Water Use

Permits are Chapter 40D-8 governing minimum water levels and rates of flow, Chapter 40D-21

governing water shortage procedures and 40D-22 regarding year-round water conservation

measures.

Part B is entitled "Basis of Review for Water Use Permit Applications" and is incorporated by

reference as part of Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C. The "Basis of Review" is organized in seven sections

and explains procedures and technical criteria involved in the evaluation of a Water Use Permit

Application. Each section explains the sequence as follows:

1. Section 1.0 describes the procedures and time frames for filing a Water Use Permit

Application.

2. Section 2.0 describes other administrative information, which may apply to certain water

users.

3. Section 3.0 describes how the District evaluates the appropriateness of the withdrawal

quantities requested based on historical information or best available data.

4. Section 4.0 describes the technical considerations employed in assessing compliance with the

conditions for issuance.

5. Section 5.0 identifies the types of water-use monitoring that may be required under various

circumstances.

6. Section 6.0 presents a list of Permit Conditions, which the District may include on a permit.

7. Section 7.0 provides special conditions applying to Water Use Caution Areas.

Part C contains design aids that are not adopted as part of Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C. These design

aids describe various procedures relevant to water-use permitting and are provided in this manual

for the Applicant's convenience.

Applicants may provide and the District may consider information using methods or procedures

other than those described in Part C. However, Part C contains material most commonly relied

on by the District in permit evaluation.

Part D is entitled "Requirements for the Estimation of Permanent and Temporal Service Area

Populations." Part D explains the methodology to be used to calculate the functional population

of a retail water service area for purposes of determining per capita water use.

The District may periodically update this manual and will provide public notice prior to

ii

implementing any revisions. Users should contact the District to obtain the most current version

of this manual. The manual can also be viewed or downloaded from the District website at

http://www.swfwmd.state.fl.us/permits/wup/

Southwest Florida Water Management District Authority

The District was created by Chapter 61-691, Laws of Florida, for purposes of flood control and

water conservation. In 1972, the Florida Legislature enacted Chapter 373, Florida Statutes

(F.S.), the Florida Water Resources Act of 1972 (Act), which greatly expanded the District's

responsibilities from flood control to a full range of water management activities. The Act

establishes an eleven member Governing Board that is responsible for the administration of all

District programs.

The Act governs the regulation of all waters in the state, unless exempted by law. Waters in the

state are defined to include all water on or beneath the surface of the ground or in the

atmosphere.

Generally, the objectives of the Act are:

1. To provide for management of water and related land resources;

2. To promote the conservation, development, and proper utilization of surface and ground

water;

3. To provide water storage for beneficial purposes;

4. To prevent damage from floods, soil erosion, and excessive drainage;

5. To preserve natural resources, fish, and wildlife; and

6. To promote recreational development.

The Act provides for the establishment of permit programs for the regulation of consumptive use

of water, well construction, surface water management systems, artificial recharge, and

management of District lands and structures.

The District has implemented all the permitting programs authorized by the Act by adopting

rules that are published as Chapter 40D, F.A.C

ii

implementing any revisions. Users should contact the District to obtain the most current version

of this manual. The manual can also be viewed or downloaded from the District website at

http://www.swfwmd.state.fl.us/permits/wup/

Southwest Florida Water Management District Authority

The District was created by Chapter 61-691, Laws of Florida, for purposes of flood control and

water conservation. In 1972, the Florida Legislature enacted Chapter 373, Florida Statutes

(F.S.), the Florida Water Resources Act of 1972 (Act), which greatly expanded the District's

responsibilities from flood control to a full range of water management activities. The Act

establishes an eleven member Governing Board that is responsible for the administration of all

District programs.

The Act governs the regulation of all waters in the state, unless exempted by law. Waters in the

state are defined to include all water on or beneath the surface of the ground or in the

atmosphere.

Generally, the objectives of the Act are:

1. To provide for management of water and related land resources;

2. To promote the conservation, development, and proper utilization of surface and ground

water;

3. To provide water storage for beneficial purposes;

4. To prevent damage from floods, soil erosion, and excessive drainage;

5. To preserve natural resources, fish, and wildlife; and

6. To promote recreational development.

The Act provides for the establishment of permit programs for the regulation of consumptive use

of water, well construction, surface water management systems, artificial recharge, and

management of District lands and structures.

The District has implemented all the permitting programs authorized by the Act by adopting

rules that are published as Chapter 40D, F.A.C



PART A

2-1

RULES OF THE

SOUTHWEST FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT

CHAPTER 40D-2

WATER USE PERMITS

40D-2.011 Policy and Purpose.

40D-2.021 Definitions.

40D-2.031 Implementation.

40D-2.041 Permits Required.

40D-2.051 Exemptions.

40D-2.091 Publications Incorporated by Reference.

40D-2.101 Content of Application.

40D-2.111 Notice of Application Form. (Repealed)

40D-2.121 Notice and Hearing Requirements. (Repealed)

40D-2.131 Times for Receiving Objections and for Hearing. (Repealed)

40D-2.201 Permit Processing Fee. (Repealed)

40D-2.301 Conditions for Issuance of Permits.

40D-2.302 Reservations From Use.

40D-2.311 Competing Applications.

40D-2.321 Duration of Permits.

40D-2.331 Modification of Permits.

40D-2.341 Revocation and Cancellation of Permits.

40D-2.351 Transfer of Permits.

40D-2.361 Renewal of Permits.

40D-2.381 Standard Permit Conditions.

40D-2.401 Identification Tags.

40D-2.441 Temporary Permits. (Repealed)

40D-2.501 Permit Classification.

40D-2.511 Declaration of Water Shortage.

40D-2.521 Change, Suspension or Restriction of Permits During Water Shortage. (Repealed)

40D-2.531 Procedures Under Water Shortage. (Repealed)

40D-2.541 Declaration of Emergency Due to Water Shortage. (Repealed)

40D-2.621 Water-Conserving Credits.

40D-2.801 Water Use Caution Areas.

40D-2.011 Policy and Purpose. The purpose of this Chapter is to implement the provisions of Part II of Chapter 373, F.S., and the Water

Resource Implementation Rule set forth in Chapter 62-40, F.A.C. Additional rules relating to water use are found in

Chapter 40D-3, F.A.C., entitled Regulation of Wells, Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C., entitled Water Levels and Rates of

Flow, Chapter 40D-80, F.A.C., entitled Prevention and Recovery Strategies For Minimum Flows and Levels,

Chapter 40D-21, F.A.C., entitled Water Shortage Plan, and Chapter 40D-22, F.A.C., entitled Year-Round Water

Conservation Measures.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.149, 373.171, 373.216, 373.249, F.S. Law Implemented 373.219, F.S.

History – Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly16J-2.01, Amended 10-1-89, 1-1-07.

40D-2.021 Definitions.

The following definitions shall apply when used in this chapter and in the District's Water Use Permit

Information Manual Part B, "Basis of Review" incorporated by reference in Rule 40D-2.091, F.A.C.:

(1) "Alternative Water Supplies" and "Alternative Water Supply" means saltwater; brackish surface water and

brackish ground water; surface water captured predominately during wet-weather flows; sources made available

through the addition of new storage capacity for surface or ground water; water that has been reclaimed after one or

more public supply, municipal, industrial, commercial, or agricultural uses; the downstream augmentation of water

bodies with reclaimed water; stormwater; and any other water supply source that is designated as non-traditional for

a water supply planning region in the applicable regional water supply plan. Inclusion of reclaimed water and

January 27, 2010 WATER USE PERMITS Chapter 2

2-2

seawater in this definition of Alternative Water Supplies does not alter the exemption from water use permitting for

these sources (see Section 1.2, Basis of Review for Water Use Permitting).

(2) "Annual Average" means the annual average daily quantity that is the total quantity authorized by the

District to be withdrawn from water sources in one year, divided by 365 days and expressed in gallons per day

(gpd).

(3) "Change in Ownership or Control" with respect to Self-Relocation within the Southern Water Use Caution

Area (SWUCA) means a person other than the permittee that has been granted a real property interest or lease

interest in the property subject to the permit; but does not include a person with a familial relationship to the

permittee.

(4) "Drought Annual Average" means the annual average daily quantity in the SWUCA that is the total quantity

authorized by the District to be withdrawn in one calendar year for irrigation based on a two-in-ten year drought,

divided by 365 days and expressed in gallons per day (gpd).

(5) "MIA" means the Most Impacted Area within the Southern Water Use Caution Area located in

Hillsborough, Manatee and Sarasota Counties as described in Rule 40D-2.801(3)(b)2, F.A.C.

(6) "Net Benefit" means activities or measures that will result in an improvement to a Minimum Flow or Level

water body within the SWUCA that more than offsets the impact of a proposed withdrawal.

(7) "New Quantities" within the SWUCA means water that is not currently authorized to be withdrawn by the

applicant or not currently authorized to be used for the intended use by the applicant. This includes applications to

modify existing permits to increase quantities, and/or change the Permit Use Type (affecting only the modified

portion) and applications for an initial permit. A modification to change crops or plants grown under an Agricultural

Permit Use Type Classification or to change withdrawal location or Use Type that is authorized by the terms of the

permit or site certification at the time of issuance, is not a change in Permit Use Type provided that the quantities do

not increase. In addition, when land is mined and the land will be returned to the Use Type operation authorized

under the Water Use Permit that existed prior to mining, such activity does not constitute a change in Use Type or

New Quantity.

(8) "Reclaimed Water," except as specifically provided in Chapter 62-610, F.A.C., means wastewater that has

received at least secondary treatment and basic disinfection and is reused after flowing out of a domestic wastewater

treatment facility.

(9) "Ridge Lakes" means those lakes located within the area formerly known as the Highlands Ridge Water Use

Caution Area as described in Rule 40D-2.801(3)(b)3, F.A.C.

(10) "Self-Relocation" means a permit modification that authorizes a permittee to move all or a portion of its

withdrawal located within the Southern Water Use Caution Area to a new location or locations owned or controlled

by the permittee within the Southern Water Use Caution Area, with no change in ownership, control, or Use Type as

set forth in Rule 40D-2.501, F.A.C., and no increase in quantities. Self-Relocation does not include changes in

withdrawal location or Use Type that are authorized by the terms of the existing permit.

(11) "SWUCA" means the Southern Water Use Caution Area as described in subsection 40D-2.801(3)(b),

F.A.C.

(12) "Upper Peace River" means that portion of the Peace River beginning at the confluence of Saddle Creek

and the Peace Creek Canal, and extending southerly to the United States Geological Survey Zolfo Springs River

Gage No. 02295637 and including the watershed contributing to that portion of the Peace River.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.118, 373.171, F.S. Law Implemented 373.036, 373.0361, 373.042,

373.0421, 373.0831, 373.116, 373.117, 373.118, 373.149, 373.171, 373.1963, 373.216, 373.219, 373.223, 373.229,

373.239, 373.243, F.S. History – New 1-1-07, Amended 07-20-08, 12-30-08.

40D-2.031 Implementation. (1) Historical Background.

(a) A program for issuance of permits authorizing the consumptive use of water was implemented

commencing January 1, 1975, within the Hillsborough River, Northwest Hillsborough, Green Swamp, Alafia River,

Coastal Rivers, Peace River, Withlacoochee River, and Pinellas-Anclote River Basins.

(b) This program was also implemented commencing August 3, 1977, within the areas annexed into the

Peace and Withlacoochee River Basins and within the Manasota Basin.

(2) Amendments to these rules adopted June 9, 1989, shall become effective on October 1, 1989.


2-3

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.149, 373.171, 373.216, 373.249, F.S. Law Implemented 373.219,

373.223, 373.224, 373.226, F.S., 78-65, Laws of Florida. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Amended 9-4-77, 10-16-78,

Formerly 16J-2.03, Amended 3-23-81, 10-1-89.

40D-2.041 Permits Required. (1) Unless expressly exempted by law or District rule, a Water Use Permit must be obtained from the District

prior to withdrawal of water if any of the following thresholds are exceeded:

(a) Total withdrawal capacity from any source or combined sources is greater than or equal to 1,000,000

gallons per day (gpd).

(b) Annual average daily withdrawal from any source or combined sources is greater than or equal to

100,000 gpd.

(c) Withdrawal is from a well having an outside diameter of 6 inches or more at the surface.

(d) Withdrawal is from a surface water body and the outside diameter of the withdrawal pipe or the sum of

the outside diameters of the withdrawal pipes is 4 inches or greater.

(e) In addition to the thresholds set forth in paragraphs (1)(a) through (1)(d) above, a permit is required

within the Most Impacted Area (MIA) as set forth in Rule 40D-2.801(3)(b)2., F.A.C., when withdrawal is from

wells having a cumulative outside diameter greater than 6 inches at the surface any of which wells is constructed

after April 11, 1994. This paragraph (e) shall not apply to any proposed well less than 6 inches in diameter at the

surface when it is of the same diameter or smaller than a well it replaces and an application to plug the replaced well

in accordance with Rule 40D-3.531, F.A.C., is filed with the application to construct the replacement well in

accordance with Rule 40D-3.041, F.A.C.

(2) Water Use Permit categories are based on the combined annual average daily water demand, defined as the

total reasonable-beneficial water quantity necessary for the proposed water use, to be obtained during one year from

ground water, surface water, alternative water supply, imported water or any other water source, divided by 365

days and expressed in gallons per day (gpd). The District issues the following categories of Water Use Permits:

(a) Individual. Water Use Permits for a combined annual average daily water demand of 500,000 gpd or

greater are issued as Individual Water Use Permits.

(b) General. Water Use Permits for the following are issued by District staff as General Water Use

Permits, except as provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.3 A.1.a.ii.(4) of the Basis of Review:

1. A combined annual average daily water demand less than 500,000 gpd but greater than or equal to

100,000 gpd; or

2. A combined annual average daily water demand less than 100,000 gpd when:

a. The drought annual average is 100,000 gpd or more in the Southern Water Use Caution Area;

b. Withdrawal is for mining or dewatering;

c. The primary withdrawal source is a surface water and the combined annual average daily

water demand is at least 50,000 gpd;

d. The withdrawals are required by the permit to be metered and withdrawal quantities reported

to the District;

e. The maximum daily withdrawal quantity equals or exceeds 3,000,000 gpd for crop protection

or other use unless at least one permitted withdrawal facility is located within the Dover-Plant City area, in which

case the maximum daily withdrawal quantity equals or exceeds 1,000,000 gpd for crop protection or other use.

(c) Small General. Water Use Permits for a combined annual average daily water demand less than

100,000 gpd are issued as Small General Water Use Permits unless any criteria listed above the General Water Use

Permits apply. Small General Water Use Permits are issued by staff.

(3) The District shall require a water use permit when evidence indicates the withdrawal is likely to cause

significant adverse impacts to existing water or land uses or the water resource or the withdrawal is within an area

that is experiencing or is projected to experience withdrawal-related adverse water resource or environmental

impacts.

(4) Upon the effective date of amendments defining water use permits as provided in section (2) above, any

permit issued which, as a result of such amendments, is thereafter defined as a different permit for which a higher

fee is required shall be converted by the District to the applicable permit without any fee payment. If a submitted

application for a permit is pending as of the effective date of amendments defining water use permits and, as result

of such amendments, will be issued as a permit requiring a higher application fee payment, no additional fee

payment shall be required in order for the application to be considered complete.


2-4

Rulemaking Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.118, 373.149, 373.171, 373.216, 373.249, F.S. Law Implemented

373.079(4)(a), 373.083(5), 373.219, 373.223, 373.224, 373.226, F.S. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Amended 12-

31-74, 10-24-76, 9-4-77, 10-16-78, Formerly 16J-2.04(1), (2), (4), (5), Amended 9-1-84, 11-4-84, 10-1-89, 2-10-93,

4-11-94, 1-1-07, 12-30-08, 5-17-09, 11-2-09.

40D-2.051 Exemptions. (1) No permit is required for the following uses:

(a) Domestic consumption of water by individual users. The District shall presume, unless otherwise

shown to the contrary, that any use of water exceeding the quantities set forth in Rule 40D-2.041, F.A.C., is not

limited to individual domestic consumption and is not exempt by this provision.

(b) Those certified uses defined in Chapter 62-17, F.A.C., entitled Electrical Power Plant Siting effective

April 14, 1986.

(c) Temporary withdrawals for contamination cleanup, provided that:

1. The United States Environmental Protection Agency, the State of Florida Department of

Environmental Protection, the State of Florida Department of Health and Rehabilitative Services and other agencies

have been appropriately notified of the cleanup activity;

2. Well construction permits are obtained from the District, including an acceptable plan for

abandonment of these wells; and

3. The quantities withdrawn do not exceed the quantities in paragraphs 40D-2.041(1)(a) and (b),

F.A.C.

(d) Temporary withdrawals from test wells, provided that an attendant testing program has been submitted

to the District. A Water Use Permit must be obtained prior to converting a test well to a production well.

(e) Temporary dewatering for construction of buildings or other foundations and roadways or for

installation of utility pipeline, cable, culverts, and catch basins.

(2) All holders of permit agreements for water use executed or issued prior to July 1, 1973, shall remain in full

force and effect in accordance with its terms unless otherwise modified or revoked by the Governing Board.


373.223, 373.224, 373.226, F.S., 76-243, Laws of Florida. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Amended 12-31-74, 10-

24-76, 9-4-77, 10-16-78, Formerly 16J-2.04(3), Amended 10-1-89, 2-24-03.

40D-2.091 Publications and Forms Incorporated by Reference.

(1) The following publications are hereby incorporated by reference into this Chapter, and are available from

the District’s website at www.watermatters.org or from the District upon request:

(a) Water Use Permit Information Manual Part B, "Basis of Review (1-27-2010) and

(b) Water Use Permit Information Manual Part D, "Requirements for the Estimation of Permanent and

Temporal Service Area Populations” (1-20-09).

(2) The following forms for reporting information to the District are hereby incorporated by reference, and are

available from the District upon request:

(a) Flow Meter Accuracy Verification Form, Form No. LEG-R.021.01 (4/09);

(b) Irrigation Water Use Form – Annual Crops, Southern Water Use Caution Area, Form No. LEG-

R.017.01 (4/09);

(c) Irrigation Water Use Form – Annual Recreation/Aesthetic/Golf, Southern Water Use Caution

Area, Form No. LEG-R.018.01 (4/09);

(d) Irrigation Water Use Form – Summer/Fall Seasonal, Southern Water Use Caution Area, Form No.

LEG-R.019.01 (4/09);

(e) Irrigation Water Use Form – Winter/Spring Seasonal, Southern Water Use Caution Area, Form

No. LEG-R.020.01 (4/09);

(f) Irrigation Water Use Form – Seasonal Crops, Northern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area,

Form No. LEG-R.024.00 (4/09); and

(g) Irrigation Water Use Form – Annual Crops, Northern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area, Form

No. LEG-R.025.00 (4/09).

http://www.watermatters.org/


2-5

Rulemaking Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.118, 373.171, F.S. Law Implemented 373.036, 373.0361, 373.042,

373.0421, 373.079(4)(a), 373.083(5), 373.0831, 373.116, 373.117, 373.118, 373.149, 373.171, 373.1963, 373.216,

373.219, 373.223, 373.229, 373.239, 373.243, F.S. History – New 10-1-89, Amended 11-15-90, 2-10-93, 3-30-93,

7-29-93, 4-11-94, 7-15-98, 7-28-98, 7-22-99, 12-2-99, 8-3-00, 9-3-00, 4-18-01, 4-14-02, 9-26-02, 1-1-03, 2-1-05,

10-19-05, 1-1-07, 8-23-07, 10-1-07, 10-22-07, 11-25-07, 12-24-07, 2-13-08, 2-18-08, 4-7-08, 5-12-08, 7-20-08, 9-

10-08, 12-30-08, 1-20-09, 3-26-09, 7-1-09, 8-30-09, 10-26-09, 11-2-09, 1-27-2010.

40D-2.101 Content of Application. (1) In order to obtain a Water Use Permit, an applicant shall file with the District the appropriate form entitled

"Water Use Permit application" form, including the appropriate supplemental forms or attachments as may be

required for the type of permit and the water use or uses for which application is being made. The application shall

consist of all completed forms and other documentation submitted in support of the application for the Water Use

Permit, which shall constitute information sufficient to demonstrate that the water use meets the criteria and

conditions established in Rule 40D-2.301, F.A.C.

(2) The following District application forms shall be used to obtain a new Water Use Permit or to renew an

existing Water Use Permit. All permit application forms described herein have been approved by the District

Governing Board and are incorporated by reference into this Chapter. Forms are available upon request from the

District’s website at www.watermatters.org or from District offices.

(a) Individual Water Use Permit. Application for a new or renewal of an existing Individual Water Use

Permit shall be made using the Individual Water Use Permit Application, Form No. LEG-R.029.00 (3/09).

Applicants shall also submit one or more of the following Supplemental Forms as appropriate for each type of water

use proposed in the permit application:

1. Water Use Permit Application Supplemental Form – Agriculture, Form No. LEG-R.030.00 (3/09)

2. Water Use Permit Application Supplemental Form – Industrial or Commercial, Form No. LEG-

R.031.00 (3/09)

3. Water Use Permit Application Supplemental Form – Mining or Dewatering, Form No. LEG-

R.032.00 (3/09)

4. Water Use Permit Application Supplemental Form – Public Supply, Form No. LEG-R.033.01

(9/09)

5. Water Use Permit Application Supplemental Form – Recreation or Aesthetic, Form No. LEG-

R.034.00 (3/09)

(b) General Water Use Permit. Application for a new or renewal of an existing General Water Use Permit

shall be made using the General Water Use Permit Application Form, No. LEG-R.028.00 (3/09). Applicants shall

also submit one or more Supplemental Forms listed in subparagraph (2)(a) above as appropriate for each type of

water use proposed in the permit application. Applicants seeking an initial or renewal General Water Use Permit for

a combined annual average daily water demand of less than 100,000 gallons per day for public supply use may

submit the Small General Water Use Permit Application – Public Supply Attachment, Form No. LEG-R.045.00

(12/09), in lieu of the Supplemental Form – Public Supply.

(c) Small General Water Use Permit. Application for a new Small General Water Use Permit shall be

made using the Small General Water Use Permit Application, Form No. LEG-R.027.00 (3/09). To renew a Small

General Water Use Permit issued solely for agricultural use, application shall be made using the Application to

Renew a Small General Water Use Permit for Agricultural Use, Form No. LEG-R.036.00 (3/09). Application to

renew all other Small General Water Use Permits shall be made using the Small General Water Use Permit

Application, Form No. LEG-R.027.00 (3/09). One or more of the following Attachment Forms for a specific water

use shall be submitted with the application form if the application proposes one of the specified water uses:

1. Small General Water Use Permit Application – Agriculture Attachment, Form No. LEG-R.037.00

(3/09)

2. Small General Water Use Permit Application – Industrial or Commercial Attachment, Form No.

LEG-R.038.00 (3/09)

3. Small General Water Use Permit Application – Recreation or Aesthetic Attachment, Form No.

LEG-R.039.00 (3/09)

4. Small General Water Use Permit Application – Public Supply Attachment, Form No. LEG-

R.045.00 (12/09)



2-6

(d) Mining and Dewatering Water Use Permit. Application for a new or renewal of an existing Water Use

Permit for mining and dewatering uses other than phosphate mining shall be made using the Water Use Permit

Application – Mining and Dewatering Materials Other Than Phosphate, Form No. LEG-R.048.00 (8/09). The

application shall be categorized as an application for an Individual or General Water Use Permit based upon the

combined annual average daily water demand as provided in subsection 40D-2.041(2), F.A.C. Application for a

new or renewal of a Water Use Permit for phosphate mining shall be made using the Individual or General Water

Use Permit application form and the Water Use Permit Application Supplemental Form – Mining or Dewatering,

Form No. LEG-R.032.00 (3/09) incorporated herein by reference.

(3) For projects which require both a water use permit and a surface water management permit pursuant to

District rules, the Applicant must demonstrate that a completed surface water management permit application has

been submitted. If the District determines that a permit application involves an area where the Water Use Permit

may not be granted because of water resource problems, the requirement for a complete surface water management

permit application may be waived by the District.

(4) The District may require additional information deemed necessary to protect the water resources and

existing users.

(5) Optional Application Forms. The following forms may be used by applicants in support of permit

applications, are hereby incorporated by reference and are available from the District’s website at

www.watermatters.org or from the District offices:

(a) Proposed Well Construction Location and Design Form, Form No. LEG-R.006.01 (4/09); and

(b) Agricultural Water Allotment Form, Form No. LEG-R.042.00 (4/09).

(6) Southern Water Use Caution Area Application Forms. In addition to the permit application and

information forms identified in subsections (1) – (5) above, all applicants for permits in the Southern Water Use

Caution Area (SWUCA) shall submit the “Supplemental Form – Southern Water Use Caution Area,” Form No.

LEG-R.007.02 (4/09) incorporated herein by reference. Applicants in the SWUCA shall also submit the following

application and supplemental forms as appropriate for the intended water use type as described in Chapters 3 and 4

of the Water Use Permit Information Manual, Part B “Basis of Review.” All SWUCA application and supplemental

information forms may be obtained from the District’s website at www.watermatters.org or from District offices:

(a) Net Benefit Supplemental Form – Southern Water Use Caution Area, Form No. LEG-R.010.01 (4/09);

and

(b) Southern Water Use Caution Area Ground Water Replacement Credit Application, Form No. LEG-

R.011.01 (4/09)

Rulemaking Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.171 FS. Law Implemented 373.216, 373.229, 403.0877 FS. History–

Readopted 10-5-74, Amended 10-24-76, 1-6-82, 2-14-82, Formerly 16J-2.06, Amended 10-1-89, 10-23-89, 2-10-93,

7-15-99, 1-1-03, 1-1-07, 11-25-07, 9-10-08, 7-1-09, 8-30-09, 10-26-09, 1-27-10.

40D-2.111 Notice of Application Form.

Specific authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.149, 373.171, 373.216, 373.249, F.S. Law Implemented 373.116,

373.229, F.S. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Amended 10-24-76, Formerly 16J-2.07, Repealed 10-1-84.

40D-2.121 Notice and Hearing Requirements.


373.229, F.S. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Amended 10-24-76, Formerly 16J-2.08, Amended 10-21-80, 6-30-81,

Repealed 10-1-84.

40D-2.131 Times for Receiving Objections and for Hearing.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.149, 373.171, F.S. Law Implemented 373.116, 373.229, F.S. History –

Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly 16J-2.09, Amended 10-21-80, Repealed 10-1-84.

40D-2.201 Permit Processing Fee.



2-7


373.223, F.S. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly 16J-2.10, Repealed 10-1-89.

40D-2.301 Conditions for Issuance of Permits. (1) In order to obtain a Water Use Permit, an Applicant must demonstrate that the water use is reasonable and

beneficial, is in the public interest, and will not interfere with any existing legal use of water, by providing

reasonable assurances, on both an individual and a cumulative basis, that the water use:

(a) Is necessary to fulfill a certain reasonable demand;

(b) Will not cause quantity or quality changes that adversely impact the water resources, including both

surface and ground waters;

(c) Will not cause adverse environmental impacts to wetlands, lakes, streams, estuaries, fish and wildlife

or other natural resources;

(d) Will not interfere with a reservation of water as set forth in Rule 40D-2.302, F.A.C.

(e) Will comply with the provisions of 4.3 of the Basis of Review described in Rule 40D-2.091, F.A.C.;

(f) Will utilize the lowest water quality the Applicant has the ability to use, provided that its use does not

interfere with the recovery of a water body to its established MFL and it is not a source that is either currently or

projected to be adversely impacted;

(g) Will not significantly induce saline water intrusion;

(h) Will not cause pollution of the aquifer;

(i) Will not adversely impact offsite land uses existing at the time of the application;

(j) Will not adversely impact an existing legal withdrawal:

(k) Will incorporate water conservation measures;

(l) Will incorporate use of Alternative Water Supplies to the greatest extent practicable;

(m) Will not cause water to go to waste; and

(n) Will not otherwise be harmful to the water resources within the District.

(2) Permit Applicants for projects which require both a water use permit and a surface water management

permit pursuant to District Rules shall submit a completed surface water management permit application to the

District prior to issuance of a Water Use Permit. If the District determines that a permit application involves an area

where the Water Use Permit may not be granted because of water resource problems, the requirement for a complete

surface water management permit application may be waived by the District. Where such waivers are granted, the

Water Use Permit shall specify that a well construction permit will not be issued and that withdrawals cannot

commence until the appropriate District surface water permit is issued.

(3) The standards and criteria set forth in the “Basis of Review For Water Use Permit Applications,” identified

in Rule 40D-2.091, F.A.C., shall be used to provide the reasonable assurances required in subsection 40D-2.301(1),

F.A.C.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.171, F.S. Law Implemented 373.219, 373.223, 373.229, F.S. History –

Readopted 10-5-74, Amended 12-31-74, 2-6-78, 7-5-78, Formerly 16J-2.11, 16J-2.111, Amended 1-25-81, 10-1-89,

2-10-93, 8-3-00, 4-14-02, 1-1-07.

40D-2.302 Reservations From Use.

(1) All available water from the Morris Bridge Sink but not greater than 3.9 million gallons of water on any

given day is reserved to be used to contribute to achieving or maintaining the Minimum Flows for the Lower

Hillsborough River set forth in 40D-8.041, F.A.C. The Morris Bridge Sink is located in Section 5, Township 28S,

Range 20E, approximately 0.6 miles south of the Hillsborough River and 0.5 miles north of Cow House Creek in

Hillsborough County, Florida.

(2) The Governing Board anticipates reserving from use water necessary to recover to, and protect, the

Minimum Flows and Levels established for the Southern Water Use Caution Area as set forth in Chapter 40D-8,

F.A.C. These reservations will be adopted through future rulemaking on a case-by-case basis, to address water that

is developed through water resource development projects designed to achieve and maintain Minimum Flows and

Levels. Adopted reservations will be incorporated into this Rule 40D-2.302, F.A.C.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.171, F.S. Law Implemented 373.223, F.S. History -

New 1-1-07, Amended 11-25-07.


2-8

40D-2.311 Competing Applications. (1) If two or more applications for permits, which otherwise comply with these Rules and with Governing

Board orders, are pending for a quantity of water that is inadequate for both or all, or which for any other reason are

in conflict, the District shall have the right to approve or modify the applications in a manner which best serves the

public interest as determined by the District.

(2) In the event that two or more competing applications qualify equally under the provisions of subsection (1),

the District will give preference to a renewal application over an initial application.

Rulemaking Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.149, 373.171, 373.216, 373.249, F.S. Law Implemented

373.079(4)(a), 373.083(5), 373.233, F.S. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly 16J-2.12, Amended 10-1-89, 11-2-

09.

40D-2.321 Duration of Permits. (1) The District shall determine the duration of a Water Use Permit, including Standby Permits, based on the

degree and likelihood of potential adverse impacts to the water resource or existing users.

(2) The duration of a water use permit shall not exceed six years when:

(a) The permit is for a new use greater than or equal to 500,000 gpd;

(b) The District determines there is a potential for significant adverse impacts and further evaluation is

needed to develop an effective mitigation plan; or

(c) The permit is for a renewal to significantly increase quantities.

(3) The duration of a water use permit shall not exceed 10 years when:

(a) The permit is for a new use less that 500,000 gpd;

(b) The permit is for a renewal with an effective mitigation plan to address potential adverse impacts; or

(c) The permit is for a renewal with no significant modification.

(4) If the District determines that a permit term longer than 10 years is appropriate based on facts presented by

an Applicant, the District shall issue a permit for a period up to 50 years in accordance with Section 373.236, F.S.

(5) Where a permit is required for the development of Alternative Water Supplies, such permit will be granted

for a duration of 20 years. If the permittee issued bonds for the project’s construction, the permit shall be extended

for the time required to retire the bonds, in accordance with Section 373.236(4), F.S.

(6) Subject to the limitation on groundwater allocations explained in the provisions under the heading

"REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS FOR GOUNDWATER WITHDRAWALS WITHIN THE CENTRAL

FLORIDA COORDINATION AREA" set forth in Section 3.6 of the Basis of Review ("the Provisions"), within the

Central Florida Coordination Area the maximum permit duration for a Public Supply Utility applicant or Similar

Applicant proposing to withdraw groundwater shall be limited to December 31, 2013, unless the applicant will

satisfy the requirements of B.2.a., or b., of the Provisions. If the applicant satisfies the requirements of B.2.a., or b.,

the permit duration shall be up to 20 years.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.103, 373.113, 373.171, F.S. Law Implemented 373.103, 373.171, 373.236 F.S.

History - Readopted 10-5-74, Amended 12-31-74, 10-24-76, 1-6-82, 3-11-82, Formerly 16J-2.13, Amended 10-1-

89, 7-28-98, 1-1-03, 1-1-07, 2-13-08, 12-30-08.

40D-2.331 Modification of Permits. (1) A permittee may seek modification of any of the terms and conditions of an unexpired permit except when

the sole purpose is to modify the expiration date. However, upon request and documentation by the permittee,

modification applications that are deemed by the District to be substantial, as described in Basis of Review Section

1.12 shall be processed as a renewal application with modification. A request for modification shall be reviewed in

accordance with the rules in effect at the time the modification is filed.

(2) Modifications may be requested by:

(a) Formal application, using the same Individual, General or Small General Water Use Permit application

form and applicable supplemental or attachment form(s) submitted for a new permit as are incorporated in

subsection 40D-2.101(2), F.A.C., or


2-9

(b) Through use of a Modification Short Form, Form No. LEG-R.035.00 (3/09), incorporated herein by

reference and available at any District office or through the District’s website at www.watermatters.org. A

Modification Short Form may be submitted, provided the annual average daily withdrawal will not increase by more

than 100,000 gpd or more than 10% of the total permitted quantity, the use of the water will not change, the

modification does not cause the total annual average daily quantity to equal or exceed 500,000 gpd, the proposed

changes would not cause impacts beyond those considered in the initial permit and is not a request to extend a

permit term. Within the SWUCA, except to reactivate standby quantities as provided in Section 1.12 of the Basis of

Review, a Modification Short Form shall not be used for modifications that include a request to Self-Relocate or to

increase water withdrawals that impact or are projected to impact a water body with an established Minimum Flow

or Level.

(3) The District shall order the modification of any permit if it is shown that the use or disposition of water is

detrimental to other water users or to the water resources or no longer meets the conditions for issuance identified in

Rule 40D-2.301, F.A.C.

Rulemaking Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.149, 373.171, 373.216, 373.249, F.S. Law Implemented

373.079(4)(a), 373.083(5), 373.171, 373.239, F.S. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly 16J-2.14(1), Amended

10-1-89, 2-10-93, 7-29-93, 1-1-07, 8-23-07, 7-1-09, 11-2-09.

40D-2.341 Revocation and Cancellation of Permits.

(1) The Governing Board shall permanently or temporarily revoke a permit in whole or in part, at any time

after notice and hearing, if it finds that the use is no longer reasonable beneficial or is no longer in the public

interest.

(2) In determining whether the use is not reasonable beneficial or in the public interest, the Governing Board

shall consider:

(a) Any material false statement in an application to continue, initiate, or modify a use, or for ay material

false statement of fact required of the user pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter;

(b) Any willful violation of the material terms or conditions of the permit;

(c) Any violation of any provision of this Chapter which the Permittee does not resolve; or

(d) Nonuse of the water supply allowed by the permit for a period of 2 years or more unless the user can

prove that his nonuse was due to extreme hardship caused by factors beyond his control; or

(e) Whether the withdrawal causes significant adverse impacts to the water resources, environmental

systems, or existing legal users, and the Permittee does not modify the activities or satisfactorily mitigate the

impacts.

(3) The District may administratively cancel a permit when the permittee or permittee's authorized agent

requests the permit to be canceled or the permit has been abandoned, except as described in paragraph 40D-

2.341(2)(d), F.A.C.


373.243, F.S. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly 16J-2.15, Amended 10-1-89, 2-1-05, 10-19-05.

40D-2.351 Transfer of Permits.

(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Rule 40D-1.6105, F.A.C., persons who wish to continue an existing,

permitted water use and who have acquired ownership or legal control of permitted water withdrawal facilities or the

land on which the facilities are located must apply to transfer the permit to themselves within 45 days of acquiring

ownership or legal control of such water withdrawal facilities or such land. The applicant shall request such transfer

using the "Application to Transfer a Water Use Permit,” Form No. LEG-R.002.04 (4/09), incorporated herein by

reference. Copies of the form can be obtained from the District’s website at www.watermatters.org. or from District

offices. The District will transfer the permit provided all aspects of the permit except for ownership remain the

same. All terms and conditions of the permit shall become binding on the transferee.

(2) Until the permit is transferred or a new permit obtained, the party subsequently controlling the permitted

water withdrawal facilities will be in violation of these rules for making any withdrawals without the required

permit.



2-10

(3) Persons who apply to transfer a permit under subsection (1) above and who propose to change the source,

use or withdrawal quantities from those specified on the existing permit must also submit an application to modify

the permit with the application to transfer the permit.

(4) Applications for partial transfers of permits shall be made in accordance with Section 1.10 of the District's

Basis of Review for Water Use Permit Applications.

Rulemaking Authority 373.044, 373.113, F.S. Law Implemented 373.219, F.S. History – New 10-1-89, Amended 2-

10-93, 3-30-93, 2-1-05, 10-19-05, 11-25-07, 8-30-09.

40D-2.361 Renewal of Permits. (1) Applications for renewal of permits shall be made no earlier than 1 year and should be made no later than

90 days prior to the expiration date of the permit. Application for a permit renewal is timely only if actually received

by the District not later than the expiration date of the existing permit. Mailing the application does not constitute

receipt by the District.

(2) (a) Subsection (1) above shall be applicable to those permits which are not extended pursuant to

subsection 40D-2.321(6), F.A.C., based on the expiration date on the face of the permit.

(b) Subsection (1) above shall be applicable to those permits which are extended pursuant to subsection

40D-2.321(6), F.A.C., based on the revised expiration date assigned to the permit.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.103, 373.113, 373.118, 373.149, 373.171, 373.216, 373.249, F.S. Law

Implemented 373.103, 373.239, F.S. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly 16J-2.14(2), Amended 9-1-84, 10-1-

89, 7-2-98, 7-28-98, 4-7-08.

40D-2.381 Standard Permit Conditions. (1) The District shall impose on any permit granted under this Chapter such reasonable conditions as are

necessary to assure that the permitted operation will be consistent with the overall objectives of the District and will

not be harmful to the water resources of the District or existing legal users.

(2) Every permit acquired under this Chapter shall include standard terms which describe the following

information:

(a) Permittee’s name and address,

(b) Permit number,

(c) Date permit application filed,

(d) Date permit granted,

(e) Permit expiration date,

(f) Water source classification,

(g) Water use classification,

(h) Property location,

(i) Quantity permitted, and

(j) Withdrawal locations.

(3) Every permit acquired under this Chapter shall include the following standard conditions which impose

certain limitations on the permitted water withdrawal:

(a) If any of the statements in the application and in the supporting data are found to be untrue and

inaccurate, or if the Permittee fails to comply with all of the provisions of Chapter 373, F.S., Chapter 40D, F.A.C.,

or the conditions set forth herein, the Governing Board shall revoke this permit in accordance with Rule 40D-2.341,

F.A.C., following notice and hearing.

(b) This permit is issued based on information provided by the Permittee demonstrating that the use of

water is reasonable and beneficial, consistent with the public interest, and will not interfere with any existing legal

use of water. If, during the term of the permit, it is determined by the District that the use is not reasonable and

beneficial, in the public interest, or does impact an existing legal use of water, the Governing Board shall modify

this permit or shall revoke this permit following notice and hearing.

(c) The Permittee shall not deviate from any of the terms or conditions of this permit without written

approval by the District.

(d) In the event the District declares that a water shortage exists pursuant to Chapter 40D-21, F.A.C., the

District shall alter, modify, or declare inactive all or parts of this permit as necessary to address the water shortage.


2-11

(e) The District shall collect water samples from any withdrawal point listed in the permit or shall require

the Permittee to submit water samples when the District determines there is a potential for adverse impacts to water

quality.

(f) The Permittee shall provide access to an authorized District representative to enter the property at any

reasonable time to inspect the facility and make environmental or hydrologic assessments. The Permittee shall

either accompany District staff onto the property or make provision for access onto the property.

(g) Issuance of this permit does not exempt the Permittee from any other District permitting requirements.

(h) The Permittee shall cease or reduce surface water withdrawal as directed by the District if water levels

in lakes fall below the applicable minimum water level established in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C., or rates of flow in

streams fall below the minimum levels established in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C.

(i) The Permittee shall cease or reduce withdrawal as directed by the District if water levels in aquifers

fall below the minimum levels established by the Governing Board.

(j) The Permittee shall practice water conservation to increase the efficiency of transport, application, and

use, as well as to decrease waste and to minimize runoff from the property. At such time as the Governing Board

adopts specific conservation requirements for the Permittee’s water use classification, this permit shall be subject to

those requirements upon notice and after a reasonable period for compliance.

(k) The District may establish special regulations for Water Use Caution Areas. At such time as the

Governing Board adopts such provisions, this permit shall be subject to them upon notice and after a reasonable

period for compliance.

(l) The Permittee shall mitigate any adverse impact to existing legal uses caused by withdrawals. When

adverse impacts occur or are imminent, the District may require the Permittee to mitigate the impacts. Adverse

impacts include:

1. A reduction in water levels which impairs the ability of a well to produce water;

2. Significant reduction in levels or flows in water bodies such as lakes, impoundments, wetlands,

springs, streams or other watercourses; or

3. Significant inducement of natural or manmade contaminants into a water supply or into a usable

portion of an aquifer or water body.

(m) The Permittee shall mitigate any adverse impact to environmental features or offsite land uses as a

result of withdrawals. When adverse impacts occur or are imminent, the District shall require the Permittee to

mitigate the impacts. Adverse impacts include the following:

1. Significant reduction in levels or flows in water bodies such as lakes, impoundments, wetlands,

springs, streams, or other watercourses;

2. Sinkholes or subsidence caused by reduction in water levels;

3. Damage to crops and other vegetation causing financial harm to the owner; and

4. Damage to the habitat of endangered or threatened species.

(n) When necessary to analyze impacts to the water resource or existing users, the District shall require the

Permittee to install flow metering or other measuring devices to record withdrawal quantities and submit the data to

the District.

(o) A District identification tag shall be prominently displayed at each withdrawal point that is required by

the District to be metered or for which withdrawal quantities are required to be reported to the District, by

permanently affixing the tag to the withdrawal facility.

(p) Notwithstanding the provisions of Rule 40D-1.6105, F.A.C., persons who wish to continue the water

use permitted herein and who have acquired ownership or legal control of permitted water withdrawal facilities or

the land on which the facilities are located must apply to transfer the permit to themselves within 45 days of

acquiring ownership or legal control of the water withdrawal facilities or the land.

(q) All permits issued pursuant to these Rules are contingent upon continued ownership or legal control of

all property on which pumps, wells, diversions or other water withdrawal facilities are located.

(r) Within the Southern Water Use Caution Area, if the District determines that significant water quantity

or quality changes, impacts to existing legal uses, or adverse environmental impacts are occurring, the District, upon

reasonable notice to the permittee, including a statement of facts upon which the District based its determination,

may reconsider the quantities permitted or other conditions of the permit as appropriate to address the change or

impact, but only after an opportunity for the permittee to resolve or mitigate the change or impact or to request a

hearing.


2-12

(4) In addition to the standard terms and conditions listed previously, the District shall impose special

conditions as set forth in the “Basis of Review For Water Use Permit Applications,” identified in Rule 40D-2.091,

F.A.C., or other special conditions appropriate to any specific project.

Rulemaking Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.171, F.S. Law Implemented 373.079(4)(a), 373.083(5), 373.219,

373.223, 373.244 FS. History - New 6-7-78, Amended 9-9-80, 10-21-80, Formerly 16J-2.112, Amended 10-1-89, 2-

10-93, 5-2-93, 4-14-02, 1-1-03, 10-19-05, 7-20-08, 11-2-09.

40D-2.401 Identification Tags. (1) When a Water Use Permit is issued, the Governing Board will issue a permanent tag bearing a use

identification number for each withdrawal facility that is required by the District to be metered or for which

withdrawal quantities are required to be reported to the District, which tag shall be prominently displayed at the site

of withdrawal by permanently affixing such tag to the pump, headgate, valve, or other withdrawal facility. If the

Water Use Permit covers several facilities, such as a well field, a tag will be issued for each facility.

(2) Failure to display a permit tag as prescribed herein shall constitute a violation of these rules and may be

grounds for suspension or revocation of the permit. The permittee shall be allowed 10 days after notice to obtain a

replacement tag. Upon failure of the permittee to display such tag within 10 days, the Governing Board may cause

the replacement of such tag and charge the permittee one hundred dollars ($100) for such service.


373.223, 373.224, 373.226, F.S. History – Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly 16J-2.05, Amended 10-1-89, 7-20-08.

40D-2.441 Temporary Permits.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.149, 373.171, F.S. Law Implemented 373.229, 373.244, F.S. History –

New 11-6-79, Formerly 16J-2.25, Amended 10-1-89, Repealed 3-30-93.

40D-2.501 Permit Use Types.

Each Water Use Permit shall authorize water withdrawals for as many of the following use types as are

applicable, and shall be classified according to the use type for which the greatest withdrawal quantities are

authorized. Permit use types are as follows:

(1) Public Supply,

(2) Recreation or Aesthetic Use,

(3) Agricultural,

(4) Industrial or Commercial, and

(5) Mining or Dewatering.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.171, F.S. Law Implemented 373.216, 373.219, 373.246 F.S. History -

Readopted 10-5-74, Amended 12-31-74, Formerly 16J-2.16, Amended 11-19-84, 10-1-89, 1-1-03, 12-30-08.

40D-2.511 Declaration of Water Shortage.

(1) The Governing Board in accordance with Chapter 40D-21, F.A.C., may declare that a water shortage exists

within all or part of the District when insufficient water is available to meet the need of the users or when conditions

are such as to require temporary reduction in total use within the area to protect water resources from serious harm.

(2) The Governing Board may impose such restrictions on one or more users of the water resources as may be

necessary to protect water resources of the area from serious harm as set forth in Part VI of Chapter 40D-21, F.A.C.

(3) Upon declaring a water shortage, the Governing Board shall prepare a Notice of Water Shortage, which

shall be substantially in accordance with Rule 40D-21.275, F.A.C.


History – Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly 16J-2.20, 16J-2.21, Amended 11-4-84.

40D-2.521 Change, Suspension, or Restriction of Permits During Water Shortage.


2-13


History – Readopted 10-5-74, Amended 10-24-76, Formerly 16J-2.23, Amended 11-4-84, Repealed 10-1-89.

40D-2.531 Procedures Under Water Shortage.


History – Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly 16J-2.22, Amended 11-4-84, Repealed 10-1-89.

40D-2.541 Declaration of Emergency Due to Water Shortage.


History – Readopted 10-5-74, Formerly 16J-2.24, Amended 11-4-84, Repealed 10-1-89.

40D-2.621 Water-Conserving Credits.

(1) On January 1, 2003, permits authorizing a water withdrawal within the SWUCA for irrigation shall be

assigned an initial Water-Conserving Credit by the District for a quantity of water as set forth in Chapter 3 of the

Basis of Review incorporated by reference in Rule 40D-2.091, F.A.C.

(2) Permittees with an Individual or General Water Use Permit authorizing a water withdrawal within the

SWUCA for irrigation may earn Water-Conserving Credits to withdraw additional quantities of ground water for use

at the site at which they were earned and for the source for which they were earned. Water-Conserving Credits are

earned if less than the allowable amount of groundwater is applied to actual, planted acreage as set forth in Chapter

3 of the Basis of Review incorporated by reference in Rule 40D-2.091, F.A.C.

(3) Withdrawals under the Water-Conserving Credits shall meet the Conditions for Issuance set forth in

subsection 40D-2.301(1), F.A.C.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.171 F.S. Law Implemented 373.171, 373.216, 373.219, 373.223,

373.239, F.S. History: New 1-1-03, Amended 1-1-07, 12-30-08.

40D-2.801 Water Use Caution Areas. (1) When the Governing Board determines that regional action is necessary to address cumulative water

withdrawals which are causing or may cause adverse impacts to the water and related land resources or the public

interest, it shall declare, delineate, or modify Water Use Caution Areas. The Governing Board shall declare a Water

Use Caution Area by adopting a rule or issuing an order imposing special requirements for existing water users and

permit applicants to prevent or remedy site-specific problems.

(2) In determining whether an area should be declared a Water Use Caution Area, the Governing Board shall

consider the following factors:

(a) The quantity of water available for use from ground water sources, surface water sources, or both;

(b) The quality of water available for use from ground water sources, surface water sources, or both,

including impacts such as saline water intrusion, mineralized water upcoming, or pollution;

(c) Environmental systems, such as wetlands, lakes, streams, estuaries, fish and wildlife, or other natural

resources;

(d) Lake stages or surface water rates of flow:

(e) Offsite land uses; and

(f) Other resources as deemed appropriate by the Governing Board.

(3) The regions described in this Rule have been declared Water Use Caution Areas by the District Governing

Board. This Rule reaffirms the declaration of Water Use Caution Areas and creates conditions to be applied to

water users in those areas.

(a) Northern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area. To address ground water withdrawals that have

resulted in lowering of lake levels, destruction or deterioration of wetlands, reduction in streamflow, and salt water

intrusion, the Governing Board declared portions of northern Hillsborough County, southwestern Pasco County, and

all of Pinellas County a Water Use Caution Area on June 28, 1989, pursuant to Resolution Number 934. The

Governing Board approved expansion of the boundaries of the Water Use Caution Area in June 2007.

1. The boundary for the Northern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area is as follows:

All of Pinellas County;


2-14

All of Pasco County;

That portion of Hillsborough County within the following sections (all Townships are South; all

Ranges are East):

Township 27, Range 17: All Sections;
















Township 29, Range 22: All Sections North of State Road 60;

Township 29, Range 21: All Sections North of State Road 60;

Township 29, Range 20: All Sections North of State Road 60:

Township 29, Range 19: Section 24 North of State Road 60 and all remaining Sections except 22,

23, 25, 26, 27 and 34 through 36.

2. Regulations applicable to this Water Use Caution Area are contained in “Section 7.3, Basis of

Review For Water Use Permit Applications.”

3. All Water Use Permits within the Water Use Caution Area are hereby modified to conform with

this Rule, and applicable permit conditions specified in “Section 7.3, Basis of Review For Water Use Permit

Applications,” are incorporated into all Water Use Permits within the Water Use Caution Area.

4. The Northern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area is a water resource caution area for purposes of

Chapter 403, F.S., and Chapter 62-40, F.A.C.

(b) Southern Water Use Caution Area (SWUCA). To address lowered lake levels, stream flows and

ground water levels, water quality degradation and adverse impacts to water users, the Governing Board declared all

or portions of Manatee, Sarasota, DeSoto, Hardee, Charlotte, Highlands, Hillsborough and Polk Counties within the

District's boundaries a Water Use Caution Area on October 26, 1992, pursuant to Resolution Number 92-10.

1. As shown in Figure 2-1, the boundary for the Southern Water Use Caution Area is as follows:

All of Manatee, Sarasota, Charlotte, Hardee, DeSoto, and Highlands Counties within the

boundaries of the Southwest Florida Water Management District, and that portion of Hillsborough County within

the following sections (all Townships are South; all Ranges are East):

Township 29, Range 19: All whole or partial Sections South of State Road 60;
















2-15






and that portion of Polk County within the Southwest Florida Water Management District and

within the following sections:

Township 26, Range 26: All whole or partial Sections South of Interstate 4;





Township 27, Range 27: Sections 25 through 36;

Township 27, Range 28: Section 31;













Township 29, Range 29: Sections 19, 30, 31;







Township 30, Range 29: Sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 18, 19, 30, 31;













Township 32, Range 28: All Sections.

2. As shown in Figure 2-1, the area for the MIA of the Southern Water Use Caution Area is as

follows:


Township 30, Range 20: Sections 17 through 22; and 27 through 36;





2-16

Township 31, Range 21: Sections 6 through 8; 17 through 20; and 29 through 32;



























Township 35, Range 21: Sections 5 through 8; 17 through 20; and 30;




Township 36, Range 20: Sections 2 through 10; and 17 and 18;









Township 35, Range 21: Sections 5 through 8; 17 through 20; and 30;






Township 37, Range 18: Sections 1 through 10; and 17 and 18.

3. The Ridge Lakes are those lakes located anywhere within Highlands County and Polk County within

the boundaries of the Southwest Florida Water Management District within the following Sections:

All of Highlands County within the boundaries of the Southwest Florida Water Management

District, and that portion of Polk County within the Southwest Florida Water Management District and within the

following sections (all Townships are South; all Ranges are East):

Township 26, Range 25: Partial Section 36 South of Interstate 4;

Township 26, Range 26: Partial Sections 28, 29, 31, and 32 South of Interstate 4 and whole


2-17

Section 33;

Township 27, Range 25: Partial Sections 1, 2, 7, and 8 South of Interstate 4; and whole Sections 9

through 29, and 32 through 36;

Township 27, Range 26: Sections 4 through 9, 16 through 21, and 25 through 36;



Township 28, Range 25: Sections 1 through 4, 9 through 15, 22 through 26, 35 through 36;



Township 28, Range 28: Sections 6 through 7, 17 through 22, 27 through 32, Section 34;

Township 29, Range 25: Sections 1, 2, and 11 through 14;

Township 29, Range 26: Sections 1 through 18, and 23 through 24;


Township 29, Range 28: Sections 6 though 7, and 18 through 36;




Township 30, Range 29: Sections 5 through 8, 18, 19, 30, 31;





Township 32, Range 28: All Sections.

4. Regulations applicable to this Water Use Caution Area are specified in this Chapter and in the

Basis of Review described in Rule 40D-2.091, F.A.C., and are incorporated into this rule. Amendments to those

regulations adopted December 12, 2006, shall become effective on January 1, 2007. Those amendments and

regulations relating to SWUCA effective January 1, 2003 and January 1, 2007, are not intended to affect, and shall

not be construed to affect, any water use permit that does not have a withdrawal point within the SWUCA.

5. Any permit with a withdrawal point located within the boundaries of the SWUCA is deemed to be

within the SWUCA. Permits with permitted withdrawals in more than one Water Use Caution Area (WUCA) shall

be subject to the conservation and reporting requirements of the WUCA within which the majority of permitted

quantities are withdrawn, or projected to be withdrawn, in addition to all other rule criteria, including Minimum

Flows and Levels requirements, as set forth in Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C., and the Basis of Review for Water Use

Permit Applications. Nothing in the rules and Basis of Review for Water Use Permitting specific to the SWUCA

shall be interpreted or applied in any manner that would interfere with the Recovery Strategy for the Northern

Tampa Bay Area as outlined in Rule 40D-80.073, F.A.C., or the Northern Tampa Bay New Water Supply and

Ground Water Withdrawal Reduction Agreement.

6. All Water Use Permits with withdrawal points within the SWUCA are hereby modified to

conform with this paragraph 40D-2.801(3)(b), F.A.C., except as provided in paragraph 5, above, and the applicable

SWUCA criteria specified in the Basis of Review described in Rule 40D-2.091, F.A.C., are incorporated into all

such Water Use Permits.

7. The SWUCA is a water resource caution area for purposes of Chapter 403, F.S., and Chapter 62-

40, F.A.C.

(c) Central Florida Coordination Area ("CFCA") - The CFCA is located within portions of three water

management districts and includes Polk, Orange, Osceola and Seminole counties, and southern Lake County. The

portion of the CFCA located within this District is delineated below. In this area, stress on the water resources is

escalating because of rapidly increasing withdrawals of groundwater. The public interest requires protection of the

water resources from harm. The CFCA rules address the public interest by providing an interim regulatory

framework to allow for the allocation of available groundwater in the area, subject to avoidance and mitigation

measures to prevent harm, and by requiring the expeditious implementation of Supplemental Water Supply projects

(as defined in Section 3.6 of the Basis of Review). This interim regulatory framework is one component of a

comprehensive, joint water management district strategy for regional water resource management that also includes

regional water supply planning, alternative water supply project funding and water resource investigations and

analysis that will result in a long-term approach for water supply within the CFCA. The effective date of


2-18

implementation of the interim CFCA rules is February 13, 2008. The interim CFCA rules shall remain in effect only

through December 31, 2012, except that if the District initiates rulemaking to provide a long-term regulatory

framework to replace the interim rules and a petition challenging all or part of the proposed rules is filed under

Section 120.56 of the Florida Statutes before that date, the interim rules shall remain effective until 100 days after a

final determination of the validity or invalidity of the proposed rules.

1. As shown in Figure 2-2, the boundary for the portion of the Central Florida Coordination Area

located within this District is as follows:

Begin at the northwest corner of Section 6, Township 23 South, Range 24 East same being on the

Sumter-Lake County line and run thence south along the range line dividing Ranges 23 and 24 East, to the thread of

the Withlacoochee River; thence westerly along the thread of said river, to its intersection with the range line

dividing Ranges 22 and 23 East; thence south along said range line, to the township line dividing Townships 25 and

26 South; thence west along said township line, to the section line dividing Sections 3 and 4 in Township 26 South,

Range 22 East; thence south along the section lines, to the township line dividing Townships 26 and 27 South;

thence east along said township line, to the range line dividing Ranges 22 and 23 East; thence south along said range

line, to an intersection with the range line between Ranges 22 and 23 East with the township line between

Townships 32 and 33 South; thence east along said township line, to the southeast corner of Township 32 South,

Range 28 East; thence north along the range line between Ranges 28 and 29 East, in Townships 32 and 31 South, to

the northeast corner of Section 12 in Township 31 South, Range 28 East; thence east along the section line to the

northeast corner of Section 7, Township 31 South, Range 29 East; thence north along the section line to the

northwest corner of Section 17, Township 30 South, Range 29 East; thence east along the section line to the

northeast corner of the west 1/2 of Section 17, Township 30 South, Range 29 East; thence north along the

1/2-section

line to the northeast corner of the west 1/2 of Section 5, Township 30 South, Range 29 East; thence west along the

section line to the southwest corner of Section 32, Township 29 South, Range 29 East; thence north along the

section line to the northeast corner of Section 19 in Township 29 South, Range 29 East; thence west along the north

boundaries of Section 19, Township 29 South, Range 29 East, and Sections 24, 23, 22, 21, and 20, Township 29

South, Range 28 East, to the northwest corner of said Section 20; thence north along the section line to the

intersection of said section line with the west shore line of Lake Pierce in Township 29 South, Range 28 East; thence

following the west shore of Lake Pierce to its intersection again with the west section line of Section 5, Township 29

South, Range 28 East; thence north along the section line to the northwest corner of Section 5, Township 29 South,

Range 28 East; thence east along the township line to the southwest corner of Section 33, Township 28 South,

Range 28 East; thence north along the section line to the northwest corner of the southwest 1/4 of the southwest

1/4 of

Section 28, Township 28 South, Range 28 East; thence east along the 1/4-section line to the intersection of said

1/4-

section line with Lake Pierce; thence follow the shore line northeasterly to its intersection with the 1/2-section line of

Section 28, Township 28 South, Range 28 East; thence north on the 1/2-section line to the northwest corner of the

southeast 1/4 of Section 28, Township 28 South, Range 28 East; thence east to the northeast corner of the southeast

1/4 of Section 28, Township 28 South, Range 28 East; thence south along the section line to the northwest corner of

Section 3, Township 29 South, Range 28 East; thence east along the section line to the northeast corner of Section 3,

Township 29 South, Range 28 East; thence north along the section line to the northwest corner of Section 23,

Township 28 South, Range 28 East; thence west along the section line to the southwest corner of Section 16,


Township 28 South, Range 28 East; thence west along the section line to the southwest corner of Section 8,


Township 28 South, Range 28 East; thence west along the township line to the intersection of said township line

with Lake Marion; thence following the south shore line of Lake Marion to its intersection again with said township

line; thence west along the township line to the southeast corner of Section 36, Township 27 South, Range 27 East;

thence north along the range line between Ranges 27 and 28 East to the intersection of said range line with Lake

Marion; thence following the west shore of Lake Marion to its intersection again with the range line between Ranges

27 and 28 East; thence north along said range line, in Townships 27 and 26 South, to the northeast corner of

Township 26 South, Range 27 East, being on the Polk-Osceola County line; thence west along the Polk-Osceola

County line to the northwest corner of Township 26 South, Range 27 East; thence north along the section line to the

Lake-Polk County line; thence west along the county line to the southwest corner of Section 32, Township 24 South,

Range 26 East; thence into Lake County, north along the section lines to the northeast corner of Section 30,

Township 24 South, Range 26 East; thence west along the section lines to the northeast corner of Section 28,

Township 24 South, Range 25 East; thence north along the section lines to the northeast corner of Section 16,


2-19

Township 24 South, Range 25 East; thence west along the section line to the northwest corner of Section 16,

Township 24 South, Range 25 East; thence north along the section line to the northeast corner of Section 8,

Township 24 South, Range 25 East; thence west along the section lines to the range line between Ranges 24 and 25;

thence north along the range line to the northeast corner of Section 1, Township 23 South, Range 24 East, also being

on the township line between Townships 22 and 23 South; thence west along the township line to the Point of

Beginning.

2. Applications for groundwater withdrawals located within the areas encompassed both by the

SWUCA, as described in 40D-2.801(3)(b), F.A.C., or deemed within the SWUCA pursuant to 40D-2.801(3)(b)5.

F.A.C., above, and the District's portion of the CFCA as described in 40D-2.801(3)(c), F.A.C., shall only be subject

to the provisions of Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C., and the Basis of Review described in Rule 40D-2.091, F.A.C.,

applicable to groundwater withdrawals within the SWUCA. The CFCA provisions shall not be applicable to those

permits. These provisions are in addition to all other regulations set forth in Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C., and Parts B and

D of the Water Use Permit Information Manual.

3. Regulations applicable to the CFCA are specified in Rules 40D-2.321 and 40D-2.801(3)(c),

F.A.C., and in Sections 1.9, 3.6 and 6.2 of the Basis of Review described in Rule 40D-2.091, F.A.C., and are

incorporated into this rule, and are in addition to all other regulations set forth in Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C., and Part B

and D of the Water Use Permit Information Manual. The CFCA regulations shall not be construed to affect any

water use permit application that does not have a groundwater withdrawal point within the CFCA.

4. Special requirements for Public Supply Utility applicants for groundwater withdrawals are explained

in the provisions under the heading "REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS FOR GROUNDWATER

WITHDRAWALS WITHIN THE CENTRAL FLORIDA COORDINATION AREA" set forth in Sections 1.9, 3.6

and 6.2 of the Basis of Review described in Rule 40D-2.091, F.A.C. In addition, a Similar Applicant, as defined in

Section 3.6 of the Basis of Review, is subject to those requirements.

5. In adopting the interim CFCA rules, the District acknowledges the increasing stress on the water

resources in the CFCA and the mandate of the legislature to foster the development of additional water supplies and

avoid the adverse effects of competition. However, the interim CFCA rules do not abrogate the rights of the

Governing Board or of any other person under Section 373.233, F.S. The CFCA regulatory framework provides a

comprehensive strategy for interim allocations of available groundwater and expeditious development of

supplemental water supply projects, as defined in Section 3.6, paragraph A.7. under the heading Requirements For

Applicants For Groundwater Withdrawals Within The Central Florida Coordination Area, in Part B, Basis of

Review, of the Water Use Permit Information Manual, to minimize competition and thereby provide greater

certainty of outcome than competition.

6. Any Public Supply Utility applicant, or Similar Applicant described in 40D-2.801(3)(c)4., F.A.C.,

above, with an existing or proposed groundwater withdrawal point within the boundaries of the CFCA is deemed to

be within the CFCA, provided that the regulation of that withdrawal is governed by 40D-2.801(3)(c)2., F.A.C.,

above.

7. The CFCA is a water resource caution area for purposes of Chapter 403, F.S., and Chapter 62-40,

F.A.C.

Specific Authority 373.044, 373.113, 373.171, F.S. Law Implemented 373.0395, 373.042, 373.0421, 373.171,

373.216, 373.219, 373.223, F.S. History - Readopted 10-5-74. Formerly 16J-3.30, Amended 10-1-89, 11-15-90,

3-1-91, 7-29-93, 1-1-03, 1-1-07, 10-1-07, 2-13-08, 4-7-08.


2-20

Figure 2-1


2-21

Figure 2-2



PART B BASIS OF REVIEW

January 27, 2010

B-i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BASIS OF REVIEW

SECTION PAGE

TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................................... B-i

LIST OF TABLES..................................................................................................................................................... B-v

LIST OF FIGURES .................................................................................................................................................. B-vi

TABLE OF SOURCES ........................................................................................................................................... B-vii

GLOSSARY ........................................................................................................................................................... B-viii

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ................................................................................................................ B-xii

1.0 PERMITTING PROCEDURES

1.1 OBJECTIVES ............................................................................................................................. B1-1

1.2 PERMITS REQUIRED ............................................................................................................... B1-1

1.3 PRE-APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS .............................................................................. B1-1

1.4 APPLICATION FORMS ............................................................................................................ B1-1

1.4.1 SWUCA APPLICATION FORMS ............................................................................................. B1-1

1.5 APPLICATION SUPPORT INFORMATION ........................................................................... B1-2

1.6 APPLICATION REVIEW PROCESS ........................................................................................ B1-2

1.7 POTENTIALLY AFFECTED PARTIES ................................................................................... B1-2

1.8 EXISTING UNPERMITTED USE ............................................................................................. B1-2

1.9 PERMIT DURATION ................................................................................................................ B1-3

1.9.9 DURATION OF PERMITS UTILIZING ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLIES

WITHIN THE SWUCA .............................................................................................................. B1-3

1.10 TRANSFER OF PERMITS ........................................................................................................ B1-3

1.11 RENEWAL OF PERMITS ......................................................................................................... B1-4

1.12 MODIFICATION OF PERMITS ............................................................................................... B1-4

1.13 REVOCATION AND CANCELLATION OF PERMITS .......................................................... B1-5

1.14 PERMIT COMPLIANCE ........................................................................................................... B1-5

2.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONSIDERATIONS

2.1 APPLICANT CONTROL OF PROPERTY AND ACTIVITIES ............................................... B2-1

2.2 WATER USE INTEGRATED WITH A SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM ..................................................................................................................................... B2-1

2.3 TEMPORARY WATER USE PERMITS (REPEALED) ........................................................... B2-2

2.4 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ............................... B2-2

2.5 PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY SERVICE AREA .......................................................................... B2-2

2.6 PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION (PSC) TERRITORY ........................................................ B2-3

2.7 COMPLIANCE WITH THE WATER CONSERVATION ACT ............................................... B2-3

2.8 ELECTRICAL POWER PLANT SITING CERTIFICATES (PPSC) ........................................ B2-3

3.0 REASONABLE WATER NEEDS

3.1 DETERMINING REASONABLE QUANTITIES ..................................................................... B3-1

3.2 PERMITTED WITHDRAWAL QUANTITIES ......................................................................... B3-5

3.3 AGRICULTURE ........................................................................................................................ B3-6

3.4 INDUSTRIAL OR COMMERCIAL ........................................................................................ B3-13

3.5 MINING OR DEWATERING .................................................................................................. B3-15

3.6 PUBLIC SUPPLY .................................................................................................................... B3-16

3.7 RECREATION OR AESTHETIC ............................................................................................ B3-30

B-ii

4.0 CONDITIONS FOR ISSUANCE--TECHNICAL CRITERIA

4.1 REASONABLE DEMAND ........................................................................................................ B4-1

4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ................................................................................................ B4-1

4.3 MINIMUM FLOWS AND LEVELS .......................................................................................... B4-3

4.4 UTILIZATION OF LOWEST QUALITY WATER ................................................................ B4-10

4.5 SALINE WATER INTRUSION ............................................................................................... B4-11

4.6 INDUCEMENT OF POLLUTION ........................................................................................... B4-11

4.7 (Reserved) ................................................................................................................................. B4-11

4.8 INTERFERENCE WITH EXISTING LEGAL WITHDRAWALS ......................................... B4-11

4.9 (Reserved) ................................................................................................................................. B4-11

4.10 WATER CONSERVATION .................................................................................................... B4-11

4.11 UTILIZATION OF ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLIES ..................................................... B4-12

4.12 WASTE ..................................................................................................................................... B4-12

4.13 OTHERWISE HARMFUL ....................................................................................................... B4-13

5.0 MONITORING REQUIREMENTS

5.1 WITHDRAWAL QUANTITY ................................................................................................... B5-1

5.2 SALINE WATER MONITORING ............................................................................................. B5-3

5.3 POLLUTION SOURCE MONITORING ................................................................................... B5-8

5.4 GROUND WATER LEVELS..................................................................................................... B5-8

5.5 SURFACE WATER LEVELS AND FLOWS ............................................................................ B5-8

5.6 RAINFALL ................................................................................................................................. B5-8

5.7 SURFACE WATER QUALITY ................................................................................................. B5-8

5.8 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT AND MONITORING ................................................... B5-8

6.0 PERMIT CONDITIONS

6.1 STANDARD PERMIT CONDITIONS ...................................................................................... B6-1

6.2 SPECIAL PERMIT CONDITIONS............................................................................................ B6-2

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES .......................................................... B6-2

1. Submitting Data ............................................................................................................ B6-2

2. Submitting Reports ....................................................................................................... B6-2

3. Investigating Reuse ....................................................................................................... B6-3

4. Investigating Complaints .............................................................................................. B6-3

5. Interim Report for Withdrawal Impacts ........................................................................ B6-3

PUMPAGE REPORTING .......................................................................................................... B6-4

6. Flow Meters .................................................................................................................. B6-4

WATER-QUALITY MONITORING ......................................................................................... B6-5

7. Water-Quality Monitoring ............................................................................................ B6-5

8. Report Water Quality Sampling Procedures ................................................................. B6-5

9. Saline Water Monitor Well ........................................................................................... B6-5

WATER LEVELS, FLOWS, AND RAINFALL MONITORING ............................................. B6-5

10. Reporting Lake Levels .................................................................................................. B6-5

11. Comply With Minimum Lake Levels ........................................................................... B6-5

REPORTING .............................................................................................................................. B6-6

12. Reporting Wetland Levels ............................................................................................ B6-6

13. Reporting Stream Stage Levels ..................................................................................... B6-6

14. Reporting Stream Flow ................................................................................................. B6-6

15. Comply with Minimum Stream Flows ......................................................................... B6-6

16. Ground Water Level Monitoring .................................................................................. B6-6

17. Rainfall and Evaporation Monitoring ........................................................................... B6-6

B-iii

UNUSED WELLS ...................................................................................................................... B6-6

18. Temporary Capping of Wells Not in Use ..................................................................... B6-6

19. Permanently Plugging Abandoned Wells ..................................................................... B6-7

20. Disposition Of Retired Wells ........................................................................................ B6-7

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ....................................................................................... B6-7

21. Environmental Monitoring ........................................................................................... B6-7

22. Environmental Mitigation Plan ..................................................................................... B6-8

23. Mapping Requirements ................................................................................................. B6-8

24. Sinkhole Monitoring ..................................................................................................... B6-8

WATER CONSERVATION ...................................................................................................... B6-8

25. Future Water Conservation Measures ........................................................................... B6-8

26. Water Conservation Measures (Public Supply < 500,000 gpd) .................................... B6-8

27. Water Conservation Plan (Public Supply > 500,000 gpd) ............................................ B6-8

28. Best Water Management Practices ............................................................................... B6-9

29. Limiting Daytime Irrigation .......................................................................................... B6-9

30. Leak Detection and Repair ........................................................................................... B6-9

31. Investigating Efficiency ................................................................................................ B6-9

CENTRAL FLORIDA COORDINATION AREA ..................................................................... B6-9

32. Special Conditions ........................................................................................................ B6-9

6.3 MINING PERMIT CONDITIONS ........................................................................................... B6-10

1. Sealing Water Wells ................................................................................................... B6-10

2. Well Plugging Prior To Mining .................................................................................. B6-10

3. Dewatering Setbacks .................................................................................................. B6-10

4. Complaints From Dewatering .................................................................................... B6-11

5. Recharge Well Water Quality Monitoring .................................................................. B6-11

6. Mining Plan ................................................................................................................ B6-11

7. Phosphate Mine Pit Dewatering ................................................................................. B6-12

6.4 PUBLIC SUPPLY PERMIT CONDITIONS ............................................................................ B6-12

1. Destination Of Water .................................................................................................. B6-12

2. Water Use Interim Report ........................................................................................... B6-12

3. County Subdivision Well/Capital Improvement Program Status ............................... B6-12

6.5 AGRICULTURAL PERMIT CONDITIONS ........................................................................... B6-13

1. Measuring Off-site Discharge: .................................................................................... B6-13

2. Monitor Ground Water Withdrawals: ......................................................................... B6-13

3. Reduced Off-Site Discharge: ...................................................................................... B6-13

4. Interim Reports ........................................................................................................... B6-13

6.6 SWUCA PERMIT CONDITIONS ........................................................................................... B6-13

Standard Condition ................................................................................................................... B6-13

Special Conditions .................................................................................................................... B6-14

ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLIES ..................................................................................... B6-14

1. Metering ...................................................................................................................... B6-14

2. Modification to Incorporate Alternative Water Supplies ............................................ B6-15

PUBLIC SUPPLY .................................................................................................................... B6-15

3. Report Significant Use ................................................................................................ B6-15

4. Service Area Map ....................................................................................................... B6-15

5. Golf Course Conservation Plan .................................................................................. B6-15

B-iv

7.0 WATER USE CAUTION AREAS

7.1 HIGHLANDS RIDGE WATER USE CAUTION AREA

(REPEALED) ............................................................................................................................. B7-1

7.2 EASTERN TAMPA BAY WATER USE CAUTION AREA (REPEALED) ............................ B7-1

7.3 NORTHERN TAMPA BAY WATER USE CAUTION AREA ................................................ B7-1

1. Public Supply ................................................................................................................ B7-1

2. Agriculture .................................................................................................................... B7-1

2.1 Irrigation Water Use Allotments .................................................................... B7-1

2.2 Monitoring Requirements for Agricultural Water Use ................................... B7-5

2.3 Other Agricultural Water Uses ....................................................................... B7-6

3. Recreational, Industrial, and Mining ............................................................................ B7-6

3.1 Conservation Plan ........................................................................................... B7-6

3.2 Golf Courses Conservation Plan..................................................................... B7-6

4. Augmentation ............................................................................................................... B7-7

5. Lake Impacts ................................................................................................................. B7-7

5.1 Stressed Lakes - New Withdrawals ................................................................ B7-7

5.2 Stressed Lakes - Existing Withdrawals .......................................................... B7-7

5.3 Stressed Lakes - New Ground Water Withdrawals ....................................... B7-8

6. Alternative Sources ....................................................................................................... B7-8

6.1 Critical Water Supply Problem Area Designation .......................................... B7-8

6.2 Reuse .............................................................................................................. B7-8

6.3 Reporting Reuse Quantities ............................................................................ B7-8

1. Reclaimed Water Generators ............................................................ B7-8

6.4 Investigate Desalination ................................................................................. B7-9

7. Metering of Withdrawals .............................................................................................. B7-9

8. Central System Permitting .......................................................................................... B7-10

B-v

LIST OF TABLES

Table 3-1. Irrigation Application Efficiencies Used to Determine

Supplemental Irrigation ............................................................................................................... B3-7

Table 3-2. Efficiency Standards and Rainfall Bases for Irrigation Permits

Located in the SWUCA .............................................................................................................. B3-9

Table 3-3 Livestock Water Needs ............................................................................................................. B3-12

Table 7.3-1. Minimum Assigned Efficiency Standards and Goals .................................................................. B7-5

B-vi

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 3-1 Example Water Balance Diagram ....................................................................................................... B3-14

Figure 5-1 Saline Water Monitoring Zone.............................................................................................................. B5-5



Figure 7.3-1 Northern Tampa Bay WUCA Map .................................................................................................. B7-11

B-vii

TABLE OF SOURCES

Users Guide and Technical Manual, Agricultural Field Scale Irrigation Requirements Simulation,

University of Florida, Agricultural Engineering Department, Allen Smajstrla, October 1986 ................. B3-8

Efficiencies of Florida Agricultural Irrigation Systems, Smajstrla et al., IFAS, Bulletin 247, June 1988 .............. B3-8

Roth, Crow & Mahoney, An Introduction to Agricultural Engineering, Avi Publishing, Inc., Westcourt,

Conn., 1982 ............................................................................................................................................. B3-15

Modeling Water Demands, 1984. Edited by J. Kindler and C.S. Russell in collaboration with B.T. Bower,

J. Gouevsky, and D.R. Sewell, Academic Press, London.) ..................................................................... B3-15

Stallman, R. W., 1971. Aquifer test design, observation, and analysis. Techniques of Water Resources

Investigations of the United States Geological Survey, Book 3, Chapter B1 .......................................... C3-11

Walton, W. C., 1987. Groundwater Pumping Tests - Design and Analysis. Lewis Publishers/NWWA,

Chelsea, Michigan ................................................................................................................................... C3-11

Driscoll, F. G., 1986. Groundwater and Wells. Second Edition, Johnson Division, St. Paul, Minn. .................. C3-11

Cooper, H. H., and Jacob, C. E., 1946. A generalized graphical method for evaluating formation constants

and summarizing well field history. Transactions, American Geophysical Union, Vol. 27, No. 4. ....... C3-11

Kruseman, G. P., and N. A. DeRidder, Analysis and Evaluation of Pumping Test Data. Inter. Institute for

Land Reclamation and Improvement. ..................................................................................................... C3-11

Worthington, P. F., 1981. Estimation of the transmissivity of thin leaky-confined aquifers from single well

aquifer tests. Journal of Hydrology, Vol. 49. .......................................................................................... C3-11

Theis, C. V., Brown, R. H., and R. R. Meyer, 1962. Estimating the transmissibility of aquifers from

specific capacity of wells. U. S. Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 1536-I. ................................. C3-11

Hurr, R. T., 1966. A new approach for estimating transmissibility from specific capacity. Water Resources

Research, Vol. 2, No. 4 ........................................................................................................................... C3-11

Lohman, S. W., 1979. Ground-water Hydraulics. U. S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 708 .................. C3-11

National Water Well Association, 1987. Aquifer Analysis. National Water Well Association, Dublin, Ohio .... C3-11

Neuman, S.P., and P.A. Witherspoon, 1972, Field Determination of the Hydraulic Properties of Leaky

Multiple Aquifer Systems, Water Resources Research v. 8 (5), pp. 1284-1298. .................................... C3-11

B-viii

GLOSSARY annual average daily quantity - the total quantity authorized by the District to be withdrawn from water sources in one year, divided by 365 days and expressed in gallons per day (gpd). aquifer - geologic materials that contain ground water in pore spaces and which are permeable enough to yield useful quantities of this ground water to wells and to natural springs. augmentation - the transfer of water from one water source to another for the purpose of maintaining or raising the water level of a surface water body. cone of depression - the vertical depression of the water table and/or the potentiometric surface of aquifers in the shape of an inverted cone that develops around a well which is being pumped (U.S.G.S, August, 1989). confining unit - a hydrogeologic unit which is composed of impermeable or distinctly less permeable geologic material than that of the aquifer it is either above or below. conservation - the beneficial reduction of water use through voluntary or mandatory altering of water use practices, reduction of distribution losses, or installation and maintenance of low water use systems, fixtures, or devices. constant drawdown - the practice of pumping a ground water well at a constant rate for sufficient duration so that the head in the source unit is reduced to a new static level. consumptive use - any use of fresh or saline water which reduces the supply from which it is withdrawn or diverted. desalination - a physical process where salts and other dissolved solids, in saline water or salt water, are removed. The two forms most commonly used in southwestern Florida are Reverse Osmosis and Electrodialysis Reversal. drawdown - a relative term to describe the vertical distance that the elevation of the water table in the surficial aquifer, or the pressure head of the potentiometric surface of a confined aquifer, is lowered due to the removal of water from that hydrologic system. drought - a condition of lower than normal rainfall within a specific time period in a defined area:

two-in-ten drought: (2-in-10) the severity of drought which statistically occurs on the average of twice in a given ten-year period.

five-in-ten drought: (5-in-10) the severity of drought statistically occurs on the average one-half of a given ten-year period. Also known as 5-in-10 rainfall, or average rainfall.

effluent, treated wastewater - the product of secondary treatment of a waste liquid at a wastewater treatment plant for removal of various components of sewage material. Also known as treated effluent or treated sewage effluent. elevation - height in feet relative to National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD), land surface, or some other point of reference. The point of reference must be stated. Used synonymously with "altitude" when referring to water levels. evapotranspiration - a combined rate of removal of water from land and water surfaces by evaporation into the atmosphere, and transpiration from plants. existing legal use - permitted current use of the water resource in accordance with Rule 40D-2.041, F.A.C., permitting thresholds, and Rule 40D-2.051, F.A.C., exemptions. fresh water - water that contains less than 3,000 milligrams per liter (mg/l) of total dissolved solids (TDS). Also, water having a TDS concentration between 1,000 mg/l and 3,000 mg/l can be termed slightly saline fresh water; and, generally, water having a TDS concentration greater than 500 mg/l TDS is undesirable for drinking and many industrial uses.

B-ix

ground water well - any artificial excavation into the ground for the purpose of locating, acquiring or withdrawing, developing, or artificially recharging ground water from a confined, semi-confined, or unconfined aquifer. hydraulic conductivity - the rate at which water can move through rock or earth measured perpendicular to the direction of movement. This rate is usually expressed as feet per day (ft/d). (See transmissivity.) hydroperiod - the frequency and duration during which there is free standing water in a wetland or other depression in the ground. impoundment - The accumulation of water in an artificial reservoir using a mechanical device to gather or impound water from a flowing watercourse for temporary or permanent containment. irrigation facility - the facilities used to withdraw water from one source, transport the water to a destination and apply the water to a plant or a crop. mine plan - a drawing to scale which depicts an applicant's or permittee's property boundaries, and which identifies the approximate time frame by month and year for areas to be mined or dewatered. mitigate, mitigation - to make or become less severe or intense. With respect to Water Use Permitting, mitigation includes the measures and actions provided to offset, lessen, rectify or prevent adverse impacts to the environment, water resources, existing land use, or legal users of the water resources. NGVD - National Geodetic Vertical Datum: a datum that was derived by using the average sea level over a period of many years from 26 tidal stations along the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans and the Gulf of Mexico. It does not necessarily represent local mean sea level at any one location. It was formerly referred to as the "Sea Level Datum of 1929". peak month daily quantity - the total quantity authorized by the District to be withdrawn from water sources during the month of highest water use, divided by the number of days in that month and expressed in gallons per day (gpd). plume - the volume of surface water or ground water which contains chemical constituents in excess of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection water quality standards or criteria, or which contains significantly higher concentrations of chemical constituents than ambient conditions, and is delineated by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, the Environmental Protection Agency, or the District. pollutant - any chemical substance, especially waste matter, which when introduced into the air, water or soil contaminates them by producing conditions unfit or harmful to living things. potable water - water suitable for human consumption as set by the State Safe Drinking Water Act. potentiometric surface - a surface defined by the level to which water rises in an open pipe that is constructed into or all the way through an artesian aquifer. This is measured in feet relative to NGVD or sea level. The level to which water rises inside this open pipe is a function of the pressures on the water in the artesian aquifer. reclaimed water - water that has received at least secondary treatment and is reused after flowing out of a wastewater treatment facility (Chapter 62-610.200(39), F.A.C.). There are various grades of reclaimed water governed by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. reuse - the deliberate application of reclaimed water, in compliance with the Florida Department of Environmental Protection and District rules, for a beneficial purpose (Chapter 62-610.200(41), F.A.C.). runoff - surface water that leaves the property on which it was either deposited as rainfall, or from which it was derived via a ground water well or surface water body withdrawal facility. safe yield - the amount of water that can be withdrawn from a hydrologic system without causing adverse impacts. saline water - water that generally is considered unsuitable for human consumption or for irrigation because of its high content of dissolved solids. Commonly expressed as milligrams per liter (mg/l) of dissolved solids, with

B-x

moderately saline as 3,000 - 10,000 mg/l; very saline as 10,000 - 35,000 mg/l, and brine as more than 35,000 mg/l (U.S.G.S., August, 1989). saline water interface - any plane or surface within the transition zone between fresh water and saline water that is defined by a specific concentration of total dissolved solids. saline water intrusion - the movement of more saline water laterally inland into a fresher water aquifer from coastal areas, or the movement of more saline water vertically upward into a fresher water aquifer. Also, any movement of more saline surface or ground water into a fresher-water surface water body. sealing water well - a ground water well used in mining operations which cools and lubricates the pumps used to move the mined material in slurry pipelines. seasonal high water level - the maximum elevation to which the ground water or surface water can be expected to rise due to the rainfall occurring in a normal wet season. seawater - water in any sea, gulf, bay, or ocean having a total dissolved solids concentration greater than or equal to 10,000 milligrams per liter (mg/l) (very saline). Also, the component of very saline water in a surface body of water or an aquifer that is continuously open to a sea, gulf, bay, or ocean that has a total dissolved solids concentration of greater than or equal to 10,000 mg/l. semi-confined aquifer - a fully saturated aquifer which underlies a confining unit that is leaky. It may or may not overlie a leaky confining unit. service area - for a public supply water use permit, it is the area to which potable water is supplied by a utility or water supply authority. serviced area - a geographical region that is not owned by a water use permittee, but is supplied with water from the water use permittee's water withdrawal facilities. staff report - a written District document which permits and describes a water use, and which lists limiting conditions for the continued use of the water. Also known as "Water Use Permit," and "Final Agency Action." staged drawdown - in dewatering systems, the practice of pumping the source unit to discrete, incremental levels. stream - any river, creek, slough, or other natural water course (Rule 40D-1.102, F.A.C.) system efficiency/assigned irrigation efficiency - the ratio of the volume of irrigation water available for actual crop use to the volume delivered from the irrigation system. This ratio is always less than 1.0 because of losses due to evaporation, wind drift, deep percolation, lateral seepage and runoff which may occur during irrigation unconfined aquifer - an aquifer which is not fully saturated with water and which has a free water table open to the atmosphere. The portion of the aquifer that does not have all its pore space filled with water is the unsaturated zone; the portion that has all of its pore space filled with water is the saturated zone. The top of the saturated zone is the water table. An impermeable rock or clayey sediments often underlies unconfined aquifers. upconing - process by which saline water, which underlies fresh water in the same or different aquifers, rises up into the fresh water zone as a result of pumping water from the fresh water zone (U.S.G.S., August 1989). watercourse - the bed or channel of a waterway; a continuously or intermittently flowing body of water. water table - the surface of water in an unconfined aquifer where that aquifer becomes fully saturated with water, and at which the pressure is equal to one atmosphere. Water Use Caution Area - a geographic region within the District which exhibits resource problems, or is predicted to exhibit resource problems, and for which special regulations are enacted by the Governing Board. wellfield - an area of multiple ground water wells under one water use permit, for one use type category. The wells may or may not be located on contiguous land parcels.

B-xi

wetland - areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support (and under normal circumstances do or would support) a prevalence of vegetation that is adapted for life in saturated or seasonally saturated soils. These include, but are not limited to, swamps, marshes, bayheads, cypress ponds, sloughs, wet prairies, wet meadows, river overflows, mudflats and natural ponds. withdrawal facility - any ground water well, surface water intake system, or other artificial water diversion facility which is used to withdraw water from one location for use at another location. **************************************************************************************** United States Geological Survey, "Federal Glossary of Selected Terms, Subsurface Water Flow and Solute Transport," Ground Water Subcommittee of the Federal Interagency Advisory Committee on Water Data, August, 1989.

B-xii

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

AFSIRS Agricultural Field Scale Irrigation Requirements Simulation

BEBR University of Florida Bureau of Economics and Business Research

DCA State of Florida Department of Community Affairs

EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

F.A.C. Florida Administrative Code

F.S. Florida Statutes

DER Florida Department of Environmental Regulation

District Southwest Florida Water Management District

gal/day/ft2 gallons per day per square foot

gpcd gallons per capita per day

gpd gallons per day

gpm gallons per minute

IFAS Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences

mgd million gallons per day

mg/L milligrams per liter

MSSW Management and Storage of Surface Water

NGVD National Geodetic Vertical Datum

PPSC Power Plant Siting Certificate

PSC Public Service Commission

RPC Regional Planning Council

SCS U.S. Soil Conservation Service

TDS total dissolved solids

USGS U.S. Geological Survey

WUP Water Use Permit

B1-1

1.0 PERMITTING PROCEDURES

1.1 OBJECTIVES. Chapter 373, Florida Statutes (F.S.), enables and directs the Southwest Florida Water Management District (District)

to regulate the use of water within its jurisdictional boundaries. The District has adopted rules for the consumptive

use of water, which are set forth in Chapter 40D-2, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.). The objective of this

Manual is to identify the usual procedures and information used by District staff in permit application review. The

purpose of the Water Use Permit Program is to ensure that those water uses permitted by the District are reasonable

and beneficial, will not interfere with any presently existing legal use of water, and are consistent with the public

interest.

1.2 PERMITS REQUIRED. 1. Permits are required in accordance with the thresholds identified in Rule 40D-2.041, F.A.C., for the use of

fresh and saline, ground and surface water sources. The use of seawater and treated wastewater effluent does not

require a Water Use Permit.

2. In addition, in the area designated as the Most Impacted Area of the Eastern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution

Area as set forth in Rule 40D-2.801(3)(b)2., F.A.C., withdrawals from wells with a cumulative outside diameter of

greater than 6 inches constructed after April 11, 1994 require a Water Use Permit. This requirement does not apply

to any proposed well less than 6 inches in diameter at the surface when it is of the same diameter or smaller than a

well it replaces and an application to plug the replaced well in accordance with Rule 40D-3.531, F.A.C., is filed with

the application to construct the replacement well in accordance with Rule 40D-3.041, F.A.C. (For related rules on

this issue, see Chapter 40D-2.041, F.A.C.)

Revised 1-1-07.

1.3 PRE-APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS. If the application is for a project which involves complex issues or if an Applicant requires assistance in

completing an application, a pre-application meeting between the Applicant and District staff may be useful to

discuss complicated matters and assist the Applicant in determining the information needed in the application. A

pre-application discussion may aid in expediting the application evaluation process by identifying items that need to

be addressed initially. This process allows the Applicant to submit a more complete application and may prevent

delays in processing the application.

OTHER FACTORS INFLUENCING PERMIT APPLICATIONS.

Frequently, other government agencies, organizations, or affected citizens have an interest in the outcome of a

permit. It may be advisable for the Applicant to contact these agencies or groups prior to submitting a formal

application to the District in order to obtain a permit in a timely manner. Issuance of a Water Use Permit by the

District does not relieve the Applicant of the responsibility to obtain all necessary federal, state, local, or other

District permits or authorizations.

PHASED PROJECTS.

The District encourages planning for long term water needs in order to compare the demands of the project with

water availability. Applicants for projects that are to be developed in phases should consider their water needs for

all phases of the proposed project. The District evaluates permit applications based on demonstrated needs for the

term of the permit; therefore, Applicants should focus their water-use projections for the term of the permit.

1.4 APPLICATION FORMS.

Permit applicants shall submit the appropriate Individual, General or Small General Water Use Permit application

form and supplemental form or attachment form as provided in paragraph 40D-2.101(2), F.A.C. Applicants for a

Letter Modification to their water use permit shall submit the Modification Short Form, incorporated by reference in

paragraph 40D-2.331(2)(b), F.A.C. These forms may be obtained from any District Service Office, or from the

District website at www.watermatters.org.

New 1-1-03, Amended 11-25-07, 12-30-08, 7-1-09.

1.4.1 SOUTHERN WATER USE CAUTION AREA (SWUCA) APPLICATION FORMS.

All Permit Applicants in the Southern Water Use Caution Area (SWUCA) shall submit the “Supplemental

Form–Southern Water Use Caution Area,” Form No. LEG-R.007.02 (04/09) incorporated by reference in

subsection 40D-2.101(6), F.A.C., in addition to the appropriate application and supplemental form(s) described in

Section 1.4, above. Permit Applicants in the SWUCA shall also submit the following application and supplemental


B1-2

forms as appropriate for their situation and intended water use type as described in Chapters 3 and 4 of Part B of the

Basis of Review for Water Use Permit Applications, of the Water Use Permit Information Manual and incorporated

by reference in Rule 40D-2.101, F.A.C.:

1. “Net Benefit Supplemental Form - Southern Water Use Caution Area,” Form No. LEG-R.010.01 (4/09);

and

2. “Southern Water Use Caution Area Ground Water Replacement Credit Application,” Form No. LEG-

R.011.01 (4/09).

All SWUCA application forms may be obtained from the District’s website at www.watermaters.org or from

any District Service Office.

New 11-25-07, Amended 5-12-08, 7-1-09, 8-30-09, 1-27-2010.

1.5 APPLICATION SUPPORT INFORMATION. Applications for large withdrawals or for withdrawals in hydrologically or environmentally sensitive areas may

require detailed site-specific information in support of the application. The supporting information may include an

aquifer test program, water quality surveys, well inventories, and environmental assessments. The need for

supporting information will be based on the size of the proposed withdrawal, aquifer characteristics in the region,

sensitivity of the environment, density of nearby existing withdrawals, and proximity of existing data. Persons who

are considering an application for a permit may meet with District staff to discuss the type and amount of detailed

site-specific information needed to support the application. Applicants proposing to construct new wells may want

to submit as part of their application a completed Proposed Well Construction Location and Design Form, Form No.

LEG-R.006.01 (4/09), incorporated by reference in subsection 40D-2.101(5), F.A.C, to provide information

concerning the proposed well design. Copies of the form are available from the District’s website at

www.watermatters.org or from District offices.

Amended 8-30-09.

1.6 APPLICATION REVIEW PROCESS.

Once the permit application and appropriate information supplements are received, District staff will identify

any deficiencies in the application and request any needed information within 30 days of receipt. District staff will

evaluate the application in terms of water needs and potential impact and may request clarification of the

information submitted. District staff will work with the Applicant to obtain all of the information necessary to

support the application. However, it is the Applicant's responsibility to provide the information requested. Staff

will notify the Applicant when all information has been received and the application is complete. Once the

application is complete, the District must issue or deny the permit within 90 days. Typically, permits authorizing

withdrawals < 500,000 gpd will be issued or denied within 60 days.

Revised 1-1-07, 12-24-07, 12-30-08, 11-2-09.

1.7 POTENTIALLY AFFECTED PARTIES. Upon receipt of an individual permit application, the District will require the applicant to publish notice in a

newspaper of general circulation in accordance with Rule 40D-1.603, F.A.C. Upon receipt of a general permit

application, the District will post notice of receipt of the application pursuant to subsection 40D-1.603(2), F.A.C.

The District will also provide notice of receipt of a water use permit application to any applicable county or city

government from which boundaries the withdrawal is proposed to be made. At the option of the applicable county or

city government, the District will provide the notice via regular mail or electronic mail. The notice to the applicable

county or city government will include information, when applicable, that the application is for a relocation or is a

competing application pursuant to Section 373.233, F.S. Interested persons may request to be provided notice of

agency action on a permit application.

The District will provide a notice of agency action on each permit to those interested persons who have

requested to be notified of agency action pursuant to Rule 40D-1.603(5), F.A.C., as well as the permit applicant.

Affected persons may request a hearing on the agency action within 21 days of receipt of the notice in accordance

with Chapter 120, F.S., Chapter 28-106, F.A.C., and Rule 40D-1.1010, F.A.C.

Revised 1-1-07, 9-10-08.

1.8 EXISTING UNPERMITTED USE. Any unpermitted use of water will be evaluated as a new use; this includes existing unpermitted uses and

permitted uses that have expired. Facilities that are already constructed will not receive preference in favor of

issuance of a Water Use Permit.

http://www.watermaters.org/


B1-3

1.9 PERMIT DURATION. The District typically issues permits in accordance with the following guidelines:

1. Six-year duration:

a. New permits greater than or equal to 500,000 gpd annual average withdrawal.

b. Permits where the potential for significant adverse impacts are predicted.

c. Renewals with modification to increase the quantity withdrawn by more than or equal to 100,000 gpd

or 10% or more of the existing permitted quantity, whichever is greater.

d. Surface water withdrawals.

2. Ten-year duration:

a. New permits less than 500,000 gpd annual average withdrawal.

b. Renewals with changes less than 100,000 gpd or 10% of the annual average withdrawal and no

significant potential for adverse impacts.

c. Renewals with an approved mitigation plan to address potential adverse impacts.

3. Permits with fixed, non-renewable leases will not be issued beyond the term of the lease. Permits with

renewable leases will be issued under the guidelines of paragraphs 1 and 2 above, with a permit condition requiring

submittal of the renewed lease in order for the permit to remain in force.

4. Permits that are modified prior to renewal will maintain the original expiration date unless the modification

is deemed by the District to be substantial as described in the Basis of Review Section 1.12, and if requested by the

applicant, shall be processed as a renewal application with modification.

5. If the District determines that a permit term longer than 10 years is appropriate based on facts presented by

an applicant, the District may issue a permit for any period up to 50 years in accordance with Section 373.236, F.S.

6. Subject to the limitations on groundwater allocations explained in the provisions under the heading

"REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS FOR GROUNDWATER WITHDRAWALS WITHIN THE CENTRAL

FLORIDA COORDINATION AREA" set forth in Section 3.6 of the Basis of Review ("the Provisions"), within the

Central Florida Coordination Area the maximum permit duration for a Public Supply Utility or Similar Applicant

proposing to withdraw groundwater shall be limited to December 31, 2013, unless the applicant will satisfy the

requirements of B.2.a. or b., of the Provisions. If the applicant satisfies the requirements of B.2.a. or b., the permit

duration shall be up to 20 years.

Revised 8-23-07, 2-13-08, 12-30-08.

1.9.9 DURATION OF PERMITS UTILIZING ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLIES WITHIN THE

SWUCA.

Permits for the development of Alternative Water Supplies that require a water use permit in the SWUCA shall

be separately issued from other water use permits that the applicant may receive for non-alternative water supplies.

Subject to Section 373.236, F.S., where required and issued, a permit for the development of alternative water

supplies shall have a duration of 20 years, if requested by the applicant for a new, extended or renewal permit and

provided that the water use is intended to be in place for that duration. A longer duration may be granted provided

that the conditions of Section 373.236(4), F.S., are met.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

1.10 TRANSFER OF PERMITS. 1. Total Transfers.

a. Where a permit has been issued to a party whose ownership or legal control of the permitted water

withdrawal facilities subsequently terminates, the party that subsequently owns or controls the permitted water

withdrawal facilities must apply to transfer the permit to himself or herself within 45 days of taking ownership or

control, notwithstanding the provisions of Chapter 40D-1.6105, F.A.C. The District will transfer the permit if the

source, use, and quantity remain the same. All terms and conditions of the permit shall become binding on the

transferee. If the transferee has an existing water use permit serving contiguous land at the time of acquiring the

transferred permit, the District shall modify the transferee's existing permit to reflect the transfer. If the transferee

proposes a change in the terms or conditions of the permit, the transferee must apply for a modification. If the

transferee proposes a change in the water use classification, the transferee must apply for a new permit.

b. Until the permit is transferred or a new permit obtained, the party subsequently controlling the

permitted water withdrawal facilities will be in violation of these rules for making any withdrawals without the

required permit.

2. Partial Transfers.

a. Where a permit has been issued to a party whose ownership or legal control of a portion of the

permitted water withdrawal facilities subsequently terminates, the party that subsequently owns or controls the

permitted water withdrawal facilities must apply to transfer the permit in part to himself or herself within 45 days of

B1-4

taking ownership or control, notwithstanding the provisions of Chapter 40D-1.6105, F.A.C. The District will

transfer that portion of the permit quantity relating to the conveyed water withdrawal facility or conveyed land if the

use remains the same, provided the transferee submits a complete water use application and fee. All relevant permit

conditions of the transferor's permit shall apply to the transferee's permit. If the transferee proposes a change in the

terms or conditions of the permit, the transferee must apply for a modification. If the transferee proposes a change

in the water use classification, the transferee must apply for a new permit. The District shall modify and decrease

the transferor's permit by the quantities transferred to the transferee's permit. If the transferee has an existing water

use permit serving contiguous land at the time of acquiring the partially transferred permit, the District shall modify

the transferee's existing permit to reflect the transfer.

b. Until a portion of the permit is transferred or a new permit obtained, the party subsequently controlling

a portion of the permitted water withdrawal facilities or a portion of the land on which the facilities are located, will

be in violation of these rules for making any withdrawals without the required permit.

(For related rules on this issue, see Chapter 40D-1.6105, 40D-2.351, 40D-2.381, F.A.C., and Sections 2.1 and 6.1,

Basis of Review for Water Use Permit Applications.)

1.11 RENEWAL OF PERMITS. 1. Applications for permit renewal may be made at any time within 1 year prior to permit expiration, except as

provided in Basis of Review Section 1.12. Permittees are encouraged to apply for renewal at least 90 days prior to

the expiration date. Permits for which renewal applications have been timely submitted consistent with the

provisions of 40D-1.603(8), F.A.C., and are under evaluation by the District shall remain in force past the expiration

date until final action is taken by the District, or if the permit is denied or the terms of the permit limited, until the

last day for seeking review of the District action or a later date fixed by order of the reviewing court.

1-1-07, Revised 8-23-07, 4-7-08, 12-30-08.

1.12 MODIFICATION OF PERMITS. 1. Formal Modification.

a. The terms and conditions of a permit may be modified at any time during the term of a permit. Any

proposed change in the terms or conditions of a permit (e.g., a change in a crop or acreage or the quantities needed)

requires submittal of an application for modification. Ordinarily, only the modified aspects of the permit will be

addressed in the evaluation of the application for modification. Therefore, in most cases the original expiration date

will remain on a modified permit. However, if the modification is deemed to be substantial by the District, as

described in the paragraph below, the applicant may request that it be addressed as a renewal application with

modification. Applicants who wish to change a portion of their current permit may submit an application for

modification or the District may require modification of a permit to address a problem with the existing permit.

b. An application to modify a permit shall be deemed by the District to be substantial if the amount of

effort, time and materials required to be submitted to complete the application and the amount of effort, time and

documentation required of District staff to evaluate the submission are similar to that required for a renewal

application for the same permit. Upon request by the applicant, the District shall process the application for

modification as a renewal application with modification notwithstanding that it is submitted prior to one year before

the permit expiration date.

2. Letter Modification.

a. Applicants may submit a modification short form to modify an existing permit by letter provided:

(1) The annual average daily withdrawal will not increase by more than 100,000 gpd, or more than

10% of the total;

(2) The use of the water will not change;

(3) The modification does not cause the total annual average daily quantity to equal or exceed 500,000

gpd;

(4) The proposed changes would not cause adverse impacts beyond those considered in the initial

permit;

(5) The modification does not request an extension of a permit term;

(6) The modification does not request a Self-Relocation; and

(7) The proposed change is not an increase in water withdrawals that are projected to impact a water

body in the SWUCA that is below or is projected to be below its established Minimum Flow or Level Water.

b. A letter modification shall be used to activate Standby Quantities where there is a loss of Alternative

Water Supplies as described in Section 3.1, Chapter 3 of this Basis of Review, in the paragraph titled "Loss of

Alternative Supplies."

B1-5

c. There is no limit to the number of letter modifications that can be requested during the permit term,

provided that the sum total of the withdrawal quantity modifications does not exceed the criteria presented in this

section.

d. If the District determines that a request for letter modification does not meet the qualifications stated

above, the applicant will be informed that the desired changes must be made through the formal modification

process, and the request for letter modification will be returned to the applicant and will not be deemed to be an

application.

(For related rules on this issue, see Chapter 40D-2.331, F.A.C.)

Revised 1-1-07, Revised 8-23-07.

1.13 REVOCATION AND CANCELLATION OF PERMITS. A permit may be revoked, following notice and hearing, for the following reasons:

1. Non-use of the water granted in the permit for a period of at least 2 years, unless the Permittee can

demonstrate extreme hardship.

2. If it can be demonstrated that the Permittee made false statements in the permit application or supporting

materials.

3. If the withdrawal causes significant adverse impacts to the water resources, environmental systems, or

existing legal users, and the Permittee does not modify the activities or satisfactorily mitigate the impacts.

4. If the permittee willfully violates any of the terms or conditions of the permit or any provision of Chapter

40D-2, F.A.C.

The District may administratively cancel a permit for the following reasons:

1. The permittee or permittee's authorized agent requests that the permit be cancelled, or;

2. The permit has been abandoned, except as described in Rule 40D-2.341(2)(d), F.A.C.; or

The permittee requesting cancellation shall ensure that all ground water wells have been either properly capped

or plugged and abandoned according to Rule 40D-3.531, F.A.C., and all surface water withdrawal points have been

dismantled. Prior to an administrative cancellation, District staff shall perform a site visit to confirm these

requirements have been met. In the case where the permit has been abandoned as described above, all ground water

wells must be plugged and abandoned according to Rule 40D-3.531, F.A.C., by the permittee.

1.14 PERMIT COMPLIANCE. Repealed 4-7-08

B2-1

2.0 ADMINISTRATIVE CONSIDERATIONS

This section describes administrative requirements which may apply to certain water users. All water users

must demonstrate legal control over the property and activities for which they are requesting a permit. Certain water

users may be required to comply with other requirements described in this section.

2.1 APPLICANT CONTROL OF PROPERTY AND ACTIVITIES. 1. Applicants must demonstrate ownership or legal control of all property on which pumps, wells, diversions

or other water withdrawal facilities are or will be located. Applicants seeking renewal or modification of a water

use permit authorizing withdrawals of less than 100,000 gpd on an annual average basis will not be required to

demonstrate continued ownership or legal control, provided current property appraiser records confirm that there is

no change in property ownership or control from what is documented in District records for the permit to be

renewed or modified. Except for Self-Relocations as described below, applications for leased property, except

property leased from the District, must be either a joint application in the name of the lessee and the property

owner(s) or be only in the name of the property owner(s). If there are multiple property owners, all owners must

sign the permit application form or sign an attachment to the permit application form indicating their joinder in the

permit application, and all property owners will be permittees on the water use permit, when issued. In the case of

an application for Self-Relocation, a permit may be issued solely to the lessee if the lessee and the permittee on the

permit to be Self-Relocated are identical. For related rules on this issue, see Rules 40D-1.6105, 40D-2.351, and

40D-2.381(3)(p) and (q), F.A.C., and Section 1.10 and 6.1, Basis of Review for Water Use Permit Applications.

2. A governmental entity which owns the land on which the pumps, wells, diversions or other water

withdrawal facilities for public water supply are or will be located need not be a permit applicant or a permittee,

notwithstanding paragraph 2.1 1. above, provided that: a) it is not a distributor of the water, b) it does not receive

any financial benefit from the water withdrawals or the applicant’s use of the land or facilities, c) it agrees in writing

to the issuance of a water use permit for withdrawals from its land, and d) another entity is the applicant and will

operate the water withdrawal facilities. In these instances, the entity that is operating the water withdrawal facilities

shall be the applicant and the permittee on the water use permit.

3. Public agencies with the power of eminent domain shall be considered to have legal control of property on

which pumps, wells diversions or other water withdrawal facilities are or will be located, as described in the permit

application. When a public agency relies on its power of eminent domain for legal control of property, if all other

conditions for issuance have been met, the District shall recommend issuance of the permit with a condition

requiring the public agency to acquire ownership or legal control of the property within 1 year after the permit

issuance. If the public agency has not acquired all of the property described in the permit application within 1 year,

the applicable portions of the permit shall be deemed abandoned and shall become void. If the public agency does

not acquire the property within 1 year after permit issuance due to extreme hardship caused by factors beyond its

control, the District may grant an extension of time to the agency. In no case shall issuance of a permit convey any

property rights to the applicant.

4. A water user shall obtain one permit for all withdrawals that are intended to serve contiguous property. For

example, an agricultural operation that has four wells should apply for one permit. However, public water suppliers

shall obtain a separate permit for each wellfield or other source, even though the wellfields may serve contiguous

property. Applicants with multiple non-contiguous parcels in the same locale under their control may apply for one

permit for water use encompassing all such parcels.

5. For local government applicants, permits will be issued to the county or municipality and not to an

individual administrative department within the government.

Revised 1-1-07, 5-12-08.

2.2 WATER USE INTEGRATED WITH A SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. 1. For projects which require both a water use permit and a surface water management permit, the Water Use

Permit Application will not be deemed complete until the Surface Water Management Permit Application required

by District rules is deemed complete. This requirement is based on the fact that design changes may occur during

the Surface Water Permit evaluation process which may impact the water use aspects of the project. The impact of

withdrawals on the Applicant's existing or conceptually permitted surface water management system must be

evaluated and submitted with the Water Use Permit Application. This evaluation shall include an assessment of the

impacts of withdrawals and discharges on the surface water management system design in terms of percolation rates,

storage volumes, design discharge, etc.

B2-2

2. If the District determines that a permit application involves an area where the Water Use Permit may not be

granted because of water resource problems, the requirement for a complete surface water permit application may be

waived by the District. Where such waivers are granted, the Water Use Permit shall specify that a well construction

permit will not be issued and withdrawals cannot commence until the appropriate District surface water management

permit is issued.

(For related rules, see Chapters 40D-2.101(6) and 40D-2.301(2), F.A.C.)

2.3 TEMPORARY WATER USE PERMITS. Repealed 3-30-93.

2.4 PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATION OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS. Analysis, plans and designs which require certification by a registered Florida Professional Engineer or a Florida

Professional Geologist pursuant to Chapters 471 or 492, F.S., shall be signed and sealed as provided by law.

2.5 PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY SERVICE AREA A public supply permit Applicant must define the entire area proposed to be serviced by the public supply system

during the term of the permit. This area includes both the service area in which the supplier has the ability and legal

right to distribute water, as well as other areas where an entity purchases water wholesale from the Applicant.

Requested quantities for areas proposed to be supplied must be supported with detailed demand information and plans

of the supply system proposed to accomplish this service. In cases where the Applicant does not have political control

over a portion or portions of the area supplied (e.g., a county utility supplies a city), detailed demand information for the

entire area will be required from the wholesaler. Wholesalers must provide the District with a written agreement from

the water purchasers to abide by the conditions of the wholesaler's permit. Service areas are not considered to be under

the control of the Applicant in terms of consideration of off-site impacts. Where there is a potential for adverse impacts

to existing legal users due to the applicant's withdrawals, whether within or outside the applicant's service area, the

applicant shall submit a plan by which the potential impacts shall be monitored and mitigated if such impacts should

occur. Nothing in this provision shall affect continuation of Tampa Bay Water's Well Mitigation Policy set forth in Rule

49B-3.005, F.A.C., dated May 20, 2001.

Revised 1-1-07, 1-20-09.

PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY SERVICE AREA.

In addition to the paragraph above, a public supply utility permit Applicant must define the entire area proposed to

be serviced by the public supply system or utility with potable water during the term of the permit. A public water

supply utility may have separate, discreet service areas; however, if water is routinely transferred between service areas,

the service areas are counted as one. An applicant’s public supply service area is composed of the following, unless the

applicant demonstrates that factors unique to its utility make one or more of these situations inapplicable to the

determination of the applicant’s service area:

1. The current and projected geographic retail area for which a public water supply utility intends to provide and

bill for potable water for the duration of the permit.

2. The current and projected geographical retail areas of a public water supply utility that is not required to have a

Wholesale Water Use Permit but which purchases water wholesale from the Applicant.

3. Areas where the Applicant bills for water use although another entity or utility has a Wholesale Water Use

Permit for distribution of the water to the population.

The area for which a Wholesale Public Supply Permittee distributes potable water and bills customers for that water

is not included in the wholesaler supplier's service area.

Public water supply applicants and their wholesale customers that operate “community water systems” as that

term is defined by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection in Rule 62-550.200, F.A.C., shall be

considered public water supply “utilities.” For the purposes of this rule, an entity which submeters a master-metered

connection to a utility and bills for the metered water use is not considered a public water supply utility.

Public supply permit Applicants with a defined service area must submit an up-to-date map of the service area

with clearly marked, identifiable boundaries at the time of application for a new permit, permit modification (not

letter modification) or permit renewal. The map submitted must clearly show any changes to the service area relative

to the service area depicted in the District’s electronic public supply area boundary map. The map must clearly

delineate the current area served from any proposed service area(s) if the current and proposed areas are not the

same, and the applicant is applying for quantities for the proposed service area. The map may be paper or District

B2-3

compatible electronic file format. During the term of the permit, for permits with durations longer than six years, an

up-to-date service area map shall be submitted every six years. With each service area map submittal, the following

information must be included:

1. A current general utility contact person name, title, email address and phone number.

2. A current contact person name, title, email address and phone number whom District staff may call concerning

the service area map.

3. The metadata for the map if the map is submitted as an electronic file that is compatible with the District's

format.

4. The District permit numbers and Florida Department of Environmental Protection Public Water Supply

Identifier (PWSI) numbers and area designation names for each service area or sub-service area, as applicable.

5. An indication of routine water transfer interconnections between service areas and other utilities or wholesale

suppliers or recipients.

6. The name, contact person, phone number, and District permit number(s) of each utility that purchases water

from the permittee on a routine basis and the most recent year’s purchase quantity in millions of gallons per day.

7. The name, contact person, phone number, and District permit number(s) of each utility that the permittee

purchase water from on a routine basis and the most recent year’s purchase quantity in millions of gallons per day.

Definable areas within a service area which are served by domestic potable wells shall be delineated and designated

by the permittee as non-served areas unless documentation such as a capital improvement plan is provided that

demonstrates that the area will be supplied by the applicant within the term of the permit. Quantities shall not be

permitted for overlapping service areas or service areas that are in dispute.

New 1-1-07.

2.6 PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION (PSC) TERRITORY. Public supply applicants regulated by PSC must submit with their application a copy of the PSC certification

describing the service area. If the Applicant proposes to add a new area not contained in the existing PSC

certification, a permit condition will require that PSC certification for the expansion be acquired within 2 years of

the permit's issuance.

2.7 COMPLIANCE WITH THE WATER CONSERVATION ACT. All local governments are required to enforce the Water Conservation Act set forth in Section 553.14, F.S., which

requires that all new buildings shall incorporate water-saving plumbing mechanisms. The statute provides construction

standards for water closets, showerheads and faucets. In order to emphasize the importance of water conservation, the

District requires all local government permit applicants to submit a letter indicating that they have adopted provisions

for enforcement of this Act.

2.8 ELECTRICAL POWER PLANT SITING CERTIFICATES (PPSC). The Electrical Power Plant Siting Act is implemented through Chapter 17-17, F.A.C. The certification process

described in this Chapter provides that entities proposing to develop power generation facilities shall submit one

application encompassing all the activities associated with the proposal to the Florida Department of Environmental

Regulation (DER). As part of the certification process, the District reviews the proposal to ensure that the project meets

all District permitting criteria set forth in Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C. The procedures for obtaining a power plant

certification are as follows:

1. Pre-application conference is held at DER in Tallahassee with Applicant, DER, and other interested agencies.

2. Applicant may request separate meeting with District staff to discuss issues regarding surface water and

consumptive use.

3. Applicant files application for PPSC with DER.

4. DER distributes copies of PPSC application to interested agencies.

5. Agencies have 45 days within which to submit requests for additional information to DER.

6. DER compiles questions submitted by each agency and sends them to the Applicant.

7. Applicant responds to DER's request for additional information.

8. Agencies may request clarification of information supplied by Applicant.

9. DER coordinates all information supplied by Applicant and ensures that each agency's questions have been

satisfied.

10. DER compiles the recommendations of each agency and develops a recommended PPSC.

11. An Administrative Hearing is held on the proposed PPSC.

12. The Governor and Cabinet take final action on the PPSC.

B2-4

When the District receives a PPSC application from DER, it contains all information submitted by the

Applicant. PPSC Applicants are encouraged to use District application forms to facilitate and expedite review.

District staff must review the entire application and determine which aspects of the project involve water use,

surface water, or well construction permitting issues. District staff then present recommendations to the Governing

Board for approval prior to submitting comments to DER. Upon approval by the Governor and Cabinet, the

Applicant receives a PPSC rather than separate permits from each agency; therefore, no District permits are issued.

A PPSC may be modified, either at the initiative of the Certificate-holder or as a result of the necessity to remain in

compliance with agency rules. The procedure for modification follows the same steps outlined for a new project, except

that only the portion of the project being modified needs to be reviewed. If the modification is not related to District

permitting, the District will submit a letter to DER stating that the District has no comment on the modification.

B3-1

3.0 REASONABLE WATER NEEDS

This section describes the factors involved in determining appropriate permit quantities for a particular water

use. The quantity of water needed is a function of demand for water, efficiency of the water treatment and

distribution systems, water acquired from other sources, water sold or transferred to other entities, and conservation

practices employed. Section 3.1 describes the factors to consider in determining the appropriate quantities. Section

3.2 describes the units in which the quantities are identified on the permit. The remaining sections (3.3 through 3.7)

describe the procedures for estimating water needs using the components of demand for each water use type. The

information to be provided by permit applicants as described in this Chapter is required for all new water use

permits and for renewal or modification of all existing water use permits, with the exception that applicants seeking

to renew or modify water use permits authorizing withdrawal quantities of less than 100,000 gallons per day on an

annual average basis will not be required to submit documentation with their application if the documentation

requested has previously been submitted or the information is documented in District records and the applicant's

water use needs have not changed since the previously issued permit or permit revision.

3.1 DETERMINING REASONABLE QUANTITIES.

REASONABLE DEMAND.

Proper accounting for each proposed water use is essential to establish that the use is reasonable, beneficial, and

in the public interest. In addition, proper accounting of the various water uses enables the District to better estimate

water use and to implement water shortage plans. Sections 3.3 through 3.7 identify the components of demand that

must be identified for Applicants for each water use type. Demand information may be estimated from historical

data, comparable uses, and acceptable forecasting techniques.

Reasonable Water Needs In The SWUCA.

The reasonable water needs of all applicants for permit renewals, New Quantities and Self-Relocation will be

closely evaluated by the District. For renewals and Self-Relocations the evaluation period will be the previous permit

term, taking into account climate variability, market conditions, and other factors that influence water withdrawals.

Permittees who have not utilized the full previous allocation because circumstances prevented full implementation of

the plan on which the allocation was based will be required to demonstrate that the need for the full allocation will occur

within the next permit term. To support any future needs, this demonstration must include substantive documentation

of the proposed need such as materials orders, construction plans or an operations or business analysis or plan that

otherwise specifically justifies the requested quantities. In such cases, the permit shall be restricted to reduce the

permitted quantities should the proposed need not develop. For water uses affected by rainfall, the demonstration may

include information showing the relationship between actual effective rainfall amounts affecting demand occurring over

the previous permit term and any statistical rainfall analysis upon which the previous permit allocation was based that

contributed to the permittee’s ability to use less than the full previous allocation. This paragraph shall be construed to

provide for the allocation of sufficient quantities to meet the permittee’s reasonable-beneficial needs during drought

conditions as otherwise set forth in this Chapter 3 and consistent with the District’s authority to address such uses

during declared water shortages and emergency water shortages.

New 1-1-07.

SYSTEM EFFICIENCY.

In some circumstances, not all water that is withdrawn is actually used. This circumstance may be a result of

losses in the system during distribution, or because the water must undergo a treatment process before it is usable.

Distribution Efficiency. The amount of water lost from the system during distribution may occur because of leakage or because a system

has been developed with a certain design efficiency. In either case, Applicants may be asked to identify the amount

of water lost during distribution.

Treatment Effect.

Some water treatment technologies, such as desalination or sand filtration, may cause significant portions of the

withdrawn water to be unusable. In such cases, the Applicant may be required to indicate the withdrawal quantity

treated, the percent product (usable) water, the percent reject (unusable) water, and the manner in which the reject

water will be disposed.

B3-2

OTHER SOURCES OF WATER SUPPLY

Applicants must identify the quantities obtained from sources other than the primary source of supply. These

sources may include reclamation facilities or desalinated seawater. If a source is not reliable throughout the year,

the Applicant may request standby withdrawal quantities from the main source of supply, which may be used when

the temporary supply is not available. The permit will identify these standby quantities, when they likely will be

required, and for what length of time. The Permittee may request that the District extend the period of time on the

permit during which a standby quantity may be used if the need arises.

ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLIES WITHIN THE SWUCA.

Reuse Goal.

Water Use Permittees within the SWUCA who generate treated domestic wastewater are encouraged to

demonstrate that maximization of beneficial reuse is occurring such that 50% or more of the total annual effluent

flow is beneficially reused. Beneficial reuse is the use of reclaimed water for one of the activities described below.

The calculation of the percentage beneficially reused shall be based on the Permittee's wastewater treatment plants

with a capacity of 0.5 mgd or greater. Progress toward this goal shall be described in the Alternative Water

Suppliers report described in Section 3.1, the paragraph titled "Alternative Source Suppliers Within The SWUCA,"

below.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

Beneficial Reuse.

The following uses shall be considered beneficial reuse of treated domestic wastewater within the SWUCA:

1. Landscape irrigation of golf courses, playing fields, cemeteries, parks, playgrounds, school yards, retail

nurseries and commercial, industrial and residential properties;

2. Agricultural irrigation of food, fiber, fodder and seed crops, wholesale nurseries, “cut flowers,” sod farms

and improved pastures;

3. Ground water recharge where such recharge results in environmental or water supply benefit;

4. Industrial uses for cooling water, process water and wash waters;

5. Wetlands restoration;

6. Fire protection;

7. Environmental enhancement, including discharges to surface waters to replace withdrawals; or

8. Other useful purposes accepted by the District or allowed under a DEP permit pursuant to Chapter 62-610,

F.A.C.

1-1-03

Reuse Feasibility Investigation Within The SWUCA.

Investigation of the feasibility of the use of reclaimed water (reuse) shall be required within the SWUCA for all

Individual and General Water Use Permit applicants and permittees, and reuse shall be required where

economically, environmentally and technically feasible. For those water use permittees also required to investigate

reuse pursuant to Section 403.064, F.S., the investigation shall be in accordance with Section 403.064, F.S., and any

rules promulgated thereunder. Reclaimed water suppliers whose reclaimed water is 100% reused, reclaimed water

users whose water use is 100% reclaimed water, and permittees with a reuse plan already accepted by the District,

shall not be required to conduct a reuse feasibility study. Reuse of reclaimed water as an alternate, replacement, or

supplemental water source for irrigation, industrial process, cleaning, or other non-potable use shall be investigated

by all appropriate Individual and General Water Use Permit applicants or permittees. Applicants for Individual and

General Water Use Permits shall provide an analysis of reclaimed sources for the area, including the relative

location of these sources to the applicant's or permittee's property, the quantity and timing of reclaimed water

availability, costs associated with obtaining the reclaimed water, the suitability of reclaimed water for the intended

use, and an implementation schedule for reuse. Infeasibility shall be supported with a detailed explanation.

Small General Water Use Permit applicants who have not incorporated Alternative Water Supplies will be

required to confirm that there are no Alternative Water Supply sources that are technically, economically and

environmentally feasible to use as a water source for the applicant's intended use. Small General Water Use Permits

will be conditioned to require that the permittee notify the District of any future connection to an Alternative Water

Supply source, and the permit will be modified to require the permittee to use the Alternative Water Supply to the

greatest extent practicable.

1-1-03, Revised 12-30-08.

B3-3

Golf Courses Within The SWUCA.

If a proposed golf course within the SWUCA is linked with a residential development with its own domestic

wastewater treatment plant, the applicant must submit estimates of wastewater generation with time, and will be

required by permit condition to implement a phased conversion to reclaimed water when sufficient quantity is

available. When use of Alternative Water Supplies is implemented, the fresh water sources will be permitted for

standby purposes in case of a failure of the reclaimed water supply.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

REPORTING ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLY QUANTITIES WITHIN THE SWUCA.

Alternative Water Suppliers Within The SWUCA.

Governmental or other entities holding Water Use Permits within the SWUCA and which generate treated

wastewater effluent or supply stormwater shall submit an annual Suppliers of Alternative Water Supplies Report.

This requirement shall be implemented by attaching a permit condition to all applicable permits upon January 1,

2003. The Suppliers of Alternative Water Supplies Report will require the Permittee to provide information about

locations and quantities of Alternative Water Supplies delivered, effluent disposed and supplied as beneficial reuse,

and information about individual customer reuse connections.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

Alternative Water Supply Receivers Within The SWUCA.

All Individual and General Water Use permittees within the SWUCA that receive reclaimed water, stormwater

or other Alternative Water Supply for all or part of their combined annual average daily water demands (e.g. golf

courses, industrial/commercial uses, agricultural uses, etc.) shall be required to meter, record and report Alternative

Water Supply quantities and sources on a monthly basis. Permittees shall list the Alternative Water Supply

supplier's name, location, and quantities obtained in gallons per day, for each source. This requirement shall be

implemented by attaching a permit condition to all applicable permits.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07, 12-30-08.

INVESTIGATE DESALINATION WITHIN THE SWUCA.

All industrial and public supply applicants within the SWUCA for new or replacement quantities of ground

water of 500,000 gpd annual average quantities or greater where salt water exists shall be required to investigate the

feasibility of desalination to provide all or a portion of requested quantities, and to implement desalination if

feasible. This investigation shall include a detailed economic analysis of desalination, including disposal costs,

versus development of fresh water supplies, including land acquisition and transmission costs. This provision

applies to desalination of Gulf of Mexico waters and other coastal waters and only as applicable to ground water

users with permits of 500,000 gpd annual average quantities or greater that are located in coastal counties within the

SWUCA.

1-1-03

Permits With Alternative Water Supplies In The SWUCA.

New Permits.

If an application includes the use of Alternative Water Supplies to supply all or a portion of the requested

demand, and the applicant demonstrates that, through no fault of the applicant, the Alternative Water Supplies are

vulnerable to becoming unavailable, insufficient or unsuitable for the authorized use, upon request by the applicant,

a permit will be issued that puts use of the non-alternative source on standby status, provided the withdrawal and use

of the non-alternative water supply source meets all the conditions for issuance. The standby quantity will be for an

amount equal to the quantity offset by the Alternative Water Supplies. This standby quantity is to be used only

when the Alternative Water Supplies become unavailable, insufficient or unsuitable; or economically, technically or

environmentally infeasible for the authorized use. In no case will the standby quantity exceed the permitted

quantity.

New 1-1-07.

Existing Permits.

Where Alternative Water Supplies provide all or a portion of permitted quantities, and if requested by the

applicant, a permit will be issued that puts use of the water source on standby status, in an amount equal to the

quantity offset by the Alternative Water Supplies. This standby permit is to be used only when, for reasons outside

the Permittee's control, the Alternative Water Supplies become unavailable, insufficient or unsuitable for the

B3-4

authorized use; or economically, technically or environmentally infeasible. In no case will the standby quantity

exceed the permitted quantity.

New 1-1-07.

Loss of Alternative Water Supplies.

Where a permittee is to use an Alternative Water Supply in lieu of a non-Alternative Water Supply and the

Alternative Water Supply becomes temporarily (exceeding 30 days) insufficient or unsuitable, the permittee shall

notify the District in writing within 15 days of the event. Such notification shall be submitted monthly for each

subsequent 30 days, for up to one year from the date of first loss, while the supply of alternative water supplies

remains insufficient or unsuitable for the authorized use. During this time, the withdrawal of standby quantities is

allowed to meet the authorized use up to the maximum amount of the permitted standby quantities. If the loss of the

Alternative Water Supplies exceeds one year, the District shall issue a Letter of Modification, subject to all

requirements of Rule 40D-2.331(2), F.A.C., to modify the non-alternative water supplies quantities that may be

withdrawn. If the standby permit is for a withdrawal within the SWUCA, a Letter of Modification shall be issued to

modify the quantities that may be withdrawn even if the quantities to be withdrawn exceed the quantity thresholds

included in Rule 40D-2.331(2), F.A.C.

New 1-1-07.

SALES OR TRANSFERS OF WATER.

Applicants who sell or transfer water must identify the quantity transferred and the receiving entity. The

Applicant providing the water must account for the receiving entities' demand.

Applicants who acquire water from other entities must identify the quantities and the provider. Since the

providing entity will account for the demand in its permit, the receiving entity must not.

If the sale or transfer is arranged after the permit is issued, the providing Applicant must notify the District of

the sale or transfer. Both the provider's permit and the receiver's permit may require modification.

CONSERVATION.

Water savings expected to result from the implementation of water conservation measures must be estimated

and accounted for when calculating demand projections. Applicants must identify the components of demand

affected by each conservation measure and reflect the estimated savings in demand for each year projected.

Where historical data are used to support the calculation of projected demand and peak month coefficients and

conservation measures were implemented for only part of the historical data period, the Applicant should use data

only from the period in which the conservation measures were in effect. If the Applicant is able to estimate and

extrapolate the water savings to the data period prior to implementation, then historical data from the past period

may also be used.

Water Conservation Within The SWUCA.

Applicants must demonstrate that technically and economically feasible water conservation opportunities have

been or will be employed. Evaluation of this requirement will include relevant Best Management Practices (BMPs),

recycling, and water conserving technologies applicable to the proposed water uses.

New 1-1-07.

Alternative Water Supplies Within the SWUCA.

Individual and General Water Use Permit applicants will be required to evaluate the use of potentially

appropriate Alternative Water Supplies for technical, economic and environmental feasibility. This evaluation must

determine whether alternatives are available to offset all or part of quantities obtained from any non-alternative

water supply, as well as whether an offset is only available seasonally or on a time-limited basis.

New 1-1-07, Revised 12-30-08.

Multiple Water Supply Sources Within the SWUCA.

Where an applicant or permittee has non-Alternative Water Supplies and Alternative Water Supplies, the

Alternative Water Supplies shall be used in lieu of non- Alternative Water Supplies to the greatest extent practical,

based on economic, environmental and technical feasibility.

New 1-1-07.

B3-5

3.2 PERMITTED WITHDRAWAL QUANTITIES. Applicants must identify the quantities needed for each component of demand in order to justify the quantities

requested on the permit application. The components of demand for each use type are identified in Sections 3.3

through 3.7. Typically, requested quantities are based on historical information. Applicants shall request quantities

in gallons per day for each component of demand according to the terms listed below. The District will evaluate the

quantities requested and identify the following quantities allocated in gallons per day on each permit.

1. Annual Average Daily (gpd)

2. Peak Month Average Daily (gpd)

3. Maximum Daily (gpd)

The annual average daily quantity places a limit on total yearly withdrawals. The peak month average daily

quantity places a limit on total withdrawals in any one month. A maximum daily quantity may be permitted for

certain needs on a case-by-case basis. (e.g. public supply permittees that record daily pumpage and agricultural

permittees that require water for frost/freeze protection)

Applicants may identify withdrawal quantities on a monthly basis. Monthly calculations facilitate

documentation of seasonal requirements and the design of effective conservation measures to reduce peak demands.

Average daily quantities may then be calculated by dividing the total period by the number of days.

EXAMPLE: Peak Month Quantity

Total pumpage for June = 9,000,000

9,000,000 divided by 30 days = 300,000 gpd

STANDARD ANNUAL AVERAGE DAILY WITHDRAWAL.

The annual average daily withdrawal quantity is determined by calculating the total quantity of water to be

withdrawn over a 1-year period, divided by 365 days, which results in a gallons per day quantity. Each Applicant

must determine the annual average quantity by adding the quantities required by each component of demand for the

particular use. The total demand is then considered along with other factors affecting withdrawals such as treatment

losses; other sources of water; conservation and water purchased, sold, or transferred to determine the annual

average daily withdrawal quantity.

Revised 1-1-07.

DROUGHT ANNUAL AVERAGE DAILY WITHDRAWAL.

The drought annual average daily withdrawal quantity is a statistical drought irrigation quantity that is the

maximum annual irrigation amount permitted by the District, annualized over 365 days. For pasture the District

uses a 60% statistical rainfall probability to calculate the drought annual average daily quantity, and for plastic

mulched seasonal crops the District calculates the drought annual average assuming zero effective rainfall. For

crops, other than pasture, that can utilize rainfall, the District uses an 80% statistical probability (i.e., an 8-in-10

chance that there will be more rainfall) to calculate drought annual average daily withdrawal quantity. This quantity

does not include cold protection.

New 1-1-07.

PEAK MONTH AVERAGE DAILY WITHDRAWAL.

The Peak Month Average Daily Withdrawal (Peak Month Quantity) represents the greatest quantity permitted

to be withdrawn in any single month or 31 day period. Although the quantity is based on an entire month's

pumpage, the monthly quantity is converted to average daily units, by dividing by the number of days in the month,

so that all the permitted quantities have consistent units. The Peak Month Quantity is determined by identifying

average monthly use (in gpd) from pumpage records for each calendar month for a period not to exceed the

preceding 5 years. The 31 consecutive days or the month with the greatest pumpage in each year is determined and

identified as the peak month quantity (in gpd). The peak month quantity is then divided by the recorded annual

average daily withdrawal quantity for that year. This division results in the peak month coefficient. The most

appropriate peak month coefficient, based on the years reviewed, is then used as a multiplier to determine proposed

peak month withdrawal.

The proposed peak month withdrawal is determined by calculating the proposed Annual Average Daily

Withdrawal, based on demand projections, and multiplying it by the peak month coefficient to result in the projected

Peak Month Average Daily Withdrawal.

B3-6

EXAMPLE: Peak Month Quantity based on calendar month method.

YEAR 1

Historical data:

Month: J F M A M J J A S O N D

MGD: 12 12 19 20 27 17 10 6 7 8 13 13

Recorded Peak month: May - 27 MGD

Recorded Annual average: 14 MGD

Peak month coefficient: 27 divided by 14 = 1.9

PROJECTED QUANTITIES NEEDED.

Projected annual average: 15 MGD

Peak month coefficient: 1.9

Projected peak month quantity: 15 x 1.9 = 28.5 MGD

For new or existing non-agricultural uses without previous data to review for determining the peak month

coefficient see Table C-1, in Part C of this Manual. These coefficient tables are based on District data. The

Applicant may use data from other sources if the data are appropriate and properly documented.

For agriculture uses, the District will determine the peak month quantity using the agricultural water use

calculation based on the modified Blaney-Criddle method, described in Part C of this Manual, or other appropriate

methods.

MAXIMUM DAILY WITHDRAWAL.

The maximum daily withdrawal is permitted for certain needs where daily pumpage is recorded. Typically, this

quantity is permitted for frost/freeze protection or for public supply uses where daily pumpage is recorded. This

quantity may be used in other appropriate circumstances.

The demand information required for each Applicant's usage is addressed in Sections 3.3 to 3.7.

3.3 AGRICULTURE. Applicants must demonstrate that the quantities applied for relate to reasonable irrigation, livestock,

aquaculture, and other agricultural water needs. This demonstration is typically accomplished by providing

information on the types and acreage of crops to be irrigated, the crop growing season, the irrigation systems used,

crop establishment, application of chemicals and fertilizers, frost/freeze protection, the type and number of livestock

and seasonal herd size fluctuations, and other specific use information. The reasonable demand for agricultural

water use is generally composed of one or more demand components, depending on the specific agricultural use.

IRRIGATION.

Typically, the reasonable need for irrigation water use is equal to the supplemental crop requirement divided by

the system efficiency or the system design capacity, whichever is less. Applicants may be asked to identify the crop,

acreage, irrigation method, soil type, planting dates, and periods of irrigation for the following components:

1. Supplemental crop requirement,

2. Crop establishment and field preparation,

3. Chemical and fertilizer application,

4. Frost/freeze protection, and

5. System efficiency.

Supplemental Crop Requirement.

The supplemental crop requirement is the amount of water needed for a particular crop beyond the amount of

water provided by effective rainfall. There are several ways to determine this amount:

1. In most cases, the supplemental crop requirement is determined using the agricultural water use calculation

based on the modified Blaney Criddle method, which is described in Part C of this Manual. This procedure

identifies the amount of water lost to evapotranspiration and determines the supplemental crop requirement using

B3-7

soil type, rainfall, and other variables. In most cases, the supplemental irrigation requirement is determined for a 2

in 10-year drought condition.

2. The supplemental crop requirement also may be determined based on information including but not

limited to one of the following sources:

a. University of Florida, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences (IFAS) reports;

b. United States Geological Survey (USGS), Benchmark Farms data;

c. Southwest Florida Water Management District Agricultural Irrigation Monitoring data; or

d. Agricultural Field Scale Irrigation Requirements Simulation (AFSIRS) method - This computer

model was developed by IFAS to estimate irrigation requirements based on climatic, crop, and soil data. This

procedure is discussed in Users Guide and Technical Manual, Agricultural Field Scale Irrigation Requirements

Simulation, University of Florida, Agricultural Engineering Department, Allen Smajstrla, October 1986.

System Efficiency.

System efficiency is based on ratings established by IFAS listed in Table 3-1, published in Efficiencies of

Florida Agricultural Irrigation Systems; Smajstrla et al. IFAS, Bulletin 247, June 1988. Applicants may demonstrate

that a different factor is applicable for a particular system based on information provided by the manufacturer or

other reliable information.

It is important that Applicants use the most efficient system practical for their irrigation needs. Permit

conditions for issuance identified in Rule 40D-2.301 include the requirements that the use shall incorporate water

conservation measures, not cause water waste and not cause harm to the water resource. The District may consider

these criteria in relation to the system efficiency and the quantities permitted.

Crop Establishment and Field Preparation.

Crop establishment and field preparation quantities may be identified for water needs above the supplemental

crop requirements.

Chemical and Fertilizer.

Chemical and fertilizer application water needs may be identified.

Frost/Freeze Protection.

Frost/freeze protection quantities may be identified based on the number of acres to be protected, the type of

irrigation used, and the hours of pumpage required. If the number of hours is not known, the maximum daily

quantity will be based on the best available data for frost/freeze recurrence and duration. Alternate calculations will

be considered, but they must be thoroughly documented.

Table 3-1. Irrigation Application Efficiencies Used to Determine Supplemental Irrigation

System Percent Method Efficiency(%)*

Micro-Irrigation Drip 85

Spray Jet, Spinners 80

Sprinkler Irrigation Sprinkler (overhead, undertree) 75*

Traveling Gun 70

Portable Gun 65

Surface Semi-Closed Ditch 50

*Efficiency percentages assume proper management of the irrigation system. +Add 10% for tailwater recovery systems.

Source: Efficiencies of Florida Agricultural Irrigation Systems Smajstrla et al., IFAS, Bulletin 247, June 1988.

IRRIGATION - AGRICULTURE AND SELF-PROVIDED NON-PUBLIC SUPPLY WITHIN THE

SWUCA.

The four major categories of irrigation-related water use are: 1) supplemental irrigation (the water delivered to

satisfy the evapotranspirational need of the crop or plant); 2) field preparation/crop or plant establishment (the water

delivered for tilling, bedding, fumigation, and planting); 3) other water uses (i.e. heat stress relief, chemical

application, irrigation system flushing and maintenance, and leaching of salts from the root zone); and 4) crop

protection. Design Aid 4, Part C, Water Use Permit Information Manual, describes in detail a methodology for

B3-8

calculating allocated acre-inches per acre per season for supplemental irrigation (supplemental irrigation

requirements divided by the assigned efficiency standard) and the allocated acre-inches per acre per season for field

preparation/crop or plant establishment (field preparation/crop or plant establishment irrigation). Other information

and methods may be considered as supported by the facts in individual cases. Applicants intending to grow various

crops over the term of their permit should submit an application representing the most water-intensive crop scenario

intended, considering both annual average and peak month quantities needed. The Permittee may then change crop

types during the permit term without modification of the water use permit, provided that: a) the crop actually

irrigated uses no more water than the most water-intensive crop permitted, and b) no more than the quantity that the

District permits for the acreage and plant or crop actually irrigated is used. However, the Permittee should be

mindful of potential surface water permitting needs that may arise if crop types are changed. The Permittee should

also be mindful of the difference in crop report submittal requirements for different crops.

1-1-03

Irrigation Water Use Allocations Within The SWUCA.

Within the SWUCA, the District allocates irrigation-related water use based on AGMOD and other methods as

described below. For each individual crop or plant type, the permittee shall not exceed the quantity determined by

multiplying the total irrigated acres by the total allocated acre-inches per irrigated acre per season. Allocated acre-

inches per irrigated acre per season are determined separately for three major categories of water use (supplemental,

field preparation/crop or plant establishment, and other water uses), and their sum equals the total allocated inches

per irrigated acre per season. An irrigated acre, hereafter referred to as "acre," is defined as the gross acreage under

cultivation, including areas such as roads and internal ditches, but excluding uncultivated areas such as wetlands,

retention ponds, and perimeter drainage ditches. Acreage submitted with applications or crop reports shall be based

on planimetered measurements rather than other measurements such as rolls of plastic. Other non-irrigation related

water uses shall be permitted in accordance with this Chapter 3.0, Basis of Review.

1-1-03

Calculation of Allocation Within The SWUCA.

An applicant or permittee within the Southern Water Use Caution Area may obtain the total allocated acre-

inches per acre per season for its crops, plants, soil types, planting dates, and length of growing season by utilizing

procedures described in Design Aid 4, Part C, Water Use Permit Information Manual, which is available from the

District upon request, or complete the Agricultural Water Allotment Form, Form No. LEG-R.042.00 (4/09),

incorporated by reference in subsection 40D-2.101(5), F.A.C., and submit it to the District. Copies of the form can

be obtained from the District’s website at www.watermatters.org or District offices. The District will complete and

return the form calculating total allocated acre-inches and water-conserving credit per acre per season per crop based

on the information provided. A permit applicant or permittee may use alternative methods for calculating water use

needs subject to District review and written approval.

1-1-03, Amended 8-30-09.

Irrigation Water Use Efficiency Standards Within The SWUCA.

For irrigated crops or plants, a key component in calculating total allocated acre-inches per acre per season is

the assigned "irrigation water use efficiency," hereafter referred to as "efficiency". The District determines the

quantity of water that will be permitted based in part on the efficiency. This efficiency is the ratio of the volume of

water beneficially used for supplemental irrigation to the volume delivered from the irrigation system. Beneficial

use for crops or plants is considered to be the calculated evapotranspirational losses. The efficiency standards used

in developing acre-inch per acre allocations are set forth in Table 3-2.

1-1-03

Compliance with Efficiency Standards Within The SWUCA.

Permit conditions for issuance identified in Rule 40D-2.301 include the requirements that the use shall

incorporate water conservation measures, not cause water waste and not cause harm to the water resource. The

District shall consider these criteria in relation to the quantities permitted. If the permittee uses no more than the

quantity that the District permits for the acreage and plant or crop actually irrigated, then it will be presumed that the

permittee is in compliance with the efficiency standards set forth in Table 3-2.

1-1-03


B3-9

Table 3-2. Efficiency Standards and Rainfall Bases for Irrigation Permits Located In the SWUCA. Effective 1-1-2003, Except Pasture Effective Upon Adoption, Credits Begin 1-1-2003.

Crop/Plant

Supplemental Allocation

Efficiency

Credit Calculation Efficiency

Supplemental Allocation

Effective Rainfall Basis

Credit Calculation Drought

Basis

Citrus1

75%

75% at 2003

Annual, 5 in 10

Annual, 2 in 10

Row Crops

With Mulch

75%

N/A

Zero

N/A

Row Crops

w/o Mulch

75%

75% at 2003

Seasonal, 5 in 10

Seasonal, 2 in 10

Nursery-

Container

75%

75% at 2003

Annual, 5 in 10

Annual, 2 in 10

Nursery –

Field Grown

75%

75% at 2003

Annual, 5 in 10

Annual, 2 in 10

Pasture

75%

N/A

3 months2, 6 in 10

N/A

Sod/Turf

75%

75% at 2003

Annual, 5 in 10

Annual, 2 in 10

Field Crops

75%

75% at 2003

Seasonal, 5 in 10

Seasonal, 2 in 10

Golf Courses, Playing, Fields,

Cemeteries

75%

75% at 2003

Annual, 5 in 10

Annual 2 in 10

1Based on 74% shaded area, equivalent to 89.4% of gross acreage once lateral movement of applied water is accounted for. 2 Three Driest Months in County. Effective. 1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

B3-10

Rainfall Bases Within The SWUCA.

The District uses the rainfall bases set forth in Table 3-2 in determining the Water Use Allocation.

1-1-03

Crop Establishment And Field Preparation.

Crop establishment and field preparation quantities shall be identified by the District for water needs above the

supplemental crop requirements. These quantities will be based on plant cooling and filling soil voids if necessary.

1-1-03

Other Irrigation Water Uses.

These uses are permitted on an individual basis as follows. Chemigation, irrigation system flushing and

maintenance, and leaching of salts - the total allocated acre-inches per acre per season for these uses is equal to 10% of

the allocated acre-inches per acre per season of the supplemental irrigation requirement.

1-1-03

Crop Protection.

The District allows irrigation for crop protection provided that: 1) the maximum daily quantity listed on the permit

is not exceeded; 2) irrigation for this purpose will not cause water to go to waste; and, 3) permittees whose maximum

daily permitted water use is equal to or exceeds 1,000,000 gpd shall document and report the beginning and ending

hours and dates on the monthly pumpage report.

1-1-03

PASTURE IRRIGATION.

Applications for the irrigation of unimproved pasture will not be approved. Authorization of water use for

improved pasture may be given only for the period needed if the Applicant documents that an irrigation system exists

(or is proposed) and is capable of delivering the requested amount. For proposed systems, a schedule for

implementation of the irrigation system is required, and the permit will be conditioned so that the pasture irrigation

quantities are invalidated if not used within the time specified.

PASTURE IRRIGATION WITHIN THE SWUCA.

Applications for the irrigation of unimproved pasture will not be approved. Authorization of water use for

improved pasture shall be given based on the three driest months of the year if the Applicant documents that an operable

irrigation system exists (or is proposed) and is capable of delivering the requested amount. Permitted quantities for

pasture irrigation will be based on the assigned efficiency standards set forth in Table 3-2 or historical irrigation

quantities or schedules, whichever is less.

Revised 1-1-07.

For proposed systems, a schedule for implementation of the irrigation system is required, and the permit will be

conditioned so that the pasture irrigation quantities are invalidated if not used within the time specified.

1-1-03

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR IRRIGATION WATER USE WITHIN THE SWUCA. To ensure compliance with the total allocated acre-inches per acre per season per crop or plant and the assigned

efficiency standards, the District requires the following data to be submitted.

Crop Reports.

All Individual and General Water Use permittees shall record for each metered withdrawal point the following

information on the applicable Irrigation Water Use Form incorporated by reference in subsection 40D-2.091(2), F.A.C.,

according to crop type. Applicable forms are: Irrigation Water Use Form – Annual Crops, SWUCA, Form No. LEG-

R.017.01 (4/09), Irrigation Water Use Form – Summer/Fall Seasonal, SWUCA, Form No. LEG-R.019.01 (4/09), and

Irrigation Water Use Form – Winter/Spring Seasonal, SWUCA, Form No. LEG-R.020.01 (4/09). Permittees who

irrigate seasonal crops (examples: vegetables or other row crops) shall provide items 1. through 8. Permittees who

irrigate annual crops and plants (examples: citrus, blueberries, commercial hay, sod, nurseries, pasture) may omit items

6. and 7.:

1. Crop type;

2. Monthly irrigated acres per crop for seasonal crops; annual irrigated acres for annual crops;

3. The dominant soil type or acres by dominant soil type;

B3-11

4. Irrigation method(s);

5. Use or non-use of plastic mulch;

6. Planting dates;

7. Season length; and

8. Crop protection quantities.

Forms can be obtained from the District’s website at www.watermatters.org or District offices.

1-1-03, Revised 12-30-08, 8-30-09.

Field Preparation/Crop Establishment

Irrigation for field preparation/crop or plant establishment and supplemental irrigation shall be documented

separately by noting the beginning and ending dates for these activities. Additionally, quantities for crop protection

shall be documented separately by noting the beginning and ending hour and date of each use. The permittee shall note

whether tailwater recovery is used. This information shall be submitted to the District on the Irrigation Water Use Form

by March 1 for annual crops, February 1 for summer and fall crops, and September 1 for winter and spring crops

(including strawberries).

1-1-03, Revised 10-22-07.

Compliance.

Compliance with allocated quantities and the assigned efficiency standards shall be determined by comparing

actual use to the calculated quantities for each individual crop or plant and acreage on a per season basis. Seasonal

crops will be compared on a seasonal basis (e.g. spring tomato requirements based on the calculated inches per season),

and perennial crops will be compared on an annual basis (e.g. citrus requirements based on the calculated inches per

year).

1-1-03

Irrigation Pumpage Compliance Within The SWUCA.

Permittees who exceed the allocated quantities, which include standard and drought quantities as applicable, shall

submit a report to the District which shall include reasons why the allotted quantities were exceeded, measures taken to

attempt meeting the allocated quantities, and a plan to bring the permit into compliance. Allocated quantities are

determined by multiplying the total irrigated acres by the total allocated inches per acre per season per crop. Reports for

permittees not achieving the allotted quantities are subject to District approval.

Transferred from Chapters 7.1 and 7.2, 1-1-07, Revised 12-30-08.

The District will evaluate information submitted by Permittees who exceed their allocated quantities to determine

whether the lack of achievement is justifiable and a variance is warranted. Permittees may justify lack of achievement

by documenting unusual water needs, such as unusual soil or weather conditions creating greater irrigation needs than

normal. However, even with such documented justification, phased reductions in water use shall be required unless the

District determines that water usage was reasonable under the circumstances reported and that further reductions are not

feasible. For such Permittees, on a case-by-case basis, individual efficiency criteria may be developed for each

management period. Justification for the exceedance does not constitute a waiver of the District’s authority to enforce

the terms and conditions of the permit.

Revised 1-1-07.

Other Uses.

Quantities for other uses not related to irrigation demand shall be documented separately. Such uses may include

filling of spray tanks, livestock needs, and cleaning equipment and facilities.

1-1-03.

WATER-CONSERVING CREDITS WITHIN THE SWUCA.

Initial Credits.

To encourage conservation and to account for severe climatic conditions for certain crops and plants, the District

has designed a water-conserving credit system for "carrying forward" any unused permitted irrigation quantities, which

may then be used as needed in subsequent years at the site for which they were earned or assigned. For crops and plants

permitted based on an effective rainfall basis, an initial water-conserving credit will be assigned by the District to each

permit on January 1, 2003. All crops and plants will qualify for water-conserving credits except improved pasture and

crops that are grown on mulch. Crops grown on mulch do not receive or earn credits because they are assigned

permitted quantities assuming zero effective rainfall, and therefore the permitted quantities are sufficient for the plants'


B3-12

water needs under any rainfall condition. For each qualifying crop or plant, an initial credit allocation is assigned to

each permit by the District. The quantity of this initial assigned credit is equal to twice the difference between the

estimated water requirements under the irrigation efficiency standards and rainfall conditions given in columns 3 and 5

of Table 3-2, and the supplementary permitted water quantity discussed above. For example, if a citrus grove is

permitted for 17 inches, and the irrigation requirements for a 2-in-10 year is 19 inches, the initial credit is 2 x 2 inches =

4 inches. The water-conserving credit may be drawn upon at any time as long as the total withdrawal does not exceed

the crop or plant allocation for the planted acreage under the credit rainfall condition and is not wasteful.

1-1-03

Earned Credits.

Additional credits may be earned by the permittee beginning on January 1, 2003, if less than the amount permitted

pursuant to this Chapter 3.0 is applied to actual, planted acreage as reported in the reports required by this Basis to be

submitted to the District. The earned credit is equal to the difference between the amount permitted pursuant to this

Chapter 3.0 for the planted acreage and the metered amount applied. There is no limit to the credit amount which can

be accumulated during the term of the permit. To receive the earned Water-Conserving Credits a permittee must submit

documentation between July 1 through August 31 for the previous July 1 through June 30 period to verify that the

credits are in fact earned. This documentation shall substantiate the number of acres planted, the crop or plant types

grown, the planting dates, the crop season length and the amount of water applied.

1-1-03

Carry-Forward of Credits.

Upon permit renewal, both assigned and earned credits which are unused can be carried forward for use during the

term of the renewed permit.

1-1-03

LIVESTOCK.

The reasonable need for livestock use is determined by multiplying the estimated total number of animals by

gallons needed per day per animal as estimated by IFAS or other appropriate sources. Unless the Applicant can

demonstrate that a different factor is appropriate for the particular needs, the livestock water use will be determined

using the factors identified in Table 3-3.

AQUACULTURE.

The reasonable need for aquaculture use is determined by the number and volume of ponds and tanks and their

filling and recirculation requirements.

OTHER AGRICULTURAL WATER NEEDS.

The reasonable need for other agricultural uses, such as cooling of animals or product, is determined based on

documentation provided by the Applicant.

DRAINAGE DISTRICTS.

Applicants who are supplied water by a Drainage or Water Control District will not be permitted separately for

supplemental quantities greater than the recommended total quantity determined by the Water Management District.

Table 3-3. Livestock Water Needs

Animal Use per Animal (gpd)

Beef Cattle 12

Chickens 0.06

Dairy Cattle 40 Drinking

Dairy Cattle 130 Flushing

Goats 2

Hogs 4

Horses 12

Rabbits 0.05

Sheep 2

B3-13

Turkeys 1

Source: Roth, Crow & Mahoney, An Introduction to Agricultural Engineering, Avi Publishing, Inc., Westcourt, Conn.,

1982.

3.4 INDUSTRIAL OR COMMERCIAL.

Applicants must demonstrate that the quantities applied for relate to reasonable processing and manufacturing

needs. Needs are generally demonstrated by providing information on the water balance for the operation, including all

sources of water and losses of water utilized in production processes, personal/sanitary needs of employees and

customers, treatment losses, and unaccounted uses.

Applicants for industrial/commercial uses must identify the demand for each of the following components:

1. Personal/sanitary use - water for personal needs such as drinking, bathing, cooking, sanitation, or cleaning

spaces occupied by employees and visitors. The calculation should take into consideration: the average number of

visitors and employees per shift, the number of shifts per work day, and the number of work days. A quantity range

from 8 gallons (for offices) to 26 gallons (for workshop spaces) per person per 8-hour shift may be used unless the

Applicant demonstrates the need for a different quantity. (These ranges are identified in Modeling Water Demands,

1984. Edited by J. Kindler and C.S. Russell in collaboration with B.T. Bower, J. Gouevsky, and D.R. Sewell,

Academic Press, London.)

2. Process requirements - water lost in processing and manufacturing where water is an input in the process.

This quantity is determined through the calculation of a water balance. (See Figure 3-1) The water balance

demonstrates where water is generated and in what quantities, where water is used in manufacturing or processing

and the associated losses, and where and in what quantities water is disposed of or reused. The balance may be in

the form of a spreadsheet or a flow diagram that indicates all water sources and losses. All sources of water that

input to the activity must be listed. Sources may include, but are not limited to:

a. Ground water from wells,

b. Ground water from water table dewatering or drainage,

c. Surface water withdrawals,

d. Collected rainfall, or

e. Recycled or reused water. The uses of these water inputs are quantified, and the amount used and lost during each stage of the activity is

calculated. All uses and losses must be listed. Uses and losses may include, but are not limited to:

a. Water used to wash the product,

b. Evaporation from settling/recirculation ponds,

c. Water retained and shipped with the product (product moisture),

d. Water used to separate or beneficiate the product, and

e. Water used to transport the product (slurry).

The final disposal of all water then must be identified. Disposals may include, but are not limited to:

a. Off-site discharges,

b. Disposal/recharge through percolation ponds,

c. Disposal by spray irrigation,

d. Water entrained in clay materials, and

e. Recycling of wastewater.

The amount of water withdrawn should equal the sum of the system losses and disposals.

3. Other uses - determined by calculating the total withdrawal quantity minus the quantity for the uses

identified above. Other uses may include lawn and landscape irrigation, outside use, air conditioning and cooling,

fire fighting, water lost through leaks, and unaccounted uses. Other uses should generally not exceed 15% of total

withdrawals. Applicants with other uses in excess of 15% may be required to address the reduction of such use

through identification of specific uses or the reduction of system losses.

B3-14

B3-15

CONSERVATION PLANS FOR INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL USES WITHIN THE SWUCA. All permit applicants for Individual or General Water Use Permits for withdrawals within the SWUCA for

industrial or commercial uses are required to submit to the District at time of application, a water conservation plan

describing where and when water savings can be reasonably achieved and specifically addressing all components of

use and loss in the water balance, including but not limited to recycling, reuse and landscaping and an

implementation schedule.

1-1-03, Revised 12-30-08.

3.5 MINING OR DEWATERING.

Applicants must demonstrate that the quantities applied for relate to reasonable mining, processing, and

dewatering needs. Needs are generally demonstrated by providing information on the water balance for the

operation, including all sources and losses of water utilized in the mining and dewatering process, the personal/

sanitary needs of employees and customers, the type and amount of lawn and landscape to be irrigated, the schedule

of irrigation, the type of irrigation system to be used, and other specific uses. The water balance should also account

for changes in water needs caused by variability in the ore body, production schedules and market conditions.

Applicants for mining and dewatering uses must identify the demand for each of the following components:

1. Personal/sanitary use - water for personal needs or for household purposes such as drinking, bathing,

cooking, sanitation, or cleaning spaces occupied by employees and visitors. The calculation should take into

consideration the average number of visitors and employees per shift, the number of shifts per work day, and the

number of work days per month. A quantity range from 8 gallons (for office workers and visitors) to 26 gallons (for

workshop areas) per person per 8-hour shift may be used.

2. Process requirements - water lost in the actual mining, processing, and dewatering processes. This quantity

is determined through the creation of a water balance. (See Figure 3-1) The water balance demonstrates where

water is generated and in what quantities, where water is used in mining and the associated losses, and where and in

what quantities water is disposed of or reused. If processing of materials is associated with the mining or

dewatering, a water balance diagram combining these activities is preferred (to separate water balances for each

activity). The balance may be in the form of a spreadsheet or a flow diagram that indicates all water sources and

losses. All sources of water that input to the activity must be accounted for. Sources may include, but are not

limited to:

a. Ground water from wells,

b. Ground water from water table dewatering or drainage,

c. Surface water withdrawals,

d. Collected rainfall, and

e. Recycled or reused water.

The uses of these water inputs are quantified, and the amount used and lost during each stage of the activity is

calculated. All uses and losses must be listed. Uses and losses may include, but are not limited to:

a. Water used to wash the product,

b. Evaporation from settling/recirculation ponds,

c. Water retained and shipped with the product (product moisture),

d. Water used to separate or beneficiate the product, and\

e. Water used to transport the product (slurry).

The final disposal of all water then must be identified. Disposals may include, but are not limited to:

a. Off-site discharges,

b. Disposal/recharge through percolation ponds,

c. Disposal by spray irrigation,

d. Water entrained in clay materials, and

e. Recycling of wastewater.

The amount of water withdrawn should equal the sum of the system losses and disposals.

3. Other uses - determined by calculating the total withdrawal quantity minus the quantity for the uses

identified above. Other uses may include lawn and landscape irrigation, outside use, air conditioning and cooling,

fire fighting, water lost through leaks, and unaccounted uses. Other uses should generally not exceed 15% of total

withdrawals. Applicants with other uses in excess of 15% may be required to address the reduction of such use

through identification of specific uses or the reduction of system losses.

B3-16

CONSERVATION PLANS FOR MINING AND DEWATERING USES WITHIN THE SWUCA.

All permit applicants for ground water withdrawals within the SWUCA for mining or dewatering uses are

required to submit a water conservation plan describing where and when water savings can be reasonably achieved

and specifically addressing all components of use and loss in the water balance, including but not limited to

recycling, reuse, landscaping and an implementation schedule to the District at time of application. Existing

permittees with ground water withdrawals not previously within a Water Use Caution Area shall submit a

conservation plan by January 1, 2003.

1-1-03

3.6 PUBLIC SUPPLY.

In order to accurately calculate demand, public supply Applicants must identify the demand for each of the uses

listed in this section. Information typically required to demonstrate reasonable demand for each component may

include the number, type, and size of service connections; past monthly pumpage records by use type; projected

permanent and temporal population data for the service area; data on the specific uses; development projections; and

data specific to the forecasting models used. Demand quantities should be based on quantities required by end-use

customers, not withdrawal quantities. The quantities must be expressed in average annual gallons per day for each

component of demand.

Revised 1-20-09

Where metering, billing, or other record-keeping methods do not provide accurate use estimates, the Applicant

must provide the best estimates for each use type and must document the estimation method used.

In applications where a portion of the demand is derived from wholesale customers (e.g., a county utility sells

water to a municipality), the Applicant must obtain and report demand information from each wholesale customer.

This information is required to demonstrate that the quantities applied for are supported by reasonable demand. Per

capita use guidelines and water conservation plans apply to wholesale customers as well as the Applicant.

All public supply Applicants must identify the demand for the following components:

1. Residential Use - shall be divided into single-family residential use and multi-family residential use in

accordance with local government zoning policies;

2. Other metered uses - include all uses other than residential accounted for by meter;

3. Unaccounted uses - the total water system output minus all accounted uses above. Unaccounted use may

include unmetered use, water lost through leaks, water used to flush distribution lines, firefighting, and other

unidentified uses. This quantity generally should not exceed 15% of total distribution quantities. Applicants with

unaccounted use greater than 15% may be required to address the reduction of such use through better accounting or

reduction of unmetered uses or system losses; and

4. Treatment losses - significant treatment process losses such as reject water in desalination or backflush

quantities associated with sand filtration systems. This component should only be calculated when such losses are

significant.

1-1-03

PERMIT APPLICATION DATA PROJECTIONS.

Projected Per Capita Daily Water Use.

Per capita daily water use is used to measure the reasonable withdrawal requests of public supply Applicants.

Per capita water use is generally considered to be population-related withdrawals associated with residential,

business, institutional, industrial, miscellaneous metered, and unaccounted uses. Projected per capita daily use is

calculated by adding the quantities identified for the uses shown in the previous list, except for treatment losses, and

then dividing by the permanent or temporally adjusted population of the service area.

Revised 1-20-09

Service Area Population Projection Data.

Population data are available from the following sources: the District, Bureau of the Census, University of

Florida Bureau of Economics and Business Research (BEBR), Regional Planning Council (RPC), County Planning

Departments and the Comprehensive Land Use Plan (developed under Chapter 9J-5, F.A.C.). Use of population

data or methods other than those provided by the District shall be considered if thoroughly documented. Counties

and municipalities are required to estimate seasonal population as part of the comprehensive planning process. If

such data are not available, seasonal service area population may be estimated using methods recommended by the

State of Florida Department of Community Affairs (DCA). Applicants may also identify tourist population, if

known.

B3-17

Revised 1-20-09

Permanent Population Projection Estimates.

In service areas without significant seasonal population fluctuations, the use of permanent population estimates

is appropriate. Ten years of permanent and seasonal (if applicable) population growth must be projected, on a

yearly basis, for the area served by the application.

When population estimates are required for years in between those estimates with published or referenced

estimates, the Applicant must interpolate the data. The Applicant may assume that population increases in equal

increments in the years between established estimates.

Revised 1-20-09

Calculation of Seasonally Adjusted Population Projections.

In service areas where there are significant seasonal population changes, it may be to the advantage of the

Applicant to estimate the seasonal population for use in conjunction with permanent population in the calculation of

per capita daily water demand. If significant seasonal population fluctuations are not included, per capita water

daily water use may be over-estimated. Seasonally adjusted population is a weighted population that takes into

account seasonal fluctuations. Applicants are encouraged to use monthly seasonal population data where available,

in its calculations of population. Where available, the applicant can request Functional Population projections that

include seasonal resident population fluctuations from the District. An example of how to calculate a seasonally

adjusted population for a service area that has a winter influx of residents follows.

Permanent population = 100,000 persons for eight months. The population increases during the four winter

months as shown below:

November 110,000

December 110,000

January 120,000

February 120,000

460,000

Permanent Population (100,000 x 8 months): 800,000

(Seasonal Population): + 460,000

1,260,000

1,260,000 12 months =105,000 seasonally adjusted population

Revised 1-20-09

Calculation of Tourist-Adjusted Population Projections.

Where projected short-term tourist population data are available, the applicant may choose to include tourist

population data in seasonally adjusted population estimates. For example, if November for a given year is projected

to have a permanent population of 100,000, a seasonal influx of 10,000 residents, and an influx

of 10,000 tourists, the November population to be used in the seasonally adjusted population calculation would be

100,000 + 10,000 + (10,000) = 120,000. Where available, the applicant can obtain projected tourist population from

the District.

Revised 1-20-09.

CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS.

The public supply permittee water conservation requirements included within the remainder of this Subsection

3.6, unless specifically designated to apply within the SWUCA only, shall apply to all public supply utilities and

suppliers with Individual and General Water Use Permits, as well as wholesale customers supplied by another entity

which obtain an annual average daily quantity of 100,000 gallons per day or greater. Increased allocations for

existing permits and allocations for public supply permits with an annual average daily quantity less than 100,000

gpd shall be based on a per capita use rate no greater than 150 gallons per day, plus allowable deductions and

adjustments documented as set forth in the provisions below titled "Documentation of Per Capita Daily Water Use

Calculations for the Annual Report". Failure of a wholesale customer to comply may result in modification of the

B3-18

wholesale permit to add a permit condition limiting or reducing the wholesale customer's quantities, or other actions

by the District.

Transferred from Chapters 7.1 and 7.2, 1-1-07, and Revised 12-30-08, 1-20-09.

PER CAPITA DAILY WATER USE.

Per Capita Use Rate.

Public supply permittees shall have a per capita rate of no greater than 150 gallons per day whether it is

calculated as an unadjusted gross per capita (see A. in this section below), an adjusted gross per capita (see B. in this

section below), or a compliance per capita (see C. in this section below). A phased reduction in per capita (see D. in

this section below) shall be implemented by permittees that do not achieve the compliance per capita rate of no

greater than 150 gallons per day. Compliance with the per capita rate shall be monitored via the Annual Report and

the Reclaimed Water Supplier Report that are required to be submitted by April 1 of each year for Individual and

General Water Use Permits. (See provisions below titled "Documentation of Per Capita Daily Water Use

Calculations for the Annual Report").

A. Unadjusted Gross Per Capita Water Use

All permittees required to submit Annual Reports must report unadjusted gross per capita defined as:

WD + IM - EX - TL

FP

Where:

WD = ground water, surface water and stormwater withdrawals,

IM = water imported/purchased from other supplier(s). Irrigation water, excluding RW (see C. Compliance

Per Capita below), provided to the applicant’s service area by a separate utility shall be counted as imported water

EX = water exported/sold to other supplier(s)

TL = treatment loss (typically R/O or sand filtration) and no more than 1% of the treated water volume for

flushing distribution lines for potability

FP = functional population is the served permanent population as adjusted by the seasonal resident, tourist,

group quarters and net commuter population within a utility's service area as determined in accordance with

"Requirements for the Estimation of Permanent and Temporal Service Area Populations," dated January 20, 2009,

as set forth in Part D of the Water Use Permit Information Manual. See the paragraph titled “SERVICE AREA

FUNCTIONAL POPULATION ESTIMATES” below for further information.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07, 1-20-09

B. Adjusted Gross Per Capita Water Use.

Permittees with significant uses (SU), or who provide permitted quantities for golf course irrigation, or who

must provide quantities for environmental mitigation as a permit condition may calculate an adjusted gross per

capita. [Note: whether or not a significant use is deducted, all must be reported as provided in the "SU" section of

"Documentation of Per Capita Daily Water Use Calculations for the Annual Report" below.] Adjusted gross per

capita water use is defined as:

(WD + IM - EX - TL - SU - GC - EM)

FP

Where:

WD, IM, EX, TL and FP are as defined in A. above.

SU = Significant Use as described below in the provisions titled "Significant Use".

GC = Separately metered golf course irrigation quantities from ground water, surface water, reclaimed water or

stormwater provided to golf courses inside the service area. The quantities provided may be deducted only if they

are included in the permitted quantities for the service area and reported as withdrawals (WD) in the Annual Report.

The "GC" withdrawal quantities deducted shall not exceed those actually provided, or those that would be permitted

for use by the District, whichever is less.

EM = Quantities permitted and used for environmental mitigation as a condition of the water use permit.

New 1-20-09

B3-19

C. Compliance Per Capita Water Use

1. Reclaimed Water or Stormwater Deductions - Some permittees may provide reclaimed water or stormwater

to entities that are not customers of their potable water system such that the supply does not reduce the public supply

utility permittee's unadjusted gross or adjusted gross per capita rates. For purposes of compliance with the per

capita rate of 150 gpd, such permittees may submit a compliance per capita that is defined as:

(WD + IM – EX - TL - SU - GC - EM - ST - RW)

FP

Where:

WD, IM, EX, TL, SU, GC, EM, and FP are defined as above.

This deduction shall not be taken if the Golf Course (GC) deduction is taken based on reclaimed water or

stormwater in calculating an adjusted gross per capita rate.

ST = Separately metered and reported stormwater quantities captured by the permittee that are included in the

utility's permitted quantities for uses inside the service area other than for golf course irrigation. The stormwater

withdrawal quantities deducted shall not exceed the quantities actually provided, or those that would be permitted

for the use by the District, whichever is less. Stormwater quantities deducted as golf course (GC) use above may not

be included in this deduction for stormwater. The surface withdrawal points from the stormwater catchments shall

be permitted on the provider's water use permit and must be reported as withdrawals in the Annual Report to be

deducted. The stormwater deduction shall not be taken where the quality of the ground water source to be permitted

or replaced is of lower water quality but is suitable for the intended use, unless the use of the stormwater in such

cases reduces adverse impact to the water resources.

RW = 50% of reclaimed water that has received at least secondary treatment and is provided as reclaimed water

for a beneficial purpose as set forth in Section 3.1 of this Chapter 3. To be deducted, it must be provided to:

a. any metered use located outside the utility potable service area boundary,

b. any single-site separately-metered use within the utility potable service area boundary that uses 25,000

gallons per day or more on an annual average basis during the per capita reporting period, except that no deduction

shall be taken for quantities used for:

i. residential irrigation (single family, multi-family or mobile home), or

ii. common area irrigation, including entranceways, parking lots, irrigated areas within roadway

right-of ways (e.g., road and sidewalk medians), open spaces, community areas, and public parks.

This deduction shall not be taken if the reclaimed water replaces existing demand on the permittee's potable system.

2. Low Persons Per Household Adjustment - After completing the calculations above, if the per capita rate is

still greater than 150 gallons per day and the service area Census persons per household is below 2.01 (calculated as

PERMPPH in Part D of the Water Use Permit Information Manual), then the applicant may adjust the persons per

household to a value of 2.01. Then, the permittee may adjust the PERMPPH and SEASPPH to 2.01 and recalculate

the FP and the compliance per capita.

New 1-20-09

D. Phase-In Where A Per Capita Rate of 150 gpd is Exceeded as of December 31, 2009.

Existing Permittees with a five year compliance per capita rate greater than 150 gallons per day as of

December 31, 2009 shall achieve a compliance per capita rate of 150 gallons per day as set forth below, or earlier if

the Permittee deems it feasible. The 2009 five year compliance per capita shall be calculated as the average of

Annual Report compliance per capitas for 2009 and the four years prior. In the event that the provisions of this

section D. conflict with the provisions of a permit or consent order existing as of January 20, 2009, the terms of the

permit or consent order shall supersede this section D. However, a permittee may request a modification of the

permit condition or consent order in order to comply with this section D. in lieu of the applicable permit condition or

consent order provision.

1. By December 31, 2014, the Permittee shall achieve a per capita rate not greater than the midpoint between

the five year average compliance per capita rate calculated as of 2009 and 150 gpd.

2. By December 31, 2019, the Permittee shall achieve a per capita rate that is not greater than 150 gallons per

day.

3. A permittee that does not achieve a compliance per capita rate that is less than or equal to150 gallons per

day by December 31, 2019, may submit to the District a petition for a variance from the requirement to achieve a per

capita rate of 150 gallons per day.

B3-20

4. During the phase in period pursuant to this Section D, per capita compliance will be evaluated at year five

based on the per capita rate described in paragraph 1, above, and evaluated at year 10 and thereafter based on 150

gpcd.

New 1-20-09

Significant Use.

Public supply utilities often supply water for non-residential customers. If this non-residential use complies

with any of the following criteria (listed A. through E. below), the use may be termed a significant use by the

applicant and be deducted from the utility's gross total water use prior to calculating their Adjusted Gross Per Capita

Use. Whether or not any single significant use described in Part A. below is deducted for Adjusted Gross Per Capita

calculation, all single significant uses must be reported in the Annual Report. Golf course and multi-family

residential use (whether classified by the utility as commercial customer or not) do not qualify as significant uses.

New 1-1-03, Revised 1-20-09.

A. Single Significant Uses.

A single significant use is an industrial/commercial (I/C) facility or other non-residential, non-governmental

facility (which may consist of one or more buildings under common ownership, maintenance and management

control at a single site or campus) that is supplied with greater than or equal to 25,000 gpd of water on an annual

average basis (calculated for a calendar year), or whose water use comprises more than 5% of the utility's annual

water use (calculated for a calendar year). Facilities that are not related under common ownership, maintenance and

management control shall not be combined to meet a single significant use threshold. If the 25,000 gpd criteria is

used for a facility, the 5% criteria may not also be used, and vice-versa.

This significant use deduction can be used in conjunction with the significant use deductions associated with

regional government, higher education, and regional health care facilities as described in Parts C. and D. below. All

of the water provided to businesses where water itself is the primary ingredient in the product can be added to these

deductions. Such businesses are described in E. below.

Exclusions: This single significant use deduction shall not be used if the permittee:

1. Uses the District-Wide Percent I/C Use method described below, or

2. Includes net commuter population estimates in their service area population estimates.

New 1-1-08, Revised 1-20-09.

B. District-Wide Percent I/C Use.

Utilities with a large number of I/C (industrial/commercial) accounts, which fall below the 25,000 gpd single

significant use threshold or the 5% of total utility use threshold may combine these smaller uses and deduct the

percent of their I/C use that is greater than the District-wide three-year average percent I/C use which will be

available annually from the District. The deduction shall be calculated as follows:

1. Sum the total actual use for these accounts and divide by the total Gross Water Use of Part A of the Public

Supply Annual Report (supplied by the District) to determine the utility's percent I/C use.

2. From the Public Supply residential water use tables in the District's three most recently published

"Estimated Water Use" reports, add the total for each of the three year's Public Supply District "Gross Use" and add

each of the three year's District "I/C Use".

3. Divide the summed "I/C Use" by the summed "Gross Use" to derive the District-wide three-year average

percent I/C use (to be referred to as the "District-Wide Percent I/C Use").

4. Compare the Permittee's percent I/C Use to the District-Wide Percent I/C Use. If the Permittees' percent is

equal to or less than the District-Wide Percent I/C Use, no deduction may be taken. If the Permittee's percent I/C

use is higher, subtract the District-wide Percent I/C Use from the Permittee's percent I/C use to find the difference in

percentages.

5. Multiply the Permittee's Gross Use by the difference in percentages.

Example:

1. A permittee's Gross Use is 5 MGD, and their combined I/C Use is 1.5 MGD. Their percent I/C Use is (1.5

MGD / 5 MGD) = 30%.

2. The sum of all Public Supply permittees' "Gross Use" for 2000, 2001, and 2002, as published in the

District's 2000, 2001, and 2002 Estimated Water Use Reports, is 1,218 MGD, and the sum of all Public Supply

permittees' "I/C Use" for the same three years is 283 MGD.

3. The District-wide Percent I/C Use is (283 MGD / 1,218 MGD) = 23.2%.

4. The permittee's percent is higher, so 30% - 23.2% = 6.8%

B3-21

5. 6.8 % times 5 MGD = 0.340 MGD.

The permittee may deduct 340,000 gpd from their total gross water use when calculating the adjusted gross per

capita water use.

Exclusions: This method of significant use calculation may not be used if the permittee:

1. Uses any other significant use deduction method, or

2. Includes net commuter population in its estimate of service area functional population.

New 1-1-03, Revised 1-20-09

C. Combined Regional Government and Higher Education Facilities.

Some of the water provided to regional governmental or higher educational facilities (which may consist of one

or more buildings under common ownership, maintenance and management) that are located inside the utility's

service area but also serve persons who live outside of the utility's service area may be deducted. The name and use

for each facility deducted must be provided. The deduction shall be calculated as follows:

1. Add the gallons per day of water provided to all of these facilities.

2. Using the most recent U.S. Census for the county, determine the percent of the permanent county

population not living in the utility's service area.

3. Multiply the percent of county residents who do not live within the utility's service area times the combined

use of the facilities. The amount calculated can be deducted.

Note: City parks, recreation centers, public and private K-through-12 schools, city or town governmental

facilities, local vocational-technological schools and other facilities which generally only serve the service area

population shall be excluded. However, water use for K-through12 schools, that do not serve any of the service area

population may be deducted by the applicant. The following are examples of facilities for which the water provided

may be partially deducted:

a. Community colleges, colleges and universities (public or private), and

b. County, state, and federal regional administrative and maintenance facilities.

Exclusions: The water use of these facilities may not be deducted under the provisions of this section if the

permittee:

1. Uses the District-Wide Percent I/C Use method, or

2. Includes net commuter population estimates in service area population estimates.

New 1-1-03, Revised 1-20-09

D. Individual Regional Health Facilities.

Some of the water provided to health care facilities such as regional hospitals or specialty clinics (which may

consist of one or more buildings at a single site or campus under common ownership, maintenance and

management) that are inside the utility's service area but also serve persons living outside the utility service area

boundaries may be deducted. The allowable deduction is calculated individually for each health care facility. It is

the ratio of annual admissions with patient zip codes outside the service area to the total number of annual

admissions times the water provided to the health care facility. The name and water use for each facility must be

provided.

Exclusions: The water use of these facilities may not be deducted as an individual significant use under the

provisions of this section if the permittee:

1. Uses the District-Wide Percent I/C Use method, or

2. Includes commuter population estimates in service area population estimates.

E. Individual Industrial/Commercial Facilities Where Water is the Primary Ingredient of the Final

Product.

Individual facilities such as brewers, soft-drink bottlers, and juice reconstitution plants (which may consist of

one or more buildings at a single site or campus under common ownership, maintenance and management) where

water is the primary ingredient of the final product may deduct 100% of the water in the product.

The permittee may choose to also take single significant use deductions described in A. above or use commuter

population in its estimate of the functional population, but not both.

Exclusions: The water use of such facilities cannot be deducted if the permittee uses the District-Wide Percent

I/C Use method.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07, 1-20-09

B3-22

CALCULATION OF PROJECTED PERMITTED QUANTITIES.

1. New Applicants.

New public water supply permit applicants shall be allocated an annual average daily quantity based on a

projected compliance per capita rate no greater than 150 gpd, minus imports, plus a quantity that is equal to the

allowable deductions and adjustments included in the calculation of a compliance per capita.

New 1-20-09

2. Existing Permittees.

For this paragraph 2., a Five Year Compliance Per Capita Rate shall be calculated as the average of the

compliance per capita rate reported in the Annual Report for 2009 and the four years prior.

a. Permittees With A Five Year Compliance Per Capita Rate No Greater Than 150 Gpd As Of 2009 -

Upon renewal or modification to address permitted quantities, annual average daily quantity allocations shall be

based on:

i. if the projected compliance per capita rate is less than the five year compliance per capita rate, the

allocation shall be based on the five year compliance per capita rate; however, the permittee shall have a compliance

per capita at the end of the permit that is no greater than the projected compliance per capita rule; or

ii. a compliance per capita rate that is the lesser of 150 gpd or the given year compliance per capita

rates, unless the applicant demonstrates factors (e.g., there are changes in the customer classes served) that justify

that a compliance per capita rate higher than the most recent five year average, but less than 150 gpd, be used, plus,

a quantity that is equal to the allowable deductions and adjustments included in the calculation of the compliance per

capita, minus imports.

b. Permittees With A Five Year Compliance Per Capita Rate Greater Than 150 Gpd As Of 2009 – In the

event that the provisons of this section 2.b. conflict with the provisions of a permit or consent order existing as of

January 20, 2009, the terms of the permit or consent order shall supersede this section 2.b. However, a permittee

may request a modification of the permit condition or consent order in order to apply this section 2.b. in lieu of the

applicable permit condition or consent order provision.

i. Upon renewal or modification to address permitted quantities, annual average daily quantity

allocations shall be based on:

(a) a compliance per capita rate that is based on a year of interest allowable per capita determined

pursuant to the provisions above titled "PER CAPITA DAILY WATER USE,” Section D, Phase-In Where a Per

Capita Rate of 150 gpd is Exceeded as of December 31, 2009,

(b) plus, a quantity that is equal to the allowable deductions and adjustments included in the

calculation of the compliance per capita minus imports.

The 2009 five year compliance per capita rate shall be calculated as the average of the compliance per capita rate

reported in the Annual Report for 2009 and the four years prior.

ii. Interpolating Per Capita

(a) For purposes of calculating a projected permitted quantity for years between 2009 and 2014,

the per capita rate utilized in determining annual quantities shall be based on a linear interpolation between the five

year average compliance per capita rate calculated as of 2009 and the per capita rate that is 50% of the difference

between that value and the per capita rate of 150 gpd as set forth in Section D.1 of Per Capita Daily Water Use .

(b) For purposes of calculating a projected permitted quantity for years between 2014 and 2019,

the per capita rate utilized in determining annual quantities shall be based on a linear interpolation between the 2014

per capita value and the per capita rate of 150 gpd.

iii. Low or No Growth In Population – Where, based on the provisions of 2.b., above, if the quantity

calculated for the last year of the proposed permit term, or ten years from January 20, 2019, whichever is earlier, is

less than the quantity that is permitted as of 2009, or the most recent five year average compliance per capita rate

upon renewal or modification, and the applicant's service area will have low or no growth in population, the

proposed quantity shall be calculated as follows to avoid permit quantity non-compliance at the time of permit

issuance or modification pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.b. The proposed permitted quantity shall be

equal to the proposed functional population for the year of interest times the five year average compliance per capita

rate for 2009. Permit quantity compliance shall be based on per capita reductions in accordance with the above

provisions of "PER CAPITA DAILY WATER USE," section D. Phase-In Where A Per Capita Rate of 150 gpd is

Exceeded as of December 31, 2009. The compliance per capita rate for years between 2009 and 2014 and between

2014 and 2019 shall be based on a linear interpolation plus allowable deductions. On January 1, 2020, the permitted

quantities shall adjust to equal the lesser of the projected functional population for the last year of the permit times a

per capita rate of 150 gallons per day, or, if less, the most recent five year average compliance per capita rate, plus a

B3-23

quantity equal to the allowable deductions, minus imports and adjustments included in the calculation of a

compliance per capita.

New 1-20-09

3. Calculation of Annual Average Daily Quantities.

It is in the interest of the permittee to identify and document existing and projected allowable deductions from

the per capita compliance formulas in the provisions titled "PER CAPITA DAILY WATER USE,” above. If not

accurately identified and documented, sufficient permitted quantities may not be permitted. All water quantities in

the below calculations are in average gallons per day.

The acronyms for the variables in the following method are the same as defined in the provisions titled "PER

CAPITA DAILY WATER USE," above.

The annual average daily allowable WD shall be calculated using the following equations to calculate WD, TL

and then an adjusted WD that includes TL:

Year of Interest Allowable Withdrawal=

Projected FP x allowable per capita rate as determined above

- Projected IM

+ Projected EX

+ Projected SU

+ Projected GC

+ Projected EM

+ Projected ST

+ Projected RW

= Subtotal Withdrawals

+ Subtotal Withdrawals x (Projected Treatment Loss Percentage) + (no more than 1% of the treated water

volume for flushing distribution lines for potability)

= Total Allowable Withdrawals

New 1-20-09

Low Persons Per Household Adjustment To Functional Population (FP).

If the PERMPPH (as calculated in Part D of the Basis of Review) for an existing service area or the projected

persons per household (pph) for a new service area is less than 2.01 pph, the projected functional population (FP)

may be adjusted upward to reflect a pph of 2.01 if a projected compliance per capita rate of 150 gpd or less cannot

otherwise be achieved. The following adjustments may not be applied to non-residential populations such as tourists

or net commuters. Documentation of the adjustment is required. The Permittee shall submit two sets of required

population estimation spreadsheets A-I, set forth in Part D of the Water Use Permit Information Manual, as

applicable, to document functional population using permanent resident persons-per-household (PERMPPH), census

year seasonal households (SEASPPH), and the functional population using 2.01 instead of PERMPPH and

SEASPPH.

1. Projected Population Based Methods - If the population projection methodology isolates the residential

population, then that portion of the projected population may be increased by the ratio of 2.01/PERMPPH for

existing service areas or 2.01/projected pph for new service areas.

2. Projected Dwelling Unit Methods – If the population projection methodology is based on multiplying the

projected number of dwelling units times a pph, a pph of 2.01 may be used in calculating the projected residential

population.

New 1-20-09

Reporting and Compliance with Per Capita Daily Water Use.

If the permittee achieves the 150 gpd per person per capita limit set forth in the provisions titled "PER CAPITA

DAILY WATER USE" above, using the unadjusted gross per capita calculation, they will be deemed in compliance

and do not have to submit data for nor calculate the adjusted gross or compliance per capita in the Annual Report.

If the permittee achieves the 150 gpd per person per capita limit using the adjusted gross per capita calculation,

they will be deemed in compliance and do not have to submit data for nor calculate the compliance per capita in the

Annual Report.

B3-24

If the permittee achieves the 150 per person per capita limit using the compliance per capita calculation, they

will be deemed in compliance.

After January 1, 2020, if the permittee cannot achieve a compliance per capita rate of 150 gpd, the permittee

shall document in the Annual Report why this rate was not achieved, measures taken to comply with this

requirement, and a plan to bring the permit into compliance.

New 1-1-07, Revised 1-20-09

The District will evaluate the information submitted by Permittees, including those operating under a Goal-

based Water Conservation Plan, who have a compliance per capita rate greater than 150 gpd. Permittees may justify

lack of achievement by documenting any unusual water needs, such as unusual plant establishment needs. However,

justification for non-compliance does not constitute a waiver of the District’s authority to enforce the terms and

conditions of the permit. Phased reductions in water use shall be required unless the District determines that water

usage was reasonable under the circumstances reported and that further reductions are not feasible, or a variance has

been granted from the compliance per capita rate of 150 gallons per day. For such Permittees, individual water

conservation requirements shall be developed on a case-by-case basis.

Transferred from Chapters 7.1 and 7.2, 1-1-07, Revised 1-20-09.

WHOLESALE CUSTOMERS WITHIN THE SWUCA.

A wholesale public supply customer within the SWUCA shall be required to obtain a separate permit to effect

the conservation requirements set forth in this section, unless the quantity obtained by the wholesale public supply

customer is less than 100,000 gallons per day on an annual average basis and per capita daily water use of the

wholesale public supply customer is less than the

applicable per capita daily water use requirement.

1-1-03

WATER-CONSERVING RATE STRUCTURE WITHIN THE SWUCA.

Each water supply utility within the SWUCA shall adopt a water-conserving rate structure by January 1, 2004.

If the Permittee already has a water conservation oriented rate structure, a description of the structure, any

supporting documentation, and a report on the effectiveness of the rate structure shall be submitted by January 1,

2003. Permittees that adopt a water conservation oriented rate structure pursuant to this rule shall submit the above

listed information by July 1, 2004. New public supply permits shall adopt a water conservation oriented rate

structure no later than two years from the date of permit issuance and shall submit a report describing the rate

structure and its estimated effectiveness within one year following adoption.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

CUSTOMER BILLING AND METER READING CRITERIA WITHIN THE SWUCA.

Rate Structure Information for Permits within the SWUCA.

Rate structure information describing applicable fixed and variable charge rates, minimum quantity charges,

block size and pricing, seasonal rates and applicable months, shall be provided to each customer at least once during

each calendar year. If billing units are not in gallons, a means to convert the billing units to gallons must be

described.

1. Average Use - Historical billing period usage averaged over the three previous years for the applicable

customer class shall be provided to each customer at least once during each calendar year.

2. Billing Period Usage - The customer's billing period usage shall be included on the customer's bill.

3. Meter Reading and Billing Period Frequency - Meter reading and billing shall be done no less frequently

than bi-monthly.

1-1-03

RESIDENTIAL WATER USE REPORTS.

Public supply permittees shall be required to annually report residential water use by type of dwelling unit, as

required in "Annual Reports," item 5, below. Public supply permittees with no withdrawals as of January 20, 2009,

within the SWUCA or the NTB WUCA, as it existed prior to October 1, 2007, shall have until April 1, 2010, to

begin submitting these Annual Reports. Residential dwelling units shall be classified into single-family, multi-

family (two or more dwelling units), and mobile homes. Residential water use consists of the indoor and outdoor

water uses associated with these classes of dwelling units, including irrigation uses, whether separately metered or

not. The permittee shall document the methodology used to determine the number of dwelling units by type and

their quantities used. Estimates of water use based upon meter size may be inaccurate and will not be accepted.

B3-25

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07, 1-20-09.

ANNUAL REPORTS.

Public supply utility permittees whose permit requires the submittal of pumpage data shall submit the

information specified below in an annual report covering the preceding calendar year. This report is due no later

than April 1.

Public supply utility permittees with a permit for less than 100,000 gpd annual average quantities that have an

adjusted gross per capita rate less than 150 gpd are required to submit items 1, 2, 5, 6 and 9 only.

1. The Permittee’s per capita rate reported as unadjusted gross, adjusted gross or compliance per capita daily

water use;

2. Documentation of the quantities included in the calculation of unadjusted gross, adjusted gross or

compliance per capita daily water use, as applicable, as described below in the provision titled "Documentation of

Per Capita Daily Water Use Calculations For The Annual Report";

3. A description of the current water rate structure;

4. Water audit report, if applicable;

5. Residential use information as follows:

a. The number of single-family units served and their total water use;

b. The number of multi-family units served and their total water use;

c. The number of mobile homes served and their total water use, if not included in item a. or b. above;

6. The quantity of total reclaimed water or stormwater provided by the permittee for use on both a total annual

average daily and monthly basis;

7. For all individual customer reuse connections with line sizes of four inches or greater:

a. Account name and address;

b. Location of connection by latitude-longitude;

c. Line size;

d. Whether metered;

e. Metered quantities if metered;

8. Annual average daily quantity of unaccounted water and the percentage of unaccounted water relative to

total withdrawals; and

9. With every sixth yearly report, a current service area map in accordance with Section 2.5 of this Basis of

Review.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07, 1-20-09.

Permit Condition.

This requirement shall be implemented by applying a permit condition to all public supply permits within the

SWUCA.

1-1-03

DOCUMENTATION OF PER CAPITA DAILY WATER USE CALCULATIONS FOR THE ANNUAL

REPORT.

Those quantities included in the calculation of unadjusted gross, adjusted gross and compliance per capita daily

water use described above shall be documented and reported as set forth below by the permittee for the reporting

period included in its permit.

WD (Withdrawals) – Documentation shall consist of pumpage records in annual average gallons per day as

metered at the well head(s), wellfield departure point, surface water intake facility, stormwater facility or reclaimed

water lines. The pumpage records shall be totalized for a total withdrawal quantity for the reporting period.

IM (Imported Water ) – Documentation shall consist of a summary report of the water purchased or otherwise

obtained in bulk from another utility for potable use in the service area in annual average gallons per day, and the

supplier's WUP number(s), or consumptive use permit number if the supplier is in another water management

district. Quantities shall be determined at the departure point from the supplier's service area. Irrigation water

imported into the service area from another utility must be documented separately according to the use type (for

example, commercial, residential, recreational/aesthetic).

EX (Exported Water) – Documentation shall consist of annual average gallons per day transferred in bulk

quantities to another utility, and the recipients's WUP number(s), or consumptive use permit number if the recipient

is in another water management district. Quantities shall be determined at the departure point from the exporting

permittee's service area. Water supplied to wholesale public supply customers that are not required to obtain a

B3-26

Wholesale Public Supply Water Use Permit that are included in this category shall be identified by customer name

and quantity.

TL (Treatment Losses) – Documentation shall consist of the annual average gallons per day lost in routine

treatment for potability. Examples of treatment losses types are desalination reject, membrane cleaning and sand

filtration backwash. Treatment losses are calculated as raw water into the plant minus treated water out of the plant.

In addition, no more than 1% of treated water volume delivered to the distribution system for flushing distribution

lines for potability may be deducted. Treated water volume delivered to the distribution system includes water from

withdrawals plus imports, minus exports, minus treatment losses. Treatment loss and line flushing quantities shall

be separately calculated and documented.

FP (Functional Population) – Documentation of the calculation of functional populations shall include

Worksheets A through I (given in Appendix C of Part D of the Water Use Permit Information Manual), as

applicable, and supporting documentation for survey data used in accordance with Part D. Permittees adjusting

functional population based on low persons per household shall submit two sets of required population estimation

spreadsheets A through I, set forth in Part D. of the Water Use Permit Information Manual, as applicable, to

document functional population using PERMPPH and the functional population using 2.01. Served dwelling unit

counts shall be calculated by adding the number of units served in January and December and dividing by two (2)

for a reporting period of a calendar year. Those permittees that choose not to, prior to being required to, report a

functional population pursuant Part D of the Water Use Permit Information Manual as provided in the subsection

below titled "Service Area Functional Population Estimates-For Current Year, Year Of Interest And Annual

Reports" shall document in the Annual Report the method and data used to calculate the population served within

the permittee's service area that is reported in the Annual Report. The data and methodology for calculating the

functional population numbers supplied in the Annual Report shall be included with the Annual Report.

SU (Significant Uses) – Whether or not a Single Significant Use described in A. below is deducted, all must be

reported with documentation of quantities provided, identity of the recipient, and identification of the type of use (A

through E below). For significant uses that are deducted, the documentation shall include as follows:

A. Single Significant Uses

1. Single uses for which 25,000 gpd or more is provided:

a. the type of industrial/commercial use,

b. the customer's name and mailing address,

c. the customer's contact person's name, email address and telephone number,

d. annual average daily quantities provided,

e. supporting meter readings or bills,

f. a conservation plan that describes the permittee's specific water conservation programs for that

significant user, and

g. a water audit that documents the type(s) of water uses that occur within the significant user's

facility, quantities used per type, leak detection and other water conservation activities undertaken by the user.

2. Single water uses that each comprise more than 5% of the utility's calendar annual use

a. the type of industrial/commercial use,

b. the customer's name and mailing address,

c. the customer's contact person's name, email address and telephone number,

d. annual average daily quantities provided,

e. supporting meter readings or bills,



g. a water audit that documents the type(s) of water uses that occur within the significant user's

facility, quantities used per type, leak detection and other water conservation activities undertaken by the user.

B. District-Wide Percent I/C Use - Documentation shall include, by meter size, the number of I/C

connections and use in average gallons per day, the total unadjusted gross use (gpd) and the District three-year

average I/C % used. A water conservation plan specific to each business type deducted (e.g., offices, restaurants,

retail/wholesale, etc.) shall be provided in lieu of a water conservation plan for each individual I/C customer.

C. Combined Regional Government and Higher Education Facilities – Documentation shall include for

each facility included in the deduction calculation, the facility name, the facility's contact person's name, email

address and telephone number, quantity provided in gpd and, from the most recent Census, the percent of the county

B3-27

total population not living in the utility service area. A water conservation plan specific to each group type (regional

government and or qualifying education facilities) shall be provided in lieu of a water conservation plan for each

individual customer deducted.

D. Individual Regional Health Facilities - Documentation shall include for each facility included in the

deduction:

a. the name of the facility,

b. the facility's contact person's name, email address and telephone number,

c. the types of water use and the gallons per day provided for each type of use,

d. the total number of patients during the reporting period,

e. the number of patients with postal zip codes outside the service area,



g. a water audit that documents the type(s) of water uses that occur within the significant user's facility,

quantities used per type, leak detection and other water conservation activities undertaken by the user.

E. Individual I/C Facilities Where Water Is the Primary Ingredient of the Product – Documentation shall

include for each facility:

a. the name of the facility,

b. the type of facility,

c. the facility's contact person's name, email address and telephone number,

d. the average gallons per day provided during the reporting period,

e. the percent of the final product that is water,



g. a water audit that documents the type(s) of water uses that occur within the significant user's facility,

quantities used per type, leak detection and other water conservation activities undertaken by the user.

GC (Golf Courses) – Documentation shall include a report on the permitted and separately metered quantities

from ground water, surface water, reclaimed and stormwater sources used for golf course irrigation. To deduct these

quantities, the quantities must be authorized for golf course irrigation in the permit for which per capita is being

calculated.

EM (Environmental Mitigation) – Documentation shall include a report on the permitted and used quantities for

the reporting period in gallons per day for environmental mitigation as required by the permit for which per capita is

being calculated.

ST (Stormwater) – Documentation shall include a report on the separately metered stormwater quantities

generated and used in the service area that are included in the utility's permit for the service area for uses other than

golf course irrigation. If the stormwater quantities are not reported as withdrawals (WD), they may not be deducted.

The report shall include the number of connections by use type (e.g., residential, commercial, recreation aesthetic,

etc.)

RW (Reclaimed Water Credit) – Documentation shall include a report on separately metered reclaimed water

quantities generated by:

a. name of the customer,

b. account number,

c. customer service address,

d. quantities provided during the reporting period in average gallons per day,

e. claimed deduction during the reporting period in average gallons per day,

f. meter size,

g. whether the use is inside or outside of the potable service area boundary, and

h. description of the use (may not include residential or common area irrigation as described in the

provisions titled Per Capita Daily Water Use, above).

New 1-20-09

SERVICE AREA FUNCTIONAL POPULATION ESTIMATES – FOR CURRENT YEAR, YEAR OF

INTEREST AND ANNUAL REPORTS.

Permittees required to submit service area functional population estimates shall estimate permanent resident,

temporal resident, and group quarter populations. Service area tourist and net commuter population may be

B3-28

estimated as well. All estimates must be prepared in accordance with "Requirements for the Estimation of

Permanent and Temporal Service Area Populations," dated January 1, 2007, as set forth in Part D of the Basis of

Review For Water Use Permit Applications. Public supply permittees whose permit requires the submittal of

pumpage data shall submit the applicable Worksheets from Part D and supporting documentation for calculations of

per capita rates utilizing this standardized methodology beginning two years from January 1, 2007. For those

permittees with no withdrawals in the SWUCA as of January 20, 2009, this date shall be beginning two years from

January 20, 2009.

1-1-07, Revised 1-20-09

INTERCONNECTED WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS.

Applicants with interconnected systems may be required to determine supply versus demand based on the needs

and sources of the entire system. Interconnected systems are water supply systems such as regional water supply

authorities and member governments, as well as individual water supply entities with multiple wellfields or other

water sources. The applicant must separately identify each area and source of supply. This analysis includes a list

of projected average and peak demand for the entire area supplied, a list of permitted and proposed quantities for all

sources of supply, and any supply short-falls determined based on safe yield, for the period associated with the

application at hand. An example of this analysis is presented below:

Year: 1955. Quantities in MGD, Average Annual/Peak Month

Water

Sources

Permitted

Quantities

Projected

Demand

Safe Yield Safe Yield

Balance

Permitted

Q Balance

Wellfield A 30/40 30/40 30/35 0/-5 0/0

Wellfield B 10/15 10/15 8/12 -1/-3 0/0

Reservoir A 35/45 45/55 35/45 0/0 -10/-10

Proposed

Source

20/40

10/30

40/60

+20/+20

+10/+10

Totals 95/140 95/140 103/142 +18/+12 0/0

In this example, the existing permitted sources show a deficit in safe yield by the year 1995 of 2 MGD on an

Average Annual basis and 8 MGD on a Peak Month basis, as well as a deficit in permitted quantities of 10 MGD for

both the Average and Peak Month. The proposed source shows a demand of 10 MGD Average and 30 MGD Peak

Month, which, combined with the system deficit of 10 MGD average and 10 MGD Peak Month, results in proposed

permitted quantities of 20 MGD Average and 40 MGD Peak Month. If permitted, this proposed source would

satisfy system-wide demands as well as the safe yield deficit.

This type of information will be used to analyze the total demands of the entire interconnected service area in

relation to the availability of the supply sources and permitted quantities. This analysis is useful to analyze the

needs and sources of each demand area/supply source individually and the interrelationships among all users and

sources.

WATER AUDITS WITHIN THE SWUCA.

All water supply permittees within the SWUCA shall implement water audit programs within 2 years of permit

issuance. Water audits which identify a greater than 12% unaccounted water shall be followed by appropriate

remedial actions. A thorough water audit can identify what is causing unaccounted water and alert the utility to the

possibility of significant losses in the distribution system. Unaccounted water can be attributed to a variety of

causes, including unauthorized uses, line flushing, authorized unmetered uses, under-registration of meters, fire

flows, and leaks. Any losses that are measured and verifiably documented are not considered unaccounted water.

Large, complex water supply systems may conduct the audit in phases, with prior approval by the District. Each

annual report shall state the percentage of unaccounted water. If any annual report reflects a greater than 12%

unaccounted water, the permittee must complete a water audit within 90 days of submittal of the annual report. A

water audit report shall be submitted within 90 days of completion of the water audit. The water audit report shall

include a summary of the water audit and an implementation schedule for remedial actions to reduce the

unaccounted water below 12%. The District shall take into account a permittee's adherence to the remedial action

plan in any subsequent years when the permittee's annual report reflects greater than 12% unaccounted water.

1-1-03, 1-20-09

EXEMPTIONS FROM WATER CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS.

B3-29

Small General Water Use permittees are exempt from the residential water use report, water conserving rate

structure, customer billing and meter reading criteria, and water audit requirements, if otherwise applicable.

1-1-03, Revised 12-30-08.

CONSTRUCTION AFTER 1983.

In recognition of the projected water savings intended by the Water Conservation Act, Section 553.14, F.S., if

construction in the service area began after 1983, an additional residential per capita daily water use guideline will

apply. The residential per capita daily water use will be calculated by dividing the total residential use by the

permanent or seasonally adjusted service area population. Residential per capita daily water use greater than 132

gpcd must be supported with detailed information explaining the high rate. The Applicant may be required to

address the reduction of the high rate.

GOAL-BASED WATER CONSERVATION PLANS.

A public water supply utility may propose a goal-based water conservation plan that is tailored to its individual

circumstances. Progress toward goals must be measurable. If the utility provides reasonable assurance that the plan

will achieve effective water conservation at least as well as the water conservation requirements adopted by the

District, including per capita requirements, and is otherwise consistent with Section 373.223, F.S., the District must

approve the plan which shall satisfy water conservation requirements imposed as a condition of obtaining a water

use permit.

New 1-1-07.

REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS FOR GROUNDWATER WITHDRAWALS WITHIN THE

CENTRAL FLORIDA COORDINATION AREA (CFCA).

A. The following definitions shall apply within the CFCA.

1. "Brackish Groundwater" –groundwater in or below the Lower Floridan Aquifer that has chloride

concentrations at or above 1000 milligrams per liter (mg/L) or total dissolved solids concentrations at or above 1500

mg/L.

2. "Demonstrated 2013 Demand" –the quantity of water that an applicant establishes it will need to meet

demands in 2013.

3. “Due Diligence” – Taking all actions that a reasonably prudent person would take to meet the schedule

requirements in the permit for developing and using all required supplemental water supplies. Particular

circumstances beyond the permittee's control will be considered in determining whether due diligence has been

exercised.

4. "Public Supply Utility" - any municipality, county, regional water supply authority, special district,

publicly or privately owned water utility, or multi-jurisdictional water supply authority, that provides water for use

by the general public.

5. Saltwater – ground or surface water having chloride concentrations at or above 19,000 milligrams per

liter (mg/L).

6. Similar Applicant - an applicant, other than a Public Supply Utility, whose projected water demand

after 2013, will exceed its Demonstrated 2013 Demand.

7. Supplemental Water Supply – surface water, stormwater, water that is reused after one or more public

supply, municipal, industrial, commercial or agricultural uses, and saltwater. Brackish groundwater may be

considered a Supplemental Water Supply if it can be developed in a manner that will not cause or contribute to

harmful impacts from cumulative groundwater withdrawals in the CFCA. This definition shall not govern the

District's funding decisions made pursuant to Section 373.1961(3), F.S.

B. The following requirements shall apply to any Public Supply Utility applicant and Similar

Applicants proposing to withdraw groundwater in the CFCA.

1. Except as provided for in paragraph 2. below, an applicant will be restricted to a maximum allocation

of groundwater in an amount no greater than its Demonstrated 2013 Demand; however, an applicant may seek a

duration that extends beyond 2013 for that level of allocation.

2. Any applicant seeking a permit duration extending beyond the year 2013 whose projected water

demand after 2013 will exceed its Demonstrated 2013 Demand must:

a. Identify at least one specific Supplemental Water Supply project that the applicant will develop

(either singly or in concert with others) and use to meet all the increase in quantity above its Demonstrated 2013

B3-30

Demand, for the duration of the permit; and provide for each identified project a project development schedule, with

milestones that when followed, will result in the applicant using Supplemental Water Supply by the end of 2013; or

b. Provide the following:

i. A demonstration that the development (either singly or in concert with others) of sufficient

Supplemental Water Supply to meet all the increase in quantity above its Demonstrated 2013 Demand is not

economically, environmentally, or technically feasible; and

ii. Verification that will establish that the applicant will maximize the use of Supplemental

Water Supply to meet as much of the increase as is economically, environmentally, or technologically feasible and

will obtain any remaining portion of the increase by using water from one or more Supplemental Water Supply

projects when provided by others at a cost that is economically feasible. The affordability of an increase in water

rates for a Public Supply Utility's customers is a consideration in evaluating economic feasibility; however, an

increase in water rates shall not, by itself, constitute economic infeasibility.

3. The restriction in paragraph B.1. immediately above on groundwater allocations to an amount no

greater than a permittee's Demonstrated 2013 Demand shall not limit permitted groundwater withdrawals from:

a. Aquifer storage and recovery wells that receive only surface water, stormwater, or water that is

reused after one or more public supply, municipal, industrial, commercial or agricultural uses, when the volume of

water withdrawn does not exceed the volume of water injected, or

b. The surficial aquifer immediately below or adjacent to a stormwater management system or

surface water reservoir where any drawdown in the surficial aquifer will be offset by recharge from the system or

reservoir, or

c. An injection/recovery wellfield that injects surface water, stormwater, or water that is reused after

one or more public supply, municipal, industrial, commercial or agricultural uses that is not provided to users in

accordance with District rules, through one or more wells for storage within an aquifer zone and subsequently

recovers it through wells from the same aquifer zone and in the same wellfield, when the volume of water

withdrawn does not exceed the volume of water injected; or

d. A recharge/recovery project that receives only surface water, stormwater, or water that is reused

after one or more public supply, municipal, industrial, commercial or agricultural uses that is not provided to users

in accordance with District rules, when the volume of water recovered does not exceed the volume of water

recharged, and the drawdown due to recovery of water from the Floridan aquifer will be offset in the:

i. Surficial aquifer by recharge from the project, and

ii. Floridan aquifer by recharge from the project, except immediately adjacent to the recovery

well(s).

4. In determining the amount of Supplemental Water Supply that must be used as set forth in paragraph

B.2. above, the applicant may subtract the portion of its demand that the applicant demonstrates will be satisfied by

water conservation and the sources identified in paragraphs B.3.a., b., c. and d. immediately above, in effect after

2013.

5. A permittee that will lack sufficient Supplemental Water Supply after 2013 from which to obtain the

increase in quantity above its Demonstrated 2013 Demand shall be allocated a temporary amount of groundwater to

meet that increase only if it has exercised Due Diligence to meet all schedule requirements in the permit for

developing and using Supplemental Water Supply and providing that other conditions of issuance in Rule 40D-

2.301, F.A.C., and Parts B and D of the Water Use Permit Information Manual are met. Any such temporary

allocation shall cease when water from the Supplemental Water Supply project becomes available.

6. If an application includes a request to change the use type, or the use within a use type, supplied by

groundwater during the term of the permit, such change shall not trigger the requirements to develop and/or use

Supplemental Water Supply pursuant to paragraph B.2., above, and the corresponding permit duration provisions of

40D-2.321(7) and 1.9 of Chapter 1, Part B, Basis of Review, Water Use Permit Information Manual ("Part B") and

the CFCA permit condition described in Section 6.2.4. of Part B, provided (1) the application does not propose an

increase in groundwater withdrawal above that permitted for 2013; and (2) the groundwater drawdown is no greater

than that associated with the use permitted for 2013. However, the provisions of this paragraph B.6. shall not be

construed to affect any condition in the existing permit regarding the development and/or use of Supplemental

Water Supply.

New 2-13-08.

3.7 RECREATION OR AESTHETIC.

Recreation and aesthetic use Applicants including, but not limited to, golf courses, parks, attractions,

cemeteries, sports fields, stadiums, arenas, and lawn and landscape irrigation must demonstrate that the quantities

B3-31

applied for relate to reasonable personal/sanitary, irrigation, and other specific needs. This demonstration is

typically accomplished by providing information on:

1. The population to be served;

2. The type and amount of turf and plants to be irrigated;

3. The timing and the method of irrigation used;

4. The scheduled draining, filling and augmentation of ponds, pools, flumes, and aquatic habitats;

5. Animal needs; and

6. Other specific water uses.

Applicants for recreation and aesthetic uses must identify the demand for each of the following components:

1. Personal/sanitary use--water for personal needs or for household purposes such as drinking, bathing,

cooking, sanitation, or cleaning spaces occupied by employees and visitors. Calculations should take into

consideration the average number of visitors and employees per shift, the number of shifts per work day, and the

number of work days per year. A quantity range from 8 gallons (for office workers and visitors) to 26 gallons (for

employees working in shop areas) per person per 8-hour shift may be used;

2. Lawn and landscape irrigation use--water for the irrigation of lawns and landscapes, intensive

recreational areas such as, but not limited to, golf courses, playgrounds, football, baseball, and soccer fields. This

quantity may be determined by multiplying the total acres to be irrigated by the appropriate application rate, based

on the vegetation type and irrigation system type. If the Applicant is irrigating plants with special irrigation needs

not met by the standard coefficients (such as high-value specimens), separate documentation of such needs should

be submitted;

3. Animal use--water for the watering and washing of animals. This use may also include the

augmentation and other water requirements of aquatic habitats, where applicable. If the water needs of a particular

or comparable type of animal are not addressed in Table 3-2, the Applicant may submit documented requirements;

4. Water-based recreation use--water used for public or private swimming and wading pools, including

water flumes and slides. Calculations should take into consideration filling and draining schedules, water change,

showers, and other specific requirements;

5. Other use--other use is determined by subtracting the uses accounted for (see Items 1. through 4.) from

total withdrawals. This use may include water not accounted for previously, system leaks, and unidentifiable uses.

Other use should generally not exceed 15% of total withdrawals.

CONSERVATION PLANS FOR RECREATION OR AESTHETIC USES WITHIN THE SWUCA.

All Individual and General Water Use Permit applicants for ground water withdrawals within the SWUCA for

recreation or aesthetic uses are required to submit a water conservation plan to the District at the time of application

describing where and when water savings can be reasonably achieved and specifically addressing all components of

use and loss in the water balance, including but not limited to recycling, reuse and landscaping, and an

implementation schedule.

1-1-03, Revised 12-30-08.

GOLF COURSE CONSERVATION WITHIN THE SWUCA.

Irrigation Of Rough.

Irrigation of roughs shall be eliminated for all golf courses with withdrawal points within the SWUCA but not

previously in the Eastern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area or the Highlands Ridge Water Use Caution Area by

January 1, 2006. If a permittee demonstrates that drought-tolerant landscaping has been utilized in the roughs, the

permittee may irrigate the roughs using quantities permitted for the tees, greens, and fairways. Separate quantities

for rough irrigation will not be allocated. However, an applicant may request prior approval from the District to use

roughs as wet weather reclaimed water disposal sites.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

Conservation Plans.

All Individual and General Water Use Permit applicants for new permits, renewal permits and modifications to

increase quantities for ground water withdrawals within the SWUCA for golf course irrigation are required to

submit a water conservation plan to the District at the time of application specifically addressing:

1. Conversion to low volume irrigation methods for areas other than fairways;

2. Increased system management, including the use of devices such as tensiometers to determine

application frequency and duration;

3. Increased evening hour irrigation;

B3-32

4. Utilization of reclaimed water or stormwater to provide all or part of the irrigation requirements;

5. Limiting frequent irrigation to water-critical areas, and limiting irrigation of other areas; and

6. Schedule for implementation of the plan.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07, 12-30-08.

The District publishes a document titled Golf Course Conservation Guidelines which may be consulted in order

to prepare the conservation plan required by this provision. The Guidelines are available from the District upon

request and from the District's website at www.watermatters.org.

1-1-03, Revised 12-30-08.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR RECREATION OR AESTHETIC IRRIGATION WATER USE

WITHIN THE SWUCA.

To ensure compliance with the total allocated acre-inches per acre per season per crop or plant and the assigned

efficiency standards, the District requires the following data to be submitted by all Individual or General Water Use

permittees.

Irrigation Water Use Report. The following information shall be reported on the Irrigation Water Use Form - Annual

Recreation/Aesthetic/Golf, SWUCA, Form No. LEG-R.018.01 (4/09) incorporated by reference in paragraph 40D-

2.091(2)(c), F.A.C., for all recreational and aesthetic irrigation (examples: golf course turf, sports field turf, lawn

and landscape in parks, playgrounds, theme parks, etc.):

1. Irrigated plant type (golf course turf, lawn and landscape, sports field);

2. Total acres per plant type;

3. Acres shrubs and/or trees;

4. Number of acres of tees and greens; and

5. The dominant soil type or acres by dominant soil type.

A copy of the form can be obtained from the District’s website at www.watermatters.org or District offices.

New 12-30-08, Amended 8-30-09.


B4-1

4.0 CONDITIONS FOR ISSUANCE - TECHNICAL CRITERIA

Section 373.223, Florida Statutes (F.S.), provides a three-prong test for evaluating each proposed water use: the

use must be reasonable and beneficial, must not interfere with any existing legal use of water, and must be consistent

with the public interest. Reasonable assurances that water use on both an individual and cumulative basis meets this

three-prong test is provided by the Applicant's compliance with the Conditions for Issuance, set forth in Rule 40D-

2.301, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.).

This Chapter provides guidelines for determining whether a water use meets the Conditions for Issuance set

forth in Rule 40D-2.301, F.A.C. If the criteria described in this Chapter are not met, Applicants may consider

reduction of withdrawal quantities, a pumpage rotation schedule, mitigation, or other means to bring a proposed use

into compliance with the Conditions For Issuance. For some criteria, presumptions have been developed to facilitate

evaluation. If site-specific information is provided which demonstrates that the presumption is incorrect, this

information will be used to evaluate compliance with the performance standards. For projects within the SWUCA

with the purpose of restoration or enhancement of impaired or impacted water bodies, the existing condition referred

to in the performance standards is considered to be the natural condition unaffected by withdrawals, structural

alterations or changes rather than the impaired or impacted condition that exists currently. The information to be

provided by permit applicants as described in this Chapter is required for all new water use permits and for renewal

or modification of all existing water use permits, with the exception that applicants seeking to renew or modify

water use permits authorizing withdrawal quantities of less than 100,000 gallons per day on an annual average basis

will not be required to submit documentation with their application if the documentation requested has previously

been submitted or the information is documented in District records and all conditions for issuance as established for

the previously issued permit or permit revision continue to be met.

Revised 5-12-08.

4.1 REASONABLE DEMAND. The proposed withdrawal of water must be supported with the information, specified in Section 3.0,

demonstrating that the withdrawal quantities are necessary to supply a certain reasonable need or demand. Only the

portion of demand that is supported by adequate documentation will be permitted.

4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS. The withdrawal of water must not cause unacceptable adverse impacts to environmental features. Where

appropriate, District staff will review the Applicant's submittal and identify the environmental features that are

directly related to the water resources of the District and evaluate the impact of the Applicant's withdrawal,

combined with other withdrawals, on those environmental features.

District Staff may inspect the site to delineate environmental features and evaluate the effects of withdrawals.

For certain permits, the applicant may be required to supply additional information regarding the existing status and

condition of associated environmental features. This information may consist of aerial photographs, topographic

maps, hydrologic data, environmental assessments or other relevant information. Baseline hydrologic and/or

environmental data collected prior to permit application shall be provided if available and requested by the District.

The need for additional information may be established through pre-application meetings with the District.

Environmental features that will be evaluated by District staff when determining withdrawal impacts include:

1. Surface water bodies such as lakes, ponds, impoundments, sinks, springs, streams, canals, estuaries, or

other watercourses;

2. Wetland habitats;

3. On-site environmental features and their relationship to local and regional landscape patterns;

4. Habitat for threatened or endangered species; and

5. Other environmental features which are dependent upon the water resources of the District.

Potential environmental impacts will be evaluated by comparing the existing natural system to the predicted

post-withdrawal conditions. Previous physical alterations to environmental features, such as drainage systems or

water control structures will be considered. The District's objective is to achieve a reasonable degree of protection

for environmental features consistent with the overall protection of the water resources of the District.

Listed below are the performance standards District staff will use to ensure that unacceptable adverse impacts to

environmental features do not occur. Additionally, presumptions are described that the District will use as

guidelines to predict whether withdrawals will cause unacceptable impacts. Impacts to canals, springs, and estuaries

are considered under the streams criteria. Impacts to ponds, sinks, and impoundments are considered under the

lakes criteria.

B4-2

A. Wetlands 1. Wetlands Evaluated

In reviewing an application for a Water Use Permit, the District evaluates wetland impacts that are

predicted to occur as a result of water withdrawals. The District defines "wetlands" as areas that are inundated by

surface or ground water with a frequency to support, and under normal circumstances would support, a prevalence

of vegetative or aquatic life that require saturated or seasonally saturated soil conditions for growth and

reproduction, such as swamps, marshes, bayheads, cypress ponds, sloughs, wet prairies, wet meadows, river

overflows, mud flats and natural ponds. The District regulates both wetlands contiguous to waters of the state as

well as isolated wetlands which are not within the jurisdiction of DER for purposes of dredge and fill.

2. Wetlands Not Evaluated

The District will not consider impacts to isolated wetlands less than 0.5 acres, unless:

a. A wetland is used by endangered or threatened species designated in Rules 39-27.003, 39-27.004,

F.A.C., or 50 CFR 17.12. The District considers that a wetland is used by endangered or threatened species if

reasonable scientific judgment indicates that the wetland provides a habitat function including, but not limited to,

nesting, reproduction, food source or cover for such species.

b. A wetland is located in an area of critical state concern designated pursuant to Chapter 380, F.S.

c. Two or more wetlands regardless of property boundaries have a combined area greater than 0.5

acre and are connected by standing or flowing surface water during average wet season high water levels. This

connection can be established by water elevation indicators such as lichens, adventitious roots, water stains, soil

profiles, aerial photos or other acceptable measures.

3. Wetlands Affected By Mining Activities

Certain mining activities in wetlands are reviewed by the Department of Environmental Protection (DEP)

for wetlands impacts, wetlands reclamation, or by various reviewing agencies under the Development of Regional

Impact (DRI) process. Mining and Dewatering use Applicants whose wetland activities are reviewed under any of

these processes must submit to the District a mine plan which corresponds to the term of the permit identifying the

items listed below. The permittee shall provide an updated mine plan to the District prior to any water use or

dewatering activities which would impact wetlands because of changes to the previously submitted mine plan. For

Mining and Dewatering use applications, the District will consider withdrawal impacts only to off-site wetlands and:

a. Wetlands to be preserved under applications and plans approved by DEP, or under a Development

Order;

b. Wetlands created or required to be created as part of a reclamation plan or a mitigation plan

approved by DEP; and

c. Any other on-site wetlands that will not be mined.

Wetlands to be preserved shall be subject to mitigation options similar to those that apply along the property

boundaries for dewatering activities. These mitigation options include a setback, a recharge ditch, or other methods

to avoid unacceptable drawdowns in the area to be protected.

Applicants for Mining and Dewatering use which are not subject to DEP review for wetlands impacts or review

for wetlands reclamation must submit for District approval a mine plan identifying all on-site wetlands.

4. Performance Standards

a. Wet season water levels shall not deviate from their normal range.

b. Wetland hydroperiods shall not deviate from their normal range and duration to the extent that

wetlands plant species composition and community zonation are adversely impacted.

c. Wetland habitat functions, such as providing cover, breeding, and feeding areas for obligate and

facultative wetland animals shall be temporally and spatially maintained, and not adversely impacted as a result of

withdrawals.

d. Habitat for threatened or endangered species shall not be altered to the extent that utilization by

those species is impaired.

Revised 1-1-07.

B. Lakes 1. Performance Standards

Water levels in lakes shall not deviate from the normal rate and range of fluctuation, to the extent that:

a. Water quality, vegetation, or animal populations are adversely impacted;

b. Flows to downgradient watercourses are adversely impacted; and/or

c. Recreational use or aesthetic qualities of the water resource are adversely impacted.

2. Lake Impacts Within The SWUCA

B4-3

a. Stressed Lake Definition - A stressed condition for a lake within the SWUCA is based on

continuous monthly data for the most recent five-year period, with the latest readings being within the past 12

months, two-thirds of the values are at or below the adopted minimum low management level. For those lakes

within the SWUCA without established management levels, stressed conditions shall be determined on a case-by-

case basis through site investigation by District staff. The District maintains a list of lakes within the District which

have been determined to be stressed. Lakes that have been classified as stressed will be evaluated for a recovered

classification two years after the lake is determined to be stressed.

b. Recovered Lake Definition - Once a lake within the SWUCA is classified as stressed it will be

taken out of that classification only when it is classified as recovered. A lake is recovered if it has fluctuated above

its minimum low management level 60% of the time during the previous five-year period and has reached its

maximum desirable stage during three of the previous five years, with an average duration of three months per year.

c. Stressed Lakes, New Withdrawals - Due to the cumulative impacts of ground water and surface

water withdrawals, new withdrawals that affect stressed lakes within the SWUCA shall be permitted only if all the

conditions for issuance are met and the permit contains a condition restricting withdrawals to those times when the

lake is at or above the High Minimum Level or High Guidance Level, whichever is appropriate.

d. Stressed Lakes, Existing Withdrawals - Existing permitted surface withdrawals from stressed

lakes within the SWUCA shall be abandoned or replaced with alternative water supplies within three years from

January 1, 2003, if the withdrawal was not previously located within the Highlands Ridge Water Use Caution Area.

Existing permitted withdrawals from lakes which are determined by the District to be stressed after January 1, 2003,

shall be abandoned or replaced with Alternative Water Supplies within three years of the notice to the permittees of

the designation of the lake as stressed unless the permittee requests a modification of the permit to restrict

withdrawals to those times when the lake is at or above the High Minimum Level or High Guidance Level,

whichever is appropriate.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

C. Streams 1. Performance Standards

a. Flow rates shall not deviate from the normal rate and range of fluctuation to the extent that water

quality, vegetation, and animal populations are adversely impacted in streams and estuaries.

b. Flow rates shall not be reduced from the existing level of flow to the extent that salinity

distributions in tidal streams and estuaries are significantly altered as a result of withdrawals.

c. Flow rates shall not deviate from the normal rate and range of fluctuation to the extent that

recreational use or aesthetic qualities of the water resource are adversely impacted.

4.3 MINIMUM FLOWS AND LEVELS. The District has adopted Minimum Flows and Levels for certain waters within the District. Those Minimum

Flows and Levels are set forth in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C. Through implementation in Rule 40D-2.301(1)(d), F.A.C.,

and this Section 4.3, those Minimum Flows and Levels are one criterion used by the District in evaluating

applications for water use permits under Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C. Rule 40D-2.301(1)(d), F.A.C., this Section 4.3 and

Chapter 40D-80, F.A.C., govern the manner in which this one criterion is utilized in evaluating a water use permit

application. Accordingly, applicants shall demonstrate compliance with established Minimum Flows, Minimum

Wetland Levels, Minimum Lake Levels and Salt Water Intrusion Minimum Aquifer Levels (hereinafter sometimes

collectively called Minimum Flows and Levels) set forth in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C., as follows:

A. Withdrawals That Affect Water Bodies for Which Minimum Flows and Levels Have Been Adopted

Within Those Portions of Hillsborough County north of State Road 60, and Pasco and Pinellas Counties

(hereinafter the “Area”).

In establishing Minimum Flows and Levels, the District has determined that the actual water levels in many of

the water bodies for which Minimum Flows and Levels have been established are below the Minimum Flow and

Level. The District is expeditiously implementing a recovery strategy for the Area in keeping with the District’s

legislative mandate pursuant to Sections 373.036, 373.0361, 373.0421, 373.0831, 373.1962 and 373.1963, F.S., to

resolve the water supply and water resource impact concerns of the Northern Tampa Bay Area in a cooperative

manner with the water suppliers and interested parties. This Section 4.3 A. and Chapter 40D-80, F.A.C., set forth the

regulatory portion of the first phase (through December 31, 2010) of the recovery strategy for the Area. The

following requirements of this Section 4.3 A. effectuate that recovery strategy and shall be effective only through

December 31, 2010. The District will evaluate the state of knowledge of these matters in 2010. Based on that

B4-4

evaluation, the District may revise this Section 4.3 A. as appropriate. Compliance with Section 4.3 A. does not, by

itself, satisfy the requirements of Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C., for new withdrawals proposed after August 3, 2000.

1. For New Withdrawals Proposed After August 3, 2000.

a. Where above Minimum Flow or Level - For water bodies that are predicted to be impacted by the

proposed withdrawal and where the actual flow or level is at or above a Minimum Flow or Level, withdrawals shall

be limited to that quantity, as may be further limited by other provisions of 40D-2.301, F.A.C., and this Basis of

Review, that does not cause the actual flow to fall below the Minimum Flow, nor cause the actual level to fall below

the Minimum Level on a long-term average basis (the “Baseline Quantity”). For purposes of this Section 4.3 A.,

“long-term” means a period which spans the range of hydrologic conditions which can be expected to occur based

upon historical records, ranging from high water levels to low water levels. In the context of a predictive model

simulation, a long-term simulation will be insensitive to temporal fluctuations in withdrawal rates and hydrologic

conditions, so as to simulate steady-state average conditions. In the context of an average water level, the average

will reflect the expected range and frequency of levels based upon historic conditions. This period will vary because

reasonable scientific judgment is necessary to establish the factors to be used in the assessment of each application

depending on the geology and climate of the area of withdrawal, the depth of and number of wells and the quantity

to be withdrawn.

i. If the withdrawal of the requested quantity of water does not meet the condition in 4.3 A.1.a.

above, the applicant shall identify the Baseline Quantity, and the District shall consider, as may be further limited by

other provisions of 40D-2.301, F.A.C., and this Basis of Review, the authorization of the additional quantity of

water to be withdrawn where the applicant:

(1) Demonstrates that there are no reasonable means to modify the proposed withdrawal to

meet the conditions in 4.3 A.1.a., including the use of alternative supplies, to reduce or replace the amount of the

requested quantity exceeding the Baseline Quantity. Cost shall not be the sole basis for determining whether the

means are reasonable; and

(2) Provides reasonable assurance that significant harm will be prevented to the wetlands and

surface water bodies that could be affected by the proposed withdrawal if the requested quantity is withdrawn; and

(3) Demonstrates that any measures used to provide the reasonable assurance specified in 4.3

A.1.a.i(2) above will not cause a violation of any of the criteria listed in 40D-2.301(1)(a)-(n), 40D-4.301, or 40D-

4.302, F.A.C., as applicable.

ii. To support whether the applicant has provided reasonable assurance pursuant to 4.3 A.1.a.i(2)

above, the applicant must submit an environmental management plan (“EMP”) for approval by the District

describing the measures to be used to prevent significant harm from withdrawal of the requested quantity. The EMP

must include a monitoring program for early detection of impacts to wetlands and surface water bodies that could be

affected by the proposed withdrawal and an implementation scheme for corrective actions to prevent unacceptable

adverse impacts. The EMP shall include provisions to evaluate changes in water quality, water levels, vegetation,

and fish and wildlife. The EMP shall also include clear thresholds as to when the implementation scheme will be

initiated. The implementation scheme shall include details as to how the proposed measures will be effected, the

methods to be followed in order to functionally replicate the natural hydrologic regime of affected water bodies, and

efforts to be undertaken to minimize the effects of changes in water chemistry. The implementation scheme shall

also require reduction of pumping to the Baseline Quantity as a corrective action if no other measures, including

supplemental hydration, are successful in preventing unacceptable adverse impacts to wetlands and surface water

bodies due to withdrawals. An approved EMP shall be incorporated as a special condition to any permit issued.

(1) The measures proposed may include hydration of affected water bodies or modification

of existing drainage structures to prevent significant harm to affected water bodies, provided that the measures

within the EMP minimize the need for supplemental hydration to the greatest extent practical.

(2) If supplemental hydration is proposed, the applicant will be required to identify in the

application and monitor a representative number of wetlands in the vicinity of the withdrawal. The monitored

wetlands shall include a representative number of MFL or MFL surrogate wetlands not receiving supplemental

hydration. An MFL surrogate wetland is the nearest wetland site of the same type and condition to the proposed

withdrawal that is not anticipated to require supplemental hydration. The monitored wetlands shall also include,

where available, non-MFL wetlands not receiving hydration as well as MFL and non-MFL wetlands proposed for

supplemental hydration.

(3) A representative number of wetlands is a number of a particular type or types of

wetlands, in the vicinity of the withdrawal, sufficient to adequately determine the hydrologic response of the

wetlands and surface water bodies that could be affected by the proposed withdrawal to rainfall and water

withdrawals.

B4-5

(4) If supplemental hydration is proposed to rehydrate lakes or wetlands, in order for a water

use permit authorizing the Requested Quantity to be issued, the District must determine whether:

(A) The measures within the proposed EMP minimize the quantity of water required for

supplemental hydration by raising water levels by filling or blocking ditches, removing culverts or outflows, or other

alterations, where practical and feasible, and whether such alterations will achieve the applicable minimum level

(where the measures proposed by the application identify the need for specific Environmental Resource Permits,

such permits must be obtained prior to withdrawal of the requested quantities;

(B) The applicant has proposed use of the lowest quality of water for rehydration which

is scientifically, technically and environmentally feasible to prevent unacceptable adverse impacts;

(C) Measures within the proposed EMP minimize the need for ground water hydration to

the greatest extent practical based on the quantity, frequency and duration of the anticipated use;

(D) The measures within the proposed EMP minimize or avoid the potential for

unacceptable adverse impacts to water quality or fish and wildlife in the wetland or surface water body receiving

supplemental hydration, and, if such a potential exists, the EMP contains adequate measures to detect impacts at an

early stage and to prevent unacceptable adverse impacts in an expeditious manner;

(E) The measures within the proposed EMP minimize or avoid the potential for the

establishment or spread of undesirable aquatic vegetation in the wetland or surface water body receiving

supplemental hydration and, if such a potential exists, the EMP contains adequate measures to detect vegetative

changes at an early stage and to prevent undesirable vegetative changes in an expeditious manner;

(F) The quantity of water needed for supplemental hydration is outweighed by the

quantity of water made available for other uses;

(G) The quantity of water needed for supplemental hydration is reasonable compared to

the unacceptable adverse impacts to be prevented;

(H) The unacceptable adverse impact to be prevented by supplemental hydration results

in benefits that outweigh the potential for impacts caused by the additional withdrawal; and,

(I) The quantity of the water used for supplemental hydration is reasonable considering

the proportion expected to percolate into the aquifer.

iii. Wetlands or other surface water bodies receiving supplemental hydration must have flow

meters to measure the quantity of supplemental hydration water used at each site. This information shall be reported

to the District as required by permit condition.

iv. Pursuant to Chapter 373, F.S., and Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C., permits may be conditioned to

include aquifer regulatory levels intended to achieve compliance with one or more of the Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C.,

conditions for issuance, including 40D-2.301(1)(d), F.A.C., Minimum Flows and Levels criteria. The aquifer

regulatory level that will be appropriate for any particular permit, considering all conditions for issuance, is the level

that results from the more stringent condition.

v. If supplemental hydration with ground water is proposed pursuant to paragraph 4.3 A.1.a.i.

and 4.3 A.1.a.ii, the applicant will be required to propose a Floridan aquifer regulatory level for each of the MFL

wetlands (defined in 4.3 A.1.a.vi.(2)(A) below) or MFL surrogate wetlands not receiving supplemental hydration in

the vicinity of the proposed water use permit. The aquifer regulatory level for each MFL wetland or MFL surrogate

wetland not receiving supplemental hydration with ground water shall be the Floridan aquifer level that does not

cause the Minimum Level to be exceeded on a long-term basis, based solely on withdrawal management. The

aquifer regulatory level for MFL wetlands receiving supplemental hydration with ground water shall be the Floridan

aquifer level taking into account the benefits of the hydration.

vi. The procedures described below are those applicable to the determination of an aquifer

regulatory level relating to 40D-2.301(1)(d), F.A.C., where the District authorizes a quantity of Upper Floridan

aquifer ground water pursuant to 4.3 A.1.a.i. where an applicant proposes prevention measures, and shall be

determined for, and specified in, any permit issued as follows:

(1) The aquifer regulatory level is the long-term average potentiometric level that will not

result in significant harm to a water body for which a Minimum Flow or Level has been established in 40D-8,

F.A.C., taking into account the effects of prevention measures such as hydration on the impacted Minimum Flow or

Level. The aquifer regulatory level for the Upper Floridan aquifer shall be proposed by the water use permit

applicant with the permit application for review, modification as needed, and approval by the District as part of any

permit issued. The aquifer regulatory level will be used to determine the annual average daily quantity for the permit

that does not result in significant harm to water resources taking into account prevention measures such as

hydration. The aquifer regulatory level is one of several long-term compliance tools that are evaluated by the

District, but is not a mechanism to control withdrawals on a short term basis. The aquifer regulatory level and the

B4-6

quantities granted based on this level shall be adjusted if data indicate that significant harm is occurring because of

the withdrawals or if data indicates that additional withdrawals can be permitted without causing significant harm.

(2) The aquifer regulatory level for the Upper Floridan aquifer shall be calculated based on

the relationship between the potentiometric level of the Upper Floridan aquifer and water levels in the surficial

aquifer system and associated wetlands and lakes, taking into account the measures proposed by the applicant to

prevent the significantly harmful impacts of withdrawals. The Floridan aquifer regulatory levels associated with

MFL wetlands or MFL surrogate wetlands not receiving supplemental hydration, shall be equal to the Floridan

aquifer level that does not cause the Minimum Level to be exceeded on a long-term basis, based solely on

withdrawal management. The Floridan aquifer regulatory level associated with MFL wetlands that receive

supplemental hydration shall be determined according to the following guidelines:

(A) Determine the historic average Upper Floridan aquifer potentiometric level in the

vicinity of the wetland or lake for which a minimum wetland level or minimum lake level has been established in

Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C. (Referred to hereafter as “MFL wetland” or “MFL lake,” as applicable). The historic average

potentiometric level is estimated for each site as follows:

(i) If an Upper Floridan aquifer monitor well is located in the vicinity, and if the

available pre-withdrawal potentiometric level data are sufficient to capture the expected long-term range of pre-

withdrawal potentiometric levels, then the historic average potentiometric level is calculated by taking the average

of the pre-withdrawal potentiometric level data.

(ii) If an Upper Floridan aquifer monitor well is located in the vicinity, and if the

available pre-withdrawal potentiometric level data are not sufficient to capture the expected long-term range of pre-

withdrawal potentiometric levels, then the historic average potentiometric level shall be estimated using best

available data and methods. Methods may include correlation of the available pre-withdrawal potentiometric level

data to historic potentiometric data in other areas of the region and estimating the historic average potentiometric

level at the site in question using statistical analysis.

(iii) If no pre-withdrawal potentiometric level data for an existing Upper Floridan

aquifer monitor well in the vicinity are available, then the historic average potentiometric level is determined by

adding the absolute value of the estimated current average cumulative drawdown at the well to the current average

potentiometric level of the well.

(iv) If no Upper Floridan aquifer monitor well exists in the vicinity of each MFL

lake or MFL wetland, the historic average potentiometric level can be determined based on an evaluation of regional

aquifer potentiometric level data, including potentiometric surface maps.

(B) Estimate the resulting cumulative Upper Floridan aquifer potentiometric level

drawdown at the location of the MFL wetland or MFL lake utilizing acceptable ground water flow models or

analytical techniques, resulting from the proposed and existing withdrawals, taking into account the effect of the

prevention measures proposed by the permit applicant such that the drawdown together with the prevention

measures will not cause significant harm to the MFL wetland or MFL lake (hereinafter referred to as the “Resulting

Drawdown”).

(C) Subtract the Resulting Drawdown from the historic average potentiometric level to

calculate the aquifer regulatory level.

(D) The Resulting Drawdown shall be determined using industry-standard ground water

flow models or analytical techniques, based on best available aquifer-characteristic information, simulating long-

term average water use and hydrologic conditions.

vii. If the Board determines that reasonable assurances have been provided pursuant to 4.3 A.1.a.,

the Board shall authorize the additional quantity of water to be withdrawn.

b. For new quantities that affect a water body that is below Minimum Flow or Level - requests for

withdrawals of new quantities of water that are projected to impact a water body which is below its minimum flow

or level shall not be approved unless the new quantities are used solely for furthering the attainment of the objective

set forth in the recovery strategy in Rule 40D-80.073, F.A.C.

c. Quantities Authorized to Be Withdrawn as of August 3, 2000.

i. Where above Minimum Flow or Level - For water bodies that are affected by the withdrawal

and where the actual flow or level is at or above a Minimum Flow or Level, withdrawals shall be evaluated pursuant

to 4.3 A.1.a. above.

ii. Where below Minimum Flow or Level - For water bodies that are affected by the withdrawal

and where the actual flow or level is below a Minimum Flow or Level:

B4-7

(A) Central System Wellfields.

The Central System Wellfields (i.e., Cosme-Odessa, Eldridge-Wilde, Section 21, South Pasco, Cypress Creek,

Cross Bar Ranch, Starkey, Morris Bridge, Northwest Hillsborough Regional, Cypress Bridge, and North Pasco) are

encompassed within a recovery strategy referenced in Rule 40D-80.073, F.A.C., and are controlled by the New

Water Supply and Ground Water Reduction Agreement (Agreement) through the term of the Agreement. Recovery

to Wetland and Lake Minimum Levels for wetlands and lakes described in and established in 40D-8.623(3) and

40D-8.624(12), F.A.C., is the objective of the recovery strategy under Rule 40D-80.073, F.A.C., and reductions in

ground water withdrawals from the Central System Wellfields to reduce the impacts of withdrawals on wetlands and

lakes is an objective of the Agreement. Therefore, withdrawals from these Wellfields shall not be required to comply

with the Minimum Flows and Levels established within the area described in Section 4.3 A. during the term of the

Agreement, nor shall Aquifer Regulatory Levels as set forth in Section 4.3 A.1.a.v. be applied to these Wellfields

during the term of the Agreement.

(B) Other Existing Permittees as of August 3, 2000.

Permittees not subject to 4.3 A.2.b.i. above within this Area who apply for renewal shall reduce the impacts, if

any, of their withdrawals, as set forth in Rule 40D-80.073(5), F.A.C., and therefore are not required to comply with

the Minimum Flows and Levels established within this Area through the period of the first phase of the recovery

strategy, ending December 31, 2010.

Revised 11-2-09

B. Withdrawals Within the SWUCA That Affect Minimum Flows and Levels Water Bodies.

GENERAL.

In establishing Minimum Flows and Levels within the SWUCA as required by Section 373.042, F.S., and which

are set forth in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C., the District has determined that the actual flows and water levels for most of

the water bodies for which Minimum Flows and Levels have been established are below the Minimum Flow and

Level. The District is expeditiously implementing a recovery strategy for the SWUCA in keeping with the District’s

legislative mandates pursuant to Sections 373.036, 373.0361, 373.0421 and 373.0831, F.S. The SWUCA provisions

of Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C., the Basis of Review For Water Use Permit Applications, and Chapter 40D-80, F.A.C., set

forth the regulatory portion of the recovery strategy for the SWUCA. The District will conduct an annual

assessment of water resource criteria and cumulative impacts and evaluate the status of the recovery strategy every

five years prior to 2025, as provided in Rule 40D-80.074, F.A.C. Based on the annual assessment and five year

evaluation, the District will revise this Section 4.3 B. in accordance with 40D-80.074, F.A.C. Compliance with

Section 4.3 B. does not, by itself, satisfy the requirements of Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C., for applications requesting new

withdrawals submitted on or after January 1, 2007.

As of January 1, 2007, within the SWUCA the District has established a Salt Water Intrusion Minimum Aquifer

Level (SWIMAL) in the Most Impacted Area (MIA) as set forth in rule 40D-8.626, F.A.C., Minimum Flows on the

Peace River as set forth in rule 40D-8.041, F.A.C., and Minimum Lake Levels as set forth in rule 40D-8.624, F.A.C.

In accordance with the District's Minimum Flows and Levels priority list additional Minimum Flows and Levels will

be established. These minimum flows and levels and the rules in Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C., that implement recovery

are intended to manage those withdrawals that can have a direct effect on the Minimum Flows and Levels.

Therefore, the effect of these Minimum Flows and Levels on applications for New Quantities will vary depending

upon the impact of the withdrawal on a water body with an established Minimum Flow or Level. The District's

evaluation of the potential impact of a proposed withdrawal will be based on factors such as the proximity of

withdrawal to a Minimum Flow or Level water body, the volume of the withdrawal, the number of withdrawal

points, and whether the withdrawal is from the upper Floridan, intermediate or surficial aquifer or is a direct surface

water withdrawal.

New 1-1-07.

COMPLIANCE WITH RELATED PROVISIONS.

Satisfying the conditions of this Section 4.3 Minimum Flows and Levels shall also fulfill the provisions of

Section 4.5 of this Basis of Review For Water Use Permit Applications with respect to the affected Minimum Flow

or Level water body.

New 1-1-07.

APPLICATIONS FOR NEW QUANTITIES OF WATER SUBMITTED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 1, 2007.

Above Minimum Flow Or Level

B4-8

For water bodies that are predicted to be impacted by the proposed withdrawal and where the actual flow or

level is at or above a Minimum Flow or Level, withdrawals shall be limited to that quantity, as may be further

limited by other provisions of 40D-2.301, F.A.C., and this Basis of Review, that does not cause the actual flow or

level to fall below the Minimum Flow on a long-term average basis, or as compliance may be otherwise described in

Rule 40D-8, F.A.C. For purposes of this Section 4.3 B., "long-term" shall have the meaning and be determined as

set forth in Section 4.3 A. above.

New 1-1-07.

Below Minimum Flow Or Level.

1. Existing Permits Within The SWUCA - Applications for the renewal or modification of a permit with no

proposed increase in permitted quantities or change in Use Type will be evaluated to determine compliance with

40D-2.301, F.A.C., and this Basis of Review. When evaluating the reasonable-beneficial use of the water, emphasis

will be given to reasonable water need, water conservation and use of Alternative Water Supplies. However, the

existing impacts of permitted quantities on an MFL water body will not be a basis for permit denial because the

SWUCA Recovery Strategy taken as a whole is intended to achieve recovery to the established minimum flows and

levels as soon as practicable.

New 1-1-07.

2. Self-Relocation - The quantities potentially available to Self-Relocate include all of the used and unused

reasonable-beneficial permitted quantity. The use of the quantities at the new location(s) can not increase impacts to

Minimum Flow and Level water bodies and must meet all other applicable permitting criteria included in 40D-2,

F.A.C., and this Basis of Review. If the Self-Relocation involves uses eligible for water conserving credits, the

credit balance at the time of the Self-Relocation will be maintained. If the Self-Relocation is only for a portion of

the permitted quantity, or involves Self-Relocation to multiple properties, the credit balance will be accordingly

apportioned. Crop rotation, by planting and irrigating non-contiguous properties within the same locale in a

structured, revolving fashion, is allowed under a single permit and is not considered Self-Relocation.

New 1-1-07.

3. Applications For New Ground Water Quantities Submitted On Or After January 1, 2007 - The District will

evaluate applications for New Quantities of ground water to determine compliance with this section 4.3 B. and all

other 40D-2, F.A.C., rule criteria. Any application for a change to a Use Type not authorized in the permit shall be

required to provide a Net Benefit. In addition, when land is mined and the land will be returned to the Use Type

operation authorized under the Water Use Permit prior to mining, such activity does not constitute a change in Use

Type or New Quantity and a Net Benefit will not be required. The District will not accept a waiver of the 90-day

time clock for acting on permits set forth in Section 120.60, F.S., on the basis of a request to re-evaluate of the

proposed withdrawal at a future time.

New 1-1-07.

a. Salt Water Intrusion Minimum Aquifer Level (SWIMAL) - All applications shall be evaluated for the

impact on the SWIMAL described in 40D-8.626(2)(a), F.A.C, utilizing a cumulative assessment based upon best

available information. A proposed withdrawal is determined to impact the SWIMAL if it causes any lowering (>0.0

feet) of the Floridan aquifer potentiometric surface within the MIA including the boundary of the MIA. If the

evaluation indicates that a proposed withdrawal will result in increased impacts to the SWIMAL, the District will

approve the application only if the applicant proposes to implement a Net Benefit as described in paragraph 4.

below.

New 1-1-07.

b. Upper Peace River - All applications shall be evaluated to determine whether the proposed withdrawal

impacts ground water levels below the upper Peace River (as defined in 40D-2.021(10), F.A.C.). Where such an

impact occurs, the proposed withdrawal is determined not to cumulatively impact upper Peace River flows if the

current 10-year moving average monthly water level in the area is above 53.3 feet, NGVD (the median for the 10-

year moving average monthly water level of available information during the period 1990 to 1999), and the

proposed withdrawal individually meets the conditions of 40D-2.301(1)(b) and (c), F.A.C., and Basis of Review

Section 4.2 C. If the above conditions are not met, the withdrawal can be authorized only if the applicant proposes

to implement a Net Benefit as described in paragraph 4., below. However, the applicant has the option to reduce or

redistribute the withdrawals to achieve no impact, in which case the withdrawal can be authorized. The current 10-

year moving average ground water level will be calculated based upon District ground water monitoring stations in

the ground water basin which best represent (adjustments for extraordinary local impacts on a well can be

considered as to well location or water level effect) long-term trends in ground water levels affecting the upper

Peace River, including ROMP 60, ROMP 59, ROMP 45, ROMP 30 and ROMP 31.

B4-9

New 1-1-07.

c. Ridge Lakes - All applications shall be evaluated to determine whether the proposed withdrawal impacts

ground water levels below Ridge Lakes (as defined in paragraph 40D-2.021(8), F.A.C.). Where such an impact

occurs, the withdrawal is determined not to cumulatively impact Ridge Lakes levels if the current 10-year moving

average monthly water level for the area encompassing the Ridge Lakes is above 91.5 feet, NGVD (the median for

the 10-year moving average monthly water level of available information during the period 1990 to 1999), and the

proposed withdrawal individually meets the conditions of 40D-2.301(1)(b) and (c), F.A.C., and Basis of Review

Section 4.2 B. If the above conditions are not met, the withdrawal shall be authorized only if the applicant proposes

to implement a Net Benefit as described in paragraph 4., below. However, the applicant has the option to reduce or

redistribute the withdrawals to achieve no impact, in which case the withdrawal can be authorized. The current 10-

year moving average ground water level will be calculated based on District ground water monitoring stations in the

ground water basin which best represent (adjustments for extraordinary local impacts on a well can be considered as

to well location or water level effect) long-term trends in Floridan ground water levels affecting the Ridge Lakes

including Lake Alfred Deep, ROMP 28X, ROMP 57, ROMP 43XX and Coley Deep.

New 1-1-07.

d. No Impact to Salt Water Intrusion Minimum Aquifer Level, Upper Peace River and Ridge Lakes-If the

proposed withdrawal is determined to comply with 40D-2, F.A.C., and this Basis of Review, the withdrawal shall be

authorized.

New 1-1-07.

4. Net Benefit

If an applicant must implement a Net Benefit to obtain the permit, a permit shall be issued if the applicant

provides reasonable assurance that implementation of its proposed Net Benefit will mitigate the predicted impacts

by one or more of the options listed below. In order to provide a Net Benefit, the measures proposed by the

applicant must offset the predicted impact of the proposed withdrawal and also provide an additional positive effect

on the water body equal to or exceeding 10% of the predicted impact. For example, if the predicted impact on a

water body is 1.0 foot, the mitigation must offset the 1.0 foot impact and provide another 0.1 foot (i.e., 10% of 1.0

foot) of positive effect. There are three forms of Net Benefit, including 1) mitigation plus recovery, 2) use of

quantities created by District water resource development projects, and 3) Ground Water Replacement Credits, as

described below.

New 1-1-07.

a. Mitigation Plus Recovery - Mitigation plus recovery involves one or more of the following:

(1) Permanently retiring from use the reasonable-beneficial, historically used quantity associated with

one or more permits within the SWUCA that impacts the same Minimum Flow and Level water body. Used

quantities are those permitted quantities of water that the District determines have been deemed reasonable-

beneficial and historically used by a permittee, but not including Water-Conserving Credits obtained pursuant to

40D-2.621, F.A.C. Used quantities are determined based on documentation previously submitted by a permittee and

available crosschecks. The types of documentation submitted by permittees include seasonal/annual crop reports,

metered data, and other information. Crosschecks include aerial photography, receipts for supplies, equipment, and

services, property appraisers records and other methods. For small permits below thresholds for crop reporting and

metering, aerial photography and other methods will be used to determine quantities, or

(2) Recharging the aquifer and withdrawing water such that there remains a net positive impact on the

Floridan aquifer potentiometric surface at least 10% greater than the impact of the proposed withdrawal, or

(3) Undertaking other actions to offset the proposed impact of the withdrawal plus 10%.

Mitigation plus recovery must be in reference to the MFL water body that would be impacted by the proposed

withdrawals, and must either precede or be coincident with any new permitted withdrawals.

New 1-1-07.

b. Use of Quantities Created by District Water Resource Development Projects As A Net Benefit.

The District anticipates that its water resource development projects may result in the development of

new quantities above and beyond the quantities needed to achieve recovery to Minimum Flows and Levels. All or a

portion of these new quantities that are not reserved or otherwise designated for recovery will be made available to

permit applicants and used as a Net Benefit to offset proposed withdrawals that would impact an MFL water body.

If an applicant is required to provide a Net Benefit as described in section 3. above and has contributed to a

District water resource development project, the applicant may apply for quantities made available through a District

water resource development project as a Net Benefit, provided the applicant demonstrates that:

(1) The proposed withdrawal affects the same MFL water body source associated with the water

resource development project;

B4-10

(2) The quantity developed in excess of the quantity reserved or otherwise designated for the

Minimum Flow or Level has been determined; and

(3) The proposed Net Benefit quantities will not interfere with quantities reserved or otherwise

designated by the District for water resource development.

New 1-1-07.

c. Ground Water Replacement Credit in the SWUCA

To reduce ground water withdrawals, a Ground Water Replacement Credit is proposed as an incentive

for water users to provide water use permit holders with alternative supplies. The holder of a Ground Water

Replacement Credit can use the Credits to provide a Net Benefit in order to withdraw New Quantities. The process

to obtain a Ground Water Replacement Credit is set forth below:

(1) A Ground Water Replacement Credit is created when an entity (Supplier) provides an alternative

water supply, not previously delivered to another user to offset ground water withdrawals, that offsets actual

withdrawals by an existing permit holder (Receiver) that impact a Minimum Flow or Level water body. A Ground

Water Replacement Credit will be available to either the Supplier or the Receiver, or both.

(2) A Ground Water Replacement Credit will be issued for an amount equal to a specified percent of

the amount that is offset that was reasonable-beneficial historically used. For those offsets made prior to January 1,

2000, but within the applicant’s current permit term, the Credit will be equal to 50% of the offset. For those offsets

made after January 1, 2000, the Credit will be equal to 90% of the offset.

(3) The Supplier and Receiver shall apply to the District for the credit and indicate to the District

which entity should obtain the credit quantity, or whether the credit quantity will be divided between them or

assigned to a third party.

(4) The District will set aside the ground water quantities that are discontinued as a result of the offset

by alternative water supplies in a standby permit that will be issued to the Receiver to allow withdrawal of all or a

portion of such quantities in the event that the alternative water supply is interrupted, becomes unsuitable or is

decreased.

(5) The Ground Water Replacement Credit will exist for only so long as the Receiver maintains its

use of the alternative water supplies. The Credit will remain available if the Receiver transfers the standby permit to

a new owner at the same site who continues the same water use with the alternative water supplies.

(6) Only withdrawals that meet the permitting criteria of Chapter 40D-2, F.A.C., and this Basis of

Review, including Minimum Flows and Levels criteria, may be made pursuant to a Ground Water Replacement

Credit.

(7) Reclaimed water suppliers shall not be eligible for a Ground Water Replacement Credit when they

redirect reclaimed water from existing reclaimed water users to other reclaimed water users and such redirection

causes an existing reclaimed water user to reinstate permitted standby ground water withdrawals, unless the

reclaimed water provider can demonstrate that the cumulative effect of such redirection will be a greater reduction in

ground water withdrawals and will contribute more the recovery of MFL waterbodies in the SWUCA than would

otherwise occur absent of the redirection.

New 1-1-07.

5. Surface-Water Withdrawals Within the SWUCA

The District will not issue permits for surface-water withdrawals from streams or lakes where the Minimum

Flow or Level is not achieved unless the applicant demonstrates that:

a. The withdrawal will not adversely affect the Minimum Flow or Level, or;

b. A Net Benefit, as described in paragraph 4. above, can be implemented.

New 1-1-07.

C. For areas not subject to 4.3 A. or B. above, water withdrawals must not cause: 1. Lake levels to be reduced below the applicable Minimum Level established in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C.

2. Streamflow to be reduced below the Minimum Flow as established in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C.

3. Potentiometric surface or water-table levels to be reduced below the Minimum Level established in Chapter

40D-8, F.A.C.

History Note: 4.3 Revised 8-3-00; 4.3A. New 8-3-00; 4.3B Revised 8-3-00. Revised 1-1-07.

4.4 UTILIZATION OF LOWEST QUALITY WATER.

Consideration must be given to the lowest quality water available, which is acceptable for the proposed use. If

a lower quality of water is available and is environmentally, technically and economically feasible for all or a

portion of an Applicant's use, this lower quality water must be used. Use of a lower quality of water is not

B4-11

environmentally feasible if it interferes with recovery of a water body to its established minimum flow or level or

the water body is either currently or projected to be adversely impacted, unless the use will provide a Net Benefit.

Such lower quality water may be in the form of surface water, reclaimed water (treated wastewater effluent),

recovered agricultural tailwater, collected stormwater, saline water, or other sources. In determining the economic

feasibility of using reclaimed water or stormwater, the consideration shall include the costs and benefits of using the

reclaimed water or stormwater, including the amount of reclaimed water or stormwater that can be produced or used

relative to the cost. Within the Central Florida Coordination Area the District will confine its analysis of lower

quality water sources to those sources listed in the definition of Supplemental Water Supply in paragraph A.7. under

the heading Requirements For Applicants For Groundwater Withdrawals Within The Central Florida Coordination

Area is Section 3.6. of Part B, Basis of Review, of the Water Use Permit Information Manual.

Revised 1-1-07, 2-13-08.

4.5 SALINE WATER INTRUSION. 1. Performance Standards

A permit application shall be denied if the application requests withdrawals that would cause significant saline

water intrusion. Significant saline water intrusion occurs if the applicant's withdrawals are projected to cause

movement of the salt water interface which adversely affects, or is predicted to adversely affect, other existing legal

uses of water; the Applicant; or the public health, safety, and general welfare.

Revised 1-1-07.

4.6 INDUCEMENT OF POLLUTION A permit application shall be denied if a water withdrawal would significantly degrade the water quality of the

aquifer by causing pollutants to spread. Generally, movement of a contamination plume is considered significant if

the withdrawal would cause violations to ground water quality standards in areas which previously would have been

unaffected. In evaluating this criterion, the District will consider:

1. Whether the withdrawal would alter the rate or direction of movement of a plume (horizontally or

vertically) that has been defined by the DER or the EPA; and

2. Whether the withdrawal would increase the potential for harm to the public health and safety.

4.7 (Reserved)

4.8 INTERFERENCE WITH EXISTING LEGAL WITHDRAWALS 1. Performance Standards

A permit application shall be denied if the withdrawal of water together with other withdrawals would cause an

unmitigated adverse impact on a legal water withdrawal existing at the time of the application. An adverse impact is

considered to occur when the requested withdrawal would impair the withdrawal capability of an existing legal

withdrawal to a degree that the existing withdrawal would require modification or replacement to obtain the water it

was originally designed to obtain. If withdrawal locations remain the same but quantities are increased, only the

increased amount would be considered in addressing the impacts to existing users.

If other legal uses come into existence after a permit is issued and the permit is subsequently modified, District

staff will evaluate the modification such that impacts to the subsequent uses are only assessed in terms of the

modified quantities.

The evaluation of impacts will be made taking into account the type(s) of pumping equipment installed and

water-level fluctuations.

Staff will not recommend approval of a requested quantity that will cause adverse impact unless the adverse

impact is mitigated by the Applicant. Mitigation may include mitigation prior to withdrawals as well as mitigation

after the withdrawal. It is the Applicant's responsibility to investigate and mitigate adverse impacts on presently

existing legal withdrawals. Mitigation may include pumpage reduction, replacement of the impacted individual's

equipment to enable greater withdrawals, or placement of wells farther away from the impacted well.

4.9 (Reserved)

4.10 WATER CONSERVATION.

Applicants shall demonstrate that any economically and practicably feasible water conservation activities

related to their use have been or will be implemented. Water conservation measures that have been approved by the

Governing Board shall be implemented. Where specific water conservation elements have been developed for

B4-12

specific use types, such as water conservation plans for public supply use or best water management practices for

agricultural uses, these elements shall be incorporated into the permit.

4.11 UTILIZATION OF ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLIES.

Applicants shall demonstrate whether alternative water supplies are available and appropriate for use and shall

incorporate use of alternative water supplies to the greatest extent practicable. Use of alternative water supplies is

not environmentally feasible if it interferes with recovery of a water body to its established Minimum Flow or Level

or if the water body is either currently or projected to be adversely impacted. In determining whether an Applicant

has demonstrated that alternative water supplies are available and appropriate for use, the District shall consider

whether the alternative water supplies are economically, environmentally and technically feasible. Additionally,

applicants with groundwater withdrawals in the Central Florida Coordination Area are subject to the provisions in

the Basis of Review in Section 3.6, under the heading "Requirements For Applicants For Groundwater Withdrawals

Within The Central Florida Coordination Area".

Revised 1-1-07, 2-13-08.

4.12 WASTE.

Water withdrawals must not result in the waste of water, as defined in Rule 373.203(4). Waste is the causing of

excess water to run into a surface water system, unless the water is thereafter put to beneficial use. In addition, any

off-site discharges must meet applicable state water quality standards, as set forth in Chapter 17-3, F.A.C.

1. Runoff - Water use activities which result in runoff will be required to reduce or eliminate such runoff. For

existing systems or facilities, a reasonable time to implement a reduction or elimination of runoff may be allowed by

permit condition. New uses or modifications of existing uses which include significant runoff will not be

recommended for approval.

2. Augmentation - Augmentation for aesthetic purposes is a non-essential use and has a lower value compared

to other reasonable/beneficial uses. The following criteria apply to augmentation applications:

a. Augmentation for aesthetic purposes is limited to less than 100,000 gpd.

b. Augmentation for uses other than aesthetic is limited to the quantity needed for the use. Where there is

a subsequent withdrawal from or use of the augmented body, the augmentation quantity is limited to the quantity

needed for that use. This applies to such uses as cattle-watering, golf course irrigation, etc.

c. Aesthetic augmentation is allowed only into impoundments that connect to the water table, at least at

the seasonal high level, or the impoundment must be lined to prevent infiltration. Liners should have a permeability

of 10-3

gal/day/ft2 or less.

d. Seasonal fluctuation schedules may be required. The amount of fluctuation on the characteristics of

the impoundment. Installation and monitoring of staff gauges and unaffected (background) water-table monitor

wells may be required to demonstrate the fluctuation. Fluctuation should be sufficient to expose one half of the

littoral zone each year and to allow for extreme exposure approximately every 5 years to an elevation at least 3 ft

below normal water level.

e. Native aquatic vegetation should be promoted in shallow areas of the impoundment for water quality

purposes. Proposed impoundment designs should incorporate slopes that mimic natural lake bottoms.

f. Allowing water withdrawn from an aquifer to routinely exit the augmented impoundment as discharge

is prohibited. Sufficient freeboard must be maintained between the maximum augmented level and the invert of the

outfall structure so that only water received from rainfall events is discharged. The augmented impoundment shall

be designed to hold a run-off volume equal to a 1-inch rainfall event over the entire contributing basin.

g. Augmentation of surface water management systems must not impair their designed function.

Applicants intending to augment surface water management systems are required to supply the surface water permit

or application number. Augmentation of surface water retention/detention ponds can be permitted providing the

Applicant demonstrates that the function of the system is not impaired.

h. Levels may be set on the augmented water body beyond which augmentation is disallowed.

Installation of a float-gauge mechanism to automatically cease withdrawals may be required, as well as reporting of

water levels and pumpage.

i. Back-flow prevention measures must be incorporated into the augmentation system, either through the

installation of back-flow prevention devices, or by system design.

3. Augmentation Within The SWUCA

a. Augmentation means using one source of water to supplement another. Typically, augmentation

involves using ground water to supplement the surface water levels of lakes, ponds and wetlands. Augmentation

may be required by the District to mitigate the impacts of withdrawals within the SWUCA, or it may be requested

B4-13

by an applicant who wishes to raise surface water levels. Within the SWUCA, augmentation is permitable provided

that the benefits outweigh any adverse impacts to ground or surface water resources, depending on the specific

situation.

b. Augmentation for maintenance of lake and wetland natural habitat within the SWUCA can be

permitted as long as no significant adverse impacts result from the withdrawal. Augmentation may be allowed

provided that 1) alternative solutions have been addressed, 2) the need for such augmentation has been established,

3) withdrawals for augmentation do not cause significant adverse impacts, and 4) measures are taken to allow the

surface water level to fluctuate seasonally as described in Section 4.12 2.d. of the Basis of Review. Augmentation

above District-established applicable minimum water levels is prohibited. Maximum ground water augmentation

levels for lakes within the SWUCA currently below established minimum water levels will be based on recent

historical levels.

c. Augmentation for purely aesthetic purposes, such as for creating and maintaining water levels in

constructed ponds, shall not be permitted within the SWUCA. Existing permits which include aesthetic

augmentation may be renewed only if the criteria of Section 4.12 2.c. through i. are implemented. Reuse of water

through tailwater recovery ponds in efficiently managed systems is encouraged and is not considered augmentation.

1-1-03

4. Discharges allowed - The District shall allow those discharges:

a. Which are required to ensure the integrity of an impoundment to protect the public health and safety.

b. Which are utilized for maintenance of environmental features.

c. Where the applicant demonstrates that any economically and technically feasible water conservation

measures have been or will be implemented.

4.13 OTHERWISE HARMFUL. The issuance of a permit may be denied if the withdrawal or use of water would otherwise be harmful to the

water resources.

B5-1

5.0 MONITORING REQUIREMENTS

Issuance of a Water Use Permit requires that 1) the withdrawals will not cause any unmitigated adverse impacts

on the water resources and existing legal users, and 2) the use continues to be in the public interest. To ensure that

these criteria continue to be met after a permit is issued, monitoring and reporting activities may be required as

conditions of the permit. Where appropriate, the District's monitoring requirements may be satisfied using facilities

required by other agencies.

5.1. WITHDRAWAL QUANTITY. Individual and General Water Use permittees will be required to monitor the quantity of water withdrawn from

any source in accordance with the guidelines described in this section. Monitoring of actual pumpage provides a

means to develop historical records in order to accurately project future reasonable demand, assess impacts to the

resource and existing water and land uses, and ensure that quantities withdrawn do not exceed permitted pumpage.

Monitoring methods must maintain plus or minus 5% accuracy, and must be approved by the District. Permittees

shall use direct flow measuring devices unless the District determines direct methods are inappropriate for the

particular water use system.

Permittees shall monitor withdrawal quantities from each withdrawal point when:

1. Issued an Individual Water Use Permit;

2. Issued a General Water Use Permit for public supply use;

3. Issued a General Water Use Permit and one or more of the withdrawal points is located within the SWUCA

or NTBWUCA; or

4. The District determines that there is a potential for harm to the resource or potential for adverse impacts to

existing users.

The District will provide and install flow meters on agricultural withdrawal points where the Permittee's total

permitted quantity is greater than or equal to 500,000 gpd annual average withdrawal. This provision shall apply

only to those agricultural withdrawal points in existence prior to October 1, 1989, which are not equipped with

totalizing flow meters that provide plus or minus 5% accuracy. The District may provide other flow measuring

devices if appropriate. Agricultural permit applicants who submit an application on or after October 1, 1989, and

any existing agricultural Permittees who have not installed permitted withdrawal points prior to October 1, 1989,

shall provide and install flow meters at their expense. The cost of operation and maintenance of all meters and

reporting of data shall be the responsibility of the Permittee.

Monitored Permittees shall, upon request of the District, provide the District an opportunity to perform

measurements of flow during system operation. The District will ensure that the measurements are made in a

manner that does not interfere with the Permittee's water use activities.

Ordinarily, withdrawal quantities shall be totalized on a monthly basis and reported to the District by the tenth

day of the following month. However, for intense uses such as frost/freeze protection, or for stream withdrawals, a

Permittee may be required to totalize pumpage on a daily basis from each withdrawal point and report the daily

withdrawal quantities to the District on a monthly basis.

Revised 12-30-08.

Meter Installation Within The SWUCA.

New withdrawals within the SWUCA that are required to be metered shall be metered within 90 days after

construction of the withdrawal facility is completed. Existing withdrawals not previously required to be metered

shall be metered by January 1, 2003. Once a withdrawal point is required to be metered, it shall remain so, and

pumpage shall continue to be reported, even if the withdrawal point is later associated with a permit below metering

thresholds. Typically, individual withdrawal points permitted for less than 10,000 gpd are not required to be

metered.

1-1-03

Metering Of Alternative Water Supplies Within The SWUCA.

Permittees shall meter alternative supplies of water supplied to the permittee within the SWUCA if the Annual

Average quantity (Drought Annual Average quantity for irrigation permits) that would be permitted without the

alternative water supplies would be 100,000 gpd or more. Meters shall meet the requirements of the first

unnumbered paragraph of this Section 5.1, unless alternative methods or mechanisms are approved by the District.

Reporting requirements are as specified in the fifth unnumbered paragraph of this Section 5.1.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

B5-2

Flow Meters.

All required flow meters shall adhere to the following requirements and shall be installed and maintained as

follows:

1. All meters shall be non-resettable, totalizing flow meters that have a totalizer of sufficient magnitude to

retain total gallon data for a minimum of the three highest consecutive months’ permitted quantities. If other

measuring devices or alternative accounting methods are proposed, prior to installation, the Permittee shall submit

documentation that the other measuring devices or accounting methods meet the accuracy requirement provided

below. If the alternative accounting method involves a meter belonging to another entity or to an alternative water

supply provider, the Permittee shall submit documentation from the owner/supplier that the meter readings conform

to these meter requirements. Approval for other measuring devices or accounting methods must be obtained in

writing from the Regulation Department Director.

a. The flow meter(s) or other approved flow-measuring device(s) shall have and maintain an accuracy

within 5% of the actual flow as installed.

b. Accuracy testing requirements:

i. For newly metered withdrawal points, the flow meter installation shall be designed for inline field

access for meter accuracy testing.

ii. The meter shall be tested for accuracy on-site, as installed, every five years beginning from the

date of its installation for new meters or from the date of initial issuance of the permit.

iii. The testing frequency will be decreased if the Permittee demonstrates to the satisfaction of the

District that a longer period of time for testing is warranted.

iv. The test will be accepted by the District only if performed by a person certified on the test

equipment used as described in the section entitled Flow Meter Verification, below.

v. If the actual flow is found to be greater than 5% different from the measured flow, within 30 days

the Permittee shall have the meter re-calibrated, repaired, or replaced, whichever is necessary. Documentation of

the test and a certificate of re-calibration, if applicable, shall be submitted within 30 days of each test or re-

calibration.

2. The meter shall be installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions for achieving accurate flow to the

specifications above, or it shall be installed in a straight length of pipe where there is at least an upstream length

equal to ten (10) times the outside pipe diameter and a downstream length equal to two (2) times the outside pipe

diameter. Where there is not at least a length of ten diameters upstream available, flow straightening vanes shall be

used in the upstream line. Existing systems that would require retrofitting to achieve the above standards will not be

required to retrofit provided it is documented on the Flow Meter Accuracy Verification Form, Form No. LEG-

R.021.01 (04/09), incorporated by reference in paragraph 40D-2.091(2)(a), F.A.C., that the flow meter is accurately

and reliably measuring flow over different flow ranges or for the permanent operating flow. This form can be

obtained from the District’s website (www.watermatters.org).

3. If a metered withdrawal point, AWS inflow line or re-pump withdrawal point is not utilized during a given

month, the meter report shall be submitted to the District showing the same meter reading that was submitted the

previous month.

4. Broken or malfunctioning meter:

If the meter or other flow-measuring device malfunctions or breaks, the Permittee shall:

a. Notify the District within 15 days of discovering the malfunction or breakage;

b. Replace the broken or malfunctioning meter with a repaired or new meter, subject to the specifications

given above, within 30 days of the discovery; and

c. Submit estimates of their pumpage as described below.

If the meter is removed from the withdrawal point for any other reason, it shall be replaced with another meter

having the same specifications given above, or the meter shall be reinstalled within 30 days of its removal from the

withdrawal. In either event, the withdrawal point shall not lack a fully functioning meter for more than 60

consecutive days.

5. While the meter is not functioning correctly, the Permittee shall document the total amount of time in

minutes that the withdrawal point was used for each month and multiply those minutes times the pump capacity (in

gallons per minute) for total gallons. The estimate of the number of gallons used each month during that period

shall be submitted on District scanning forms and noted as estimated per instructions on the form. The reason for

the necessity to estimate pumpage shall be reported with the estimate.


B5-3

6. In the event a new meter is installed to replace a broken meter, the meter and its installation shall meet the

specifications of this Chapter. The permittee shall notify the District of the replacement with the first submittal of

meter readings from the new meter.

Transferred from Chapter 6 on 3-26-09

Flow Meter Verification.

The following requirements pertain to the required flow meter testing:

1. The Flow Meter Accuracy Verification Form referenced above under the heading "Flow Meters" shall be

completed and provided to the District for each flow meter tested. This form can be obtained from the District’s

website (www.watermatters.org). If the test equipment provides a printout of data that was input, this shall be

submitted with the worksheet. The equipment's water temperature shall be set to 72 degrees for ground water, and

for other water sources the measured water temperature shall be used.

2. Permittees shall demonstrate that the results of the meter testing are accurate. This demonstration may be

met by submitting documentation with the Flow Meter Accuracy Verification Form referenced above under the

heading "Flow Meters" that:

a. the manufacturer of the test equipment, or an entity approved or authorized by the manufacturer, has

trained the operator to use the specific model test equipment used for testing; and,

b. includes a date of calibration of the testing equipment within the previous twelve months, and the test

lab's National Institute of Standards and Testing (N.I.S.T.) traceability reference number.

3. A diagram showing the precise location on the pipe where the testing equipment was mounted shall be

supplied with the form. This diagram shall also show the pump, installed meter, the configuration (with all valves,

tees, elbows, and any other possible flow disturbing devices) that exists between the pump and the test location

clearly noted with measurements. If flow straightening vanes are utilized, their location(s) shall also be included in

the diagram.

4. A picture(s) of the test location, including the pump, installed flow meter, and the measuring device, or for

sites where the picture does not include all of the items listed above, a picture of the test site with a notation of

distances to these items.

5. A minimum of two separate timed tests shall be performed for each meter. Each timed test shall consist of

measuring flow using the test meter and the installed meter for a minimum of four minutes duration. If the two tests

do not yield consistent results, additional tests shall be performed for a minimum of eight minutes or longer per test

until consistent results are obtained. If the installed meter has a rate of flow, or large multiplier that does not allow

for consistent results to be obtained with four- or eight-minute tests, the duration of the test shall be increased as

necessary to obtain accurate and consistent results with respect to the type of flow meter installed. The results of

two consistent tests shall be averaged, and the result will be considered the test result for the meter being tested.

This result shall be expressed as a plus or minus percent (rounded to the nearest one-tenth percent) accuracy of the

installed meter relative to the test meter. The percent accuracy indicates the deviation (if any), of the meter being

tested from the test meter.

6. Flow meters that fail to meet the District’s accuracy requirements must be repaired or replaced within 30

days. These meters shall be retested after the repair and the results submitted to the District within 30 days of the

test.

New 3-26-09

5.2 SALINE WATER MONITORING.

The purpose of saline water monitoring is to ensure that saline water intrusion, whether lateral from a seawater

source, vertical from an aquifer containing lower quality water, or a combination of both, does not degrade the

aquifer. Saline water monitoring provides a means to establish historical trends in saline water movement. The

District can then use that information in evaluating present and future withdrawals and determining when corrective

action should be taken if sustained saline water movement is detected. Typically, saline water monitoring may be

accomplished by proper sampling of production wells. However, in some cases (e.g., large withdrawals in saline

water prone areas), separate monitor wells shall be installed expressly for the purpose of saline water intrusion

monitoring. The chemical constituents typically sampled include chloride, sulfate, and total dissolved solids (TDS).

Frequency of sampling may be monthly, quarterly, or otherwise, as appropriate.

Permittees shall implement a saline water monitoring program when:

1. The annual average withdrawal is greater than or equal to 500,000 gpd and the withdrawal point is located

within the Saline Water Zone, based on the 500 milligrams per liter (mg/L) TDS line for the Floridan aquifer, as

shown in Figures 5-1 through 5-3;


B5-4

2. There is a history of increasing saline water concentrations for either ground water or surface water in the

vicinity of the point of withdrawal;

3. The District staff determines that, at projected withdrawal rates, saline water intrusion is likely to occur;

4. The withdrawals are from a ground water source with high saline water concentrations; or

5. The District has determined that the permittee's well(s) are potentially at risk to saline water intrusion

within the SWUCA.

Revised 1-1-07.

B5-5

Figure 5-1 Saline Water Monitoring Zone

B5-6


B5-7


B5-8

Guidelines for establishing a saline water monitoring program, as well as sampling, sample handling, and

analysis guidelines, are described in Part C of this Manual.

5.3 POLLUTION SOURCE MONITORING. The purpose of pollution source monitoring is to ensure that withdrawals do not cause movement of undesirable

constituents that would result in degradation of the water resources to the extent that existing legal users are

adversely impacted or the public interest is otherwise detrimentally affected. A permittee may be required to

monitor existing wells or install separate monitor wells to evaluate withdrawal effects on movement of pollution.

5.4 GROUND WATER LEVELS. The purpose of ground water level monitoring is to ensure that existing legal uses, off-site land use, water

resources, and associated environmental features are not adversely impacted by withdrawals. A ground water level

monitoring program may include water-table levels, potentiometric surface levels, or both.

Permittees may be required to implement a ground water level monitoring program when:

1. Saline water monitoring is required;

2. Pollution source monitoring is required;

3. Environmental monitoring is required;

4. The withdrawal is for the purpose of dewatering activities; or

5. Insufficient data exist to define the cone of depression of the withdrawal, and there is reasonable cause to

expect adverse impacts to existing legal use, off-site land uses, the water resources, or associated environmental

features.

6. In the SWUCA when minimum levels have been established in 40D-8, F.A.C., for the Floridan aquifer

when it is the source from which withdrawals are made.

No. 6. New 1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

5.5 SURFACE WATER LEVELS AND FLOWS. Monitoring of surface water levels and flows may be required to ensure that unacceptable adverse impacts to

the water resources and associated environmental features do not occur.

Permittees may be required to monitor surface water levels and flows in the following circumstances:

1. For permits involving withdrawals from rivers, streams, or other flowing bodies of water, the Permittee

may be required to monitor flow rates upstream and/or downstream of the point of withdrawal.

2. For permits involving withdrawals from ground water sources that may impact surface water levels or rates

of flow in nearby water bodies, the Permittee may be required to monitor surface water levels or flows.

3. For permits involving lake withdrawals, the Permittee may be required to monitor lake levels.

4. For permits involving withdrawals that may cause adverse impacts to water-level-dependent vegetation or

animal life in wetlands, Permittees may be required to monitor surface water levels.

5. For permits involving augmentation, Permittees may be required to monitor water levels or flows of the

augmented body.

5.6 RAINFALL. Permittees may be required to monitor rainfall, evaporation, evapotranspiration, or other climatic variables for

use in the assessment of the impact of withdrawals on the water resources. The necessity for rainfall monitoring will

be determined on a case-by-case basis. Data generally will be recorded on a daily basis and reported to the District

monthly.

5.7 SURFACE WATER QUALITY. Permits involving withdrawals which may cause adverse environmental impacts to surface water bodies,

including wetlands, may be required to monitor surface water quality. The specific water quality parameters

required to be monitored will depend on the type of water body and may include but are not limited to: temperature,

dissolved oxygen, specific conductance, pH, alkalinity, acidity, turbidity, color, suspended solids, nutrients, major

cations and anions, and man-made pollutants.

5.8 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT AND MONITORING. Environmental monitoring shall be required for permits with potential for significant adverse impacts to

environmental features associated with the water resources of the District. Monitoring to document environmental

B5-9

impacts may consist of various types of data collection, including but not limited to, ground water and surface water

levels, surface water quality, biological parameters, ground and aerial photography, and land cover assessments.

As specified in Section 4.2, the Permittee may be required to provide to the District information on the

environmental features associated with the project site, including baseline hydrologic and biological data. During

the term of the permit, the District may investigate the site or implement its own monitoring program to assess

impacts associated with the withdrawal.

The types of data associated with monitoring water-dependent environmental features in the District are

described in Part C of this Manual. Details of environmental monitoring programs shall be identified during the

application process.

For Mining and Dewatering permits, environmental monitoring will be limited to those environmental features

described in Section 4.2. which are affected by mine dewatering or well withdrawals. However, Applicants may be

required to monitor selected control sites in unaffected areas and provide comparative hydrologic and environmental

data. Typically, monitoring will be required for at least two years prior to dewatering activities in the vicinity of

protected wetlands. If the Permittee provides reasonable assurance that historical water table elevations will be

maintained in the protected area during mining, other environmental monitoring will not be required.

B6-1

6.0 PERMIT CONDITIONS

Standard Conditions apply in all cases and are automatically placed on all permits. Special Conditions are

placed on permits on a case-by-case basis. This Section contains a list of standard conditions and examples of

frequently used special conditions that may be imposed when appropriate.

6.1 STANDARD PERMIT CONDITIONS. The following conditions are placed on all Water Use Permits:

1. If any of the statements in the application and in the supporting data are found to be untrue and inaccurate,

or if the Permittee fails to comply with all of the provisions of Chapter 373, Florida Statutes (F.S.), Chapter 40D,

Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.), or the conditions set forth herein, the Governing Board shall revoke this

permit in accordance with Rule 40D-2.341, F.A.C., following notice and hearing.

2. This permit is issued based on information provided by the Permittee demonstrating that the use of water is

reasonable and beneficial, consistent with the public interest, and will not interfere with any existing legal use of

water. If, during the term of the permit, it is determined by the District that the use is not reasonable and beneficial,

in the public interest, or does impact an existing legal use of water, the Governing Board shall modify this permit or

shall revoke this permit following notice and hearing.

3. The Permittee shall not deviate from any of the terms or conditions of this permit without written approval

by the District.

4. In the event the District declares that a Water Shortage exists pursuant to Chapter 40D-21, F.A.C., the

District shall alter, modify, or declare inactive all or parts of this permit as necessary to address the water shortage.

5. The District shall collect water samples from any withdrawal point listed in the permit or shall require the

permittee to submit water samples when the District determines there is a potential for adverse impacts to water

quality.

6. The Permittee shall provide access to an authorized District representative to enter the property at any

reasonable time to inspect the facility and make environmental or hydrologic assessments. The Permittee shall

either accompany District staff onto the property or make provision for access onto the property.

7. Issuance of this permit does not exempt the Permittee from any other District permitting requirements.

8. The Permittee shall cease or reduce surface water withdrawal as directed by the District if water levels in

lakes fall below applicable minimum water level established in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C., or rates of flow in streams

fall below the minimum levels established in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C.

9. The Permittee shall cease or reduce withdrawal as directed by the District if water levels in aquifers fall

below the minimum levels established by the Governing Board.

10. The Permittee shall practice water conservation to increase the efficiency of transport, application, and use,

as well as to decrease waste and to minimize runoff from the property. At such time as the Governing Board adopts

specific conservation requirements for the Permittee's water use classification, this permit shall be subject to those

requirements upon notice and after a reasonable period for compliance.

11. The District may establish special regulations for Water-Use Caution Areas. At such time as the Governing

Board adopts such provisions, this permit shall be subject to them upon notice and after a reasonable period for

compliance.

12. The Permittee shall mitigate, to the satisfaction of the District, any adverse impact to existing legal uses

caused by withdrawals. When adverse impacts occur or are imminent, the District shall require the Permittee to

mitigate the impacts. Adverse impacts include:

a. A reduction in water levels which impairs the ability of a well to produce water;

b. Significant reduction in levels or flows in water bodies such as lakes, impoundments, wetlands,

springs, streams or other watercourses; or

c. Significant inducement of natural or manmade contaminants into a water supply or into a usable

portion of an aquifer or water body.

13. The Permittee shall mitigate to the satisfaction of the District any adverse impact to environmental features

or off-site land uses as a result of withdrawals. When adverse impacts occur or are imminent, the District shall

require the Permittee to mitigate the impacts. Adverse impacts include the following:

a. Significant reduction in levels or flows in water bodies such as lakes, impoundments, wetlands,

springs, streams, or other watercourses;

b. Sinkholes or subsidence caused by reduction in water levels;

c. Damage to crops and other vegetation causing financial harm to the owner; and

d. Damage to the habitat of endangered or threatened species.

B6-2

14. When necessary to analyze impacts to the water resource or existing users, the District shall require the

Permittee to install flow metering or other measuring devices to record withdrawal quantities and submit the data to

the District.

15. A District identification tag shall be prominently displayed at each withdrawal point that is required by the

District to be metered or for which withdrawals quantities are required to be reported to the District, by permanently

affixing the tag to the withdrawal facility.

16. The permittee shall notify the District within 30 days of the sale or conveyance of the permitted water

withdrawal facilities or the land on which the facilities are located. Where a permit has been issued to a party whose

ownership or legal control of the permitted water withdrawal facilities subsequently terminates, the party

subsequently controlling the permitted water withdrawal facilities may apply to transfer the permit to himself or

herself up to the renewal date of the transferor's permit notwithstanding the provisions of Chapter 40D-0.381(1),

F.A.C. The District will transfer the permit provided the source, use and withdrawal quantities remain the same.

All terms and conditions of the permit shall become binding on the transferee.

17. All permits issued pursuant to these Rules are contingent upon continued ownership or legal control of all

property on which pumps, wells, diversions or other water withdrawal facilities are located.

18. In addition to the standard terms and conditions listed previously, the District shall impose special

conditions as set forth in the "Basis of Review For Water Use Permit Applications," identified in Rule 40D-2.091,

F.A.C., or other special conditions appropriate to any specific project.

19. Within the SWUCA, if the District determines that significant water quantity or quality changes, impacts to

existing legal uses, or adverse environmental impacts are occurring, the permittee shall be provided with a statement

of facts upon which the District based its determination and an opportunity to address the change or impact prior to a

reconsideration by the Board of the quantities permitted or other conditions of the permit.

No. 19. New 1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07, 7-20-08.

6.2 SPECIAL PERMIT CONDITIONS.

This section describes Special Conditions which are routinely added to the Standard Conditions, when

necessary. Other Special Conditions may be developed specifically to fit a given situation. A discussion of the

typical applications of the condition follows each permit condition's wording. The condition language and presented

in this section are intended only as examples; both the language and the application of any of the permit conditions

listed may be modified by the District when appropriate.

This section describes Special Conditions in each of the following areas:

1. Reporting requirements and procedures;

2. Pumpage reporting;

3. Water-quality monitoring;

4. Water levels, flows, and rainfall monitoring

5. Reporting;

6. Unused wells;

7. Environmental monitoring; and

8. Water conservation.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES.

1. Submitting Data

Condition: All reports of data required by the permit shall be submitted to the District on or before the tenth

day of each month and shall be addressed to:

Permits Data


2379 Broad Street

Brooksville, Florida 34609-6899

Discussion: This condition is included on all permits with data reporting requirements such as pumpage, water

quality, mitigation, water level, environmental monitoring, and any other reports.

2. Submitting Reports

Condition: Unless otherwise indicated, three copies of each report are required by the permit and shall be

provided to the Director, Resource Regulation Department, by the Permittee.

Discussion: This condition is used whenever reports, other than data, are required in a permit. This condition

includes annual or quarterly reports, description of monitoring and mitigation plans, plans to reduce off-site

B6-3

discharge, investigation of reuse, investigation of complaints, water quality control and assurance program, and

sampling and analysis procedures.

3. Investigating Reuse

Condition: The Permittee shall investigate the feasibility of using sewage effluent as a water source for

irrigation and submit a report describing the feasibility to the District by (date specified). The report shall contain an

analysis of effluent sources in the area, the relative location of these sources to the Permittee's property, the quantity

of effluent available, the costs associated with obtaining the effluent, and an implementation schedule, if feasible. If

the use of sewage effluent is determined infeasible, a detailed explanation for this finding must be submitted.

Discussion: This condition is used whenever wastewater reuse may be a possible alternative source of supply.

This condition is applied particularly to golf course and lawn/turf irrigation applications.

4. Investigating Complaints

Condition: The Permittee shall investigate complaints related to withdrawals. This condition shall be an

ongoing effort for the duration of the permit. All complainants will make an application to the Permittee and must

receive an investigative report, including any action to be taken within a reasonable time by the Permittee. The

Permittee shall file a report of the complaint, the findings of facts, and any mitigating action taken or to be taken by

the Permittee, to the Director, Resource Regulation Department, for review and approval within 15 days of the

receipt of any complaint. The report shall include:

a. The name and address of each complainant;

b. The date and nature of the complaint;

c. A summary of the Permittee's investigation;

d. A summary of the Permittee's determination, including details of any mitigation activities; and

e. Cost of mitigation activity for each complaint.

Discussion: This condition is used whenever it appears that a Permittee's withdrawals may have an adverse

impact on nearby existing legal withdrawals or land uses.

5. Interim Report for Withdrawal Impacts.

Condition: The Permittee shall prepare a comprehensive and concise interim report describing the operation of

the withdrawal facilities and an assessment of the water resources and environmental systems for the period

____________. The report shall summarize the data collected during the previous period and shall provide

conclusions concerning the interactions of the elements monitored including pumpage, water levels, environmental

systems and water quality. The report shall be supported with appropriate graphs and tables. The permittee shall

provide statistical analysis addressing the interactions of the elements monitored, including the effects of rainfall and

pumpage on:

a. Movement of the fresh/saltwater interface,

b. Surficial water levels,

c. The Floridan aquifer potentiometric surface,

d. Lake levels,

e. Stream discharge, and

f. Wetlands vegetation.

The report shall contain a summary of recommended changes to the monitoring program. The specific elements

to be addressed in the report include:

a. Pumpage,

b. Water quality,

c. Environmental systems,

d. Water conservation measures employed,

e. Facility management plan,

f. Movement of fresh/saline water interface,

g. Surficial aquifer water levels,

h. Floridan aquifer potentiometric surface,

i. Lake levels,

j. Stream discharge,

k. Wetlands vegetation and animal populations,

l. Water demands,

m. Other relevant reports or information.

B6-4

Discussion: This condition is typically applied to large, complex permits and permits in hydrologically or

environmentally sensitive areas, where there are many items monitored and reported, which should be analyzed on

an annual basis.

PUMPAGE REPORTING.

6. Flow Meters.

Condition: The Permittee shall meter withdrawals from surface waters and/or the ground water resources, and

meter readings from each withdrawal facility shall be recorded on a monthly basis within the last week of the month.

The meter reading(s) shall be reported to the Permit Data Section, Regulation Performance Management Department

on or before the tenth day of the following month. District-supplied scanning forms shall be used to submit the

meter readings, unless another arrangement for submission of this data has been approved in writing by the District.

The following withdrawal facilities shall be metered:

a. Standby withdrawal facilities (those that provide back-up water for another withdrawal point in the

event the other withdrawal point becomes unusable), District ID No(s). [Specify District ID No(s).], Permittee ID

No(s). [Specify Permittee ID No(s).] before using standby quantities.

b. Standby withdrawal facilities (those that are on standby as backup for alternative water supplies),

District ID No(s). [Specify District ID No(s).], Permittee ID No(s). [Specify Permittee ID No(s).], shall be metered

upon permit issuance.

c. Withdrawal facilities that are not yet constructed, District ID No(s). [Specify District ID No(s).],

Permittee ID No(s). [Specify Permittee ID No(s).] shall be metered within 90 days of completion of construction of

the withdrawal facility.

d. Existing permitted withdrawal facilities shall continue to be metered, District ID No(s). [Specify

District ID No(s).], Permittee ID No(s). [Specify Permittee ID No(s).].

e. Previously un-metered existing withdrawal facilities, District ID No(s). [Specify District ID No(s).],

Permittee ID No(s). [Specify Permittee ID No(s).] shall be metered upon permit issuance.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07, 3-26-09.

The meters shall adhere to the following descriptions and shall be installed or maintained as follows:

1. The meter(s) shall be non-resettable, totalizing flow meter(s) which have a totalizer of sufficient magnitude

to retain total gallon data for a minimum of the three highest consecutive months permitted quantities. Approval

shall be obtained in writing from the Regulation Department Director. If other measuring device(s) are proposed,

the Permittee shall submit documentation that the other measuring devices or accounting methods meet the

stipulations listed in this condition, prior to installation. Approval for other measuring devices or accounting

methods shall be obtained in writing from the Regulation Department Director.

2. The flow meter(s) or other approved device(s) shall have and maintain an accuracy within 5% of the actual

flow as installed.

3. The flow meter-water piping system shall be designed for inline field access for meter accuracy testing.

The meter shall be tested for accuracy on-site, as installed, every five years beginning from the date of its

installation for new meters or from the date of initial issuance of this permit containing the metering condition with

an accuracy-test requirement for existing meters unless the Permittee demonstrates to the satisfaction of the District

that a longer period of time for testing is warranted. The test shall be performed by a person certified in the test

equipment used. If the actual flow is found to be greater than 5% different from the measured flow, within 30 days,

the Permittee shall have the meter re-calibrated, repaired, or replaced, whichever is necessary. Documentation of the

test and a certificate of re-calibration, if applicable, shall be submitted within 30 days of each test or re-calibration.

4. The meter shall be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions for achieving accurate flow to the

specifications above, or it shall be installed in a straight length of pipe where there is at least an upstream length

equal to ten (10) times the outside pipe diameter and a downstream length equal to two (2) times the outside pipe

diameter. Where there is not at least a length of ten diameters upstream available, flow straightening vanes shall be

used in the line.

5. If the meter or other flow measuring device malfunctions or breaks, the Permittee shall notify the District

within 15 days of discovering the malfunction or breakage and replace it with a repaired or new meter, subject to the

same specifications given above, within 30 days of the discovery. If the meter is removed from the withdrawal for

any other reason, it shall be replaced with another meter having the same specifications given above, or the meter

shall be reinstalled within 30 days of its removal from the withdrawal. In either event, a fully functioning meter shall

not be off the withdrawal point for more than 60 consecutive days.

6. While the meter is off the withdrawal, the Permittee shall estimate their use by multiplying the number of

hours the withdrawal point was used during that month times the flow capacity of the pump or mainline, whichever

B6-5

is appropriate, or the Permittee may request instructions on how to estimate use from the Permit Data Section. The

estimate of the number of gallons used each month during that period shall be noted as an estimate when it is

submitted to the District.

7. In the event a new meter is installed to replace a broken meter, it and its installation shall meet the

specifications of this condition. The permittee shall notify the District of the replacement with the first submittal of


1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

WATER-QUALITY MONITORING.

7. Water-Quality Monitoring

Condition: Reports of the analyses shall be submitted to the District (using District forms) on or before the

tenth day of the following month. The parameters and frequency of sampling and analysis may be modified by

District staff as necessary to ensure the protection of the resource. Water quality samples shall be collected and

analyzed, for the specified withdrawal point, parameter, and frequency.

District ID No. Parameter Sampling Frequency

Analyses shall be performed according to procedures outlined in the current edition of Standard Methods for the

Examination of Water and Wastewater by the American Public Health Association-American Water Works

Association-Water Pollution Control Federation (APHA-AWWA-WPCF) or Methods for Chemical Analyses of

Water and Wastes by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

Discussion: This condition is used in situations such as those addressed in Sections 5.2, 5.3, and 5.7.

8. Report Water Quality Sampling Procedures

Condition: The Permittee shall submit a report describing the sampling and analytical methodologies

employed. The report shall address all parameters for which analyses are performed. The report shall be included

with the first data submitted after the date the permit is granted and upon any change in sampling and/or analytical

methodology.

Discussion: This condition is used in conjunction with Condition No. 10 to ensure that representative samples

are taken and that acceptable analytical methods are used.

9. Saline Water Monitor Well

Condition: The Permittee shall install a saline water monitor well(s) at (approximate location). This well shall

be designed to monitor the movement of saline water. Within 90 days after the issue date of the permit, the

Permittee shall submit a proposal including site location and well design for approval by the Director, Resource

Regulation Department. Within 6 months after the issue date of the permit, the Permittee shall complete

construction of the well, install all necessary monitoring equipment, and begin required monitoring of the well,

District Withdrawal No. ___ (proposed), in accordance with Water Quality Sampling, Analysis, and Reporting

Conditions __.

Discussion: This condition is used in situations such as those addressed in Section 5.2.

WATER LEVELS, FLOWS, AND RAINFALL MONITORING.

10. Reporting Lake Levels.

Condition: The Permittee shall report weekly lake levels from the District-approved staff gauge located

(latitude-longitude) of Lake ________ to the District on a monthly basis.

Discussion: This condition is applied for situations described in Sections 5.5 and 5.8.

11. Comply With Minimum Lake Levels.

Condition: The Permittee shall comply with the minimum water levels established for Lake ____________ as

set forth in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C., and posted on the District staff gauge in the lake. If the level of any lake falls

below the applicable minimum water level, the Permittee shall cease or reduce withdrawals from the lake as directed

by the District. If the lake does not have adopted management levels, a minimum level may be determined by the

District staff during the evaluation, below which withdrawals shall cease or be reduced.

Discussion: This condition is placed on certain permits for direct withdrawals from lakes. Based on the size of

the withdrawal and water level conditions in the lake, either the low management level or the extreme low

management level is selected as the regulatory minimum water level.

B6-6

REPORTING

12. Reporting Wetland Levels.

Condition: The Permittee shall report weekly wetland water levels from the District-approved gauge located at

(latitude-longitude) to the District on a monthly basis.

Discussion: This condition is used in situations such as those addressed in Section 5.5 and 5.8.

13. Reporting Stream Stage Levels.

Condition: The Permittee shall report daily stream stage measurements from the District approved gauge

located at (latitude-longitude) on (name of stream) to the District on a monthly basis.


14. Reporting Stream Flow.

Condition: The Permittee shall calculate and report daily flow rates based upon measurements from the

District-approved gauge located at (latitude-longitude) on (stream name) and the District-approved rating curves on

a monthly basis.


15. Comply with Minimum Stream Flows.

Condition: The Permittee shall comply with the minimum rate of stream flow as set forth in Chapter 40D-8,

F.A.C., for (name of stream) and based upon measurements from the District-approved gauge at (latitude-longitude)

and District-approved rating curves. The Permittee shall cease all withdrawals from the stream when daily flow

falls below the minimum flow level.

Discussion: This condition applies to all streams and watercourses for which minimum rates of flow are set

forth in Chapter 40D-8, F.A.C.

16. Ground Water Level Monitoring.

Condition: The Permittee shall monitor water levels in the _________ (specified) aquifer(s). Reports of the data

shall be submitted to the District, in a form acceptable to the District. All data shall be referenced to National

Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD) 1929 or North American Vertical Datum (NAVD) 1988 as determined by the

District. The frequency of water-level recording may be modified by the Director, Resource Regulation

Department, as necessary to ensure the protection of the resource. Water levels in the wells shall be recorded for the

specified District ID No., aquifer, and recording frequency.

District ID No. Aquifer Recording Frequency

Water levels shall be recorded on a continuous hourly basis for those wells with a continuous recording

frequency and on the same day of each week for those wells with a weekly recording frequency. The average of the

24-hour values (continuous recording) for each day shall be calculated, and only the average value for each day shall

be reported to the District. The time and date that the water level is measured shall be reported with the data.

Discussion: This condition is used in situations such as those addressed in Section 5.4. The location(s) of each

monitoring point is linked to the District I.D. No. by latitude-longitude.

Revised 10-26-09.

17. Rainfall and Evaporation Monitoring.

Condition: Within 90 days after the issue date of the permit, the Permittee shall install and maintain a

continuous recording rain gauge and an evaporation pan in the area around (location specified) or (District

Withdrawal No. ______). Total daily rainfall and daily evaporation shall be recorded at this station and submitted to

the District, in a form acceptable to the District. The period of record for these data shall begin and end on the last

day of each month.

Discussion: This condition is used in situations such as those addressed in Section 5.6.

UNUSED WELLS.

18. Temporary Capping of Wells Not in Use.

Condition: Any wells not in use (including well ID Nos. _________) and in which pumping equipment is not

installed shall be capped or valved in a water-tight manner in accordance with Rule 17-21.10(3), F.A.C.

B6-7

Discussion: This condition is applied to any permit that involves wells that are inactive and do not have

pumping equipment installed, but on which pumping equipment is expected to be used in the future. This situation

often occurs when crops and their irrigation wells are rotated on a seasonal or other basis. If a specific well is

intended to be subject to this condition but this well is not expected to be used during the term of the permit, the well

ID number(s) may be inserted into the condition.

19. Permanently Plugging Abandoned Wells.

Condition: Within _______ days from the issue date of this permit, District Withdrawal Nos. _____ shall be

properly abandoned (plugged) by a licensed water well contractor in accordance with Chapter 17-21.10(4), F.A.C.,

under a Well Abandonment Permit issued by the District, unless an extension of time is granted by the Director,

Resource Regulation Department.

Discussion: This condition is used whenever a well is determined to be unusable or when no use is intended.

The normal amount of time to allow for abandonment is 120 days. If the permit is for a location in Manatee or

Sarasota County, the county name will be substituted for the District as the issuing authority for the Well

Abandonment Permit.

20. Disposition Of Retired Wells.

Condition: Within 120 days after the issue date of this permit, the Permittee shall submit a letter report to the

District for approval by the Director, Resource Regulation Department. The letter report will summarize the

schedule for retiring (taking well out as main production source) District Withdrawal Nos. _______ through

_______. This tentative schedule shall represent the Permittee's future plans for these wells. For each well

referenced, the report shall include:

a. Proposed date of retirement,

b. Proposed action to be taken,

c. Reasons for proposed action, and

d. Proposed completion date of action to be taken.

Modifications to this schedule shall be reported to the Director, Resource Regulation Department, in writing as

they occur. The modified schedule and action must be approved by the Director, Resource Regulation Department.

Full consideration shall be given to maintaining each well as a standby or monitor well. No well shall be abandoned

without proper permits. Should the retired well not be converted to a standby or monitor well by the Permittee,

consideration shall be given to potential uses by area agencies, which may include but are not limited to the District,

USGS, and DER. Any action taken on retired wells during the annual reporting period shall be summarized in the

annual report, as described in Condition ______.

Discussion: This condition is used whenever an application includes wells to be taken out of service. This

situation generally occurs for public supply wellfields and mining operations, where wells are located on tracts to be

mined.

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING.

21. Environmental Monitoring.

Condition:

a. Permittee shall maintain data collection programs to monitor vegetational transects, tree plots, water-

table piezometers, and fish and wildlife as outlined in the environmental monitoring plan throughout the term of the

permit. Any changes to the methodology or frequency of monitoring for any of these data collection programs can

be done only after approval by the Director, Resource Regulation Department.

b. The Permittee shall incorporate the data gathered into an annual report. The annual report shall

include an assessment of impacts of pumpage on the areas surrounding the property within ________ (distance

specified). Additionally, the report shall include an analysis of upland and wetland conditions, including

interpretation of applicable parameters such as treefalls per unit area, rate of soil subsidence, effects on fish and

wildlife, and evidence of vegetational succession. Data shall be obtained through field measurements and aerial

photo-interpretation. Hydrographs from surface water gauges and wells shall be included for the period of record

and discussed in the report. Any mitigation activities will be noted along with specific mention of sites receiving

past or present water augmentation.

c. Three copies of the report shall be submitted to the District by ____________ covering the preceding

monitoring period.

B6-8

Discussion: This condition is used when extensive environmental monitoring is required, such as when

withdrawals potentially impact wetlands. If the withdrawals are from District-controlled lands, extra copies of the

report are requested for use by non-regulatory District staff.

22. Environmental Mitigation Plan.

Condition: By (date specified), the Permittee shall submit to the District a plan to mitigate any adverse

environmental impacts associated with pumpage. Within 1 year of issuance of this permit, the Permittee shall

implement the appropriate provisions of the plan. The plan shall include a proposal for mitigating adverse

environmental impacts due to pumpage.

Discussion: This condition may be used whenever the potential exists for environmental impacts. Normally,

monitoring and mitigation plans will be required prior to permitting; however, if this is not possible, the Applicant

may be required to provide the information as a condition of the permit.

23. Mapping Requirements.

Condition: The Permittee shall obtain aerial 1" = 2,000' scale, color infrared photography of the area of

withdrawals and adjacent 1-mile surrounding area. The photography shall be taken semi-annually, in May and

September, and three copies shall be delivered to the District within 90 days.

Discussion: This condition is used when potentially impacted wetland areas exist within the cone of depression

of the Permittee's withdrawals and when long-term environmental monitoring will be aided by aerial photography.

The scale and frequency of mapping required may be changed, as appropriate.

24. Sinkhole Monitoring.

Condition: The Permittee shall monitor, investigate, and catalog the development of sinkholes within (specified

distance) from the property contained in the application.

Discussion: This condition is used for large withdrawals in sinkhole-prone areas.

WATER CONSERVATION. Appropriate conditions for water conservation must be included on the permit in accordance with the class of

the permit, if such conditions exist. If the permit is for a public supply system of less than 500,000 annual average

gpd, Condition 29 is used. If the permit is for a public supply system of 500,000 annual average gpd or greater,

Conditions 30 and 31 are used. For all agricultural and other irrigation permits, Conditions 32, 33, 34, and 35 are

used. For industrial uses and when no other specific water conservation conditions apply to the given class,

Condition 28 is used.

25. Future Water Conservation Measures.

Condition: Water conservation shall be practiced by the Permittee to increase the efficiency of transport,

application, and use; to decrease waste; and to minimize runoff from the property. At such time as the Governing

Board adopts specific conservation criteria for the Permittee's water use classification, the permit will be subject to

such criteria upon notice and after a reasonable period for compliance.

Discussion: This condition is used when no other specific water conservation conditions apply to a particular

water-use class. It may be replaced by more specific conditions at later dates.

26. Water Conservation Measures (Public Supply < 500,000 gpd).

Condition: Water conservation shall be practiced by the Permittee to increase the efficiency of transport,

application, and use, and to minimize waste and runoff from the property.

Discussion: This condition is to be applied to public supply Water Use Permits of less than 500,000 average

gpd.

27. Water Conservation Plan (Public Supply > 500,000 gpd).

Condition: The Permittee shall carry out the provisions of its District-approved Water Conservation Plan in a

timely manner. The Permittee shall submit progress reports concerning implementation of the plan on

______________ and _____________ (Insert dates).

Discussion: Applicants for public supply Water Use Permits of 500,000 annual average gpd or greater are

required by the Supplemental Information Form to provide a Water Conservation Plan. Guidelines are provided

with the application forms to assist in preparing conservation plans. This plan must state actions that will be taken

to conserve water on an ongoing basis. An acceptable Water Conservation Plan must be submitted before the

B6-9

application is considered complete. Refer to Internal Operating Procedure WUP-028, Evaluation of Water

Conservation Plans for Public Supply Systems for additional information.

A single document may be submitted to fulfill the plan requirement for several or all permits held by the same

Permittee. If a single plan is used to meet requirements for more than one permit, the plan must be suitable for a

supply system of equal capacity to that of the combined permits. All permits addressed by one conservation plan

must be identified within that plan.

The due dates inserted into the condition for progress reports should usually correspond to the midpoint of the

permit duration and 6 months before the permit expires. If a single plan is used to meet requirements for more than

one permit, these dates will be based on the first permit for which the plan is applicable. The permit evaluator may

select alternative dates if the implementation schedule indicates that a different reporting schedule would yield more

useful information.

28. Best Water Management Practices.

Condition: The Permittee shall incorporate best water management practices, specifically including but not

limited to irrigation practices, as recommended for the permitted activities in reports and publications by the IFAS

and/or the U.S. Soil Conservation Service (SCS) for commodity(ies).

Discussion: This condition is required for all agricultural and irrigation Water Use Permits.

29. Limiting Daytime Irrigation.

Condition: The Permittee shall limit daytime irrigation to the greatest extent practicable to reduce losses from

evaporation. Daytime irrigation for purposes of system maintenance, control of heat stress, frost/freeze protection,

plant establishment, or for other reasons which require daytime irrigation are permissible but should be limited to

the minimum amount necessary as indicated by best management practices.

Discussion: This condition is required for all agricultural and irrigation uses.

30. Leak Detection and Repair. Condition: The Permittee shall implement a leak detection and repair program as an element of an ongoing

system maintenance program. This program shall include a system-wide inspection at least once per year.


31. Investigating Efficiency.

Condition: The Permittee shall evaluate the feasibility of improving the efficiency of the current irrigation

system or converting to a more efficient system. This condition includes implementation of the improvement(s) or

conversion when determined to be operationally and economically feasible.


CENTRAL FLORIDA COORDINATION AREA.

32. In addition to the general, standard and other conditions, permits for applicants specified in 40D-

2.801(3)(c)4., F.A.C., authorizing groundwater withdrawals in the CFCA shall include special conditions that

address the following;

a. Implementation of a District-approved plan to monitor hydrology, ecology and water quality in the

areas subject to impacts from the permitted withdrawals, with at least annual data reporting and analysis.

b. Implementation of specific District-approved measures to mitigate or avoid harm that would otherwise

occur as a result of the permitted allocation.

c. Implementation of District-approved mitigation or avoidance actions to address any unanticipated

harm, if the District finds that harm will occur or has occurred as a result of the permitted allocation.

d. Expeditious development and use of Supplemental Water Supply to meet water demands in an

expeditious manner as described in paragraph B.2. under the heading Requirements For Applicants For

Groundwater Withdrawals Within The Central Florida Coordination Area in Section 3.6. of Part B, Basis of Review,

of the Water Use Permit Information Manual.

e. Submittal of five-year compliance reports as described in subsection 373.236(4), F.S., for 20-year

duration permits.

f. The reduction in allocation or other modification of the permit, after review of each five-year

compliance report or at any other time during the term of the permit, if needed to abate observed or projected

harmful impacts as a result of the permitted use, unless the harmful impacts can be mitigated by the permittee. The

B6-10

permittee shall be provided with notice and an opportunity for a hearing under Chapter 120, F.S., if the District

makes such a reduction or other modification.

New 2-13-08.

6.3 MINING PERMIT CONDITIONS.

1. Sealing Water Wells.

Condition: The Permittee may install and operate new sealing water wells without modification of the permit

provided that the total quantities permitted are not exceeded. However, a sealing water well proposed to be

constructed within 660 ft of the Permittee's property boundary must have prior approval of District staff.

a. The following information shall be submitted for each new sealing water well:

(1) Owner ID;

(2) Estimated pumpage;

(3) Latitude and longitude; and

(4) Well shall be located on a USGS quad map, or copy of same with a reference to nearest property

boundaries.

b. Wells located between the property boundary and the setback distance referenced previously shall be

required to have the flow monitored by a flow meter or other monitoring device. Wells located interior to the

setback distance shall report flow by flow meter, elapsed-time device, or a calculation using the pump capacity

multiplied by the hours of operation. Total flow and the number and location of each sealing water well in use shall

be submitted on a monthly basis and reported to the District (using District forms).

Discussion: This condition applies to mining permits involving the use of sealing wells along slurry lines that

run from the place of mining to the processing facility.

2. Well Plugging Prior To Mining

Condition: At least 1 month prior to mining an area in which wells exist, the Permittee shall notify the District.

Such wells shall be properly abandoned (plugged) by a licensed water well contractor in accordance with Chapter

17-21, F.A.C., under a Well Abandonment Permit issued by the District.

Discussion: This condition applies to any mining permits where wells are located in areas to be mined.

3. Dewatering Setbacks.

Condition: Prior to dewatering within ___ ft of a property boundary, the Permittee shall comply with one of the

following alternatives.

a. Secure written consent from all adjacent property users for lowering the water table below their lands.

The consent shall be submitted in writing to the Director, Resource Regulation Department, prior to opening mining

pits within the specified distance.

b. Implement a procedure to mitigate impacts by maintaining the water table at the property boundary at

historic levels. This procedure must be approved by the Director, Resource Regulation Department, and shall

include the following:

(1) A water table monitoring network, approved by the Director, Resource Regulation Department,

designed to insure that adverse impacts do not occur.

(2) Collection of water table water level data after construction of the approved monitor well network

for at least 6 months prior to the initiation of mining in the area, to obtain background data. During this time period,

water level data shall be recorded on a weekly basis and submitted monthly.

(3) If a rim-ditch system is proposed to recharge the water table near the property boundary, design

and operation details must be submitted to demonstrate that the water table will be maintained at appropriate levels

based on the background data collected. Rim-ditch systems must also be accompanied by a monitor well network to

verify water table maintenance.

(4) At least 1 month prior to the anticipated date of mining an area within the setback distance, water

level data shall be recorded on a weekly basis and submitted weekly.

(5) The District staff may decrease or increase the required setback for the site-specific study area

based upon water-table impacts determined from monitor well data. If approval of mining within the setback

distance in the site-specific study area is granted, mining will be allowed up to the newly prescribed setback

distance, indicated by the District, only within the site-specific study area. If such approval is granted, water-level

data shall continue to be recorded and reported weekly.

(6) Data collection shall continue for 6 months following completion of mining and reclamation or

until District staff determine that background or steady-state levels are attained. During this time period, water-level

B6-11

data shall be recorded on a weekly basis and reported monthly. Water levels shall be reported in feet relative to the

NGVD 29 or NAVD 88 as determined by the District.

Revised 10-26-09.

Discussion: This condition applies to dewatering permits, including phosphate pit dewatering, as well as rock,

shell, and sand mine-dewatering. The extent of the setback is dependent on site-specific hydrogeologic information

supplied by the applicant. If necessary, this condition may be modified to accommodate multiple setbacks for

different portions of the property if the hydrogeologic information indicates this setback is warranted. The design

information specified in Item 3 must include ditch elevations, both top and bottom, water level elevation, and slope

information. This information must be compared with background water table levels to ensure that the proper water

level will be maintained.

4. Complaints From Dewatering.

Condition: The Permittee shall investigate complaints from adjacent property owners related to dewatering.

This investigation shall be an ongoing effort for the life of the permit. All complainants will make application to the

Permittee and must receive an investigative report from the Permittee, including any action to be taken within a

reasonable time by the Permittee. The Permittee shall file a report of the complaint, the findings of fact, and any

mitigating action taken or to be taken by the Permittee to the Director of Resource Regulation Department, for

review and approval within 15 days of the receipt of any complaint. The report shall include:

a. The name and address of each complainant,

b. The date and nature of the complaint,

c. A summary of the Permittee's investigation,

d. A summary of the Permittee's determination including details on any mitigation activities and

e. Cost of mitigation activity for each complaint.

Discussion: This condition applies to any permits where the water table will be lowered at the property

boundary because of dewatering.

5. Recharge Well Water Quality Monitoring.

Condition: Water quality analysis and flow measurements will be performed on the water moving into the

Floridan aquifer through the system of recharge wells. Twenty percent (20%) of the wells shall be sampled for flow

and quality each month. All wells shall have been sampled at the end of each 6-month period.

The water quality analysis will include, but is not limited to the following constituents:

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

f.

g.

Total coliform count

Fecal coliform count

Gross alpha radiation

(if greater than 15

pCi/liter-analyze for

radium 226, total

radium)

Iron (FE+3)

Fluoride (F-)

Sulfate (SO4=)

Pesticides

h.

i.

j.

k.

l.

m.

n.

Organic carbon

Specific

conductance

Nitrate (NO3 + NO2

as Nitrogen)

Phosphates (ortho,

total)

Total dissolved

solids

Total suspended

solids

Turbidity

The sampling procedure and list of constituents may be modified by District staff when deemed necessary to

monitor the conditions of the water resources of the area. At least quarterly, the analysis shall be performed by an

independent testing laboratory. A written report of the analytical results shall be forwarded to the District's Data

Collection Section by the tenth day of the following month.

Discussion: This condition applies to permits with recharge, or connector wells, which dewater the surficial

aquifer and recharge artesian aquifers. Note that recharge wells are regulated by the DER under Chapter 17-28,

F.A.C.

6. Mining Plan.

Condition: The Permittee shall submit an annual mining plan by __________ of each year. This plan shall

delineate:

B6-12

a. Areas to be mined or dewatered within the coming year as well as those mined in the previous year.

An approximate time frame in months shall be included for each mining and dewatering cell.

b. Areas where the Permittee intends to mine within the setback distance, subject to the limitations of

Condition __, shall also be delineated, with an approximate time frame in months for these areas included.

c. Outparcels, labeled with the names and addresses of the property owners.

d. Any wells that will be abandoned because of mining.

e. Wetlands required to be preserved or created and any on-site wetlands that will not be mined.

f. Changes to mining plans may be made more frequently than once each year by filing revised plans

with the District as needed.

Discussion: This condition is placed on all mining or dewatering permits.

7. Phosphate Mine Pit Dewatering.

Condition: Total withdrawal from active mining pits shall be measured using either direct or indirect methods

and recorded on a monthly basis. The quantity shall be reported to the District (using District forms) on or before

the tenth of the following month.

Discussion: This condition is placed on phosphate mining permits to allow the use of indirect flow measuring

methods. The use of indirect methods may be necessary because of the itinerant nature of the surface withdrawals,

and the high solids content of the water which could cause flow meters to degrade.

6.4 PUBLIC SUPPLY PERMIT CONDITIONS.

1. Destination Of Water

Condition: The Permittee shall provide a monthly report on the total quantity of water received from each

source, including wellfields and other sources, and total quantity of water delivered to each individual demand

center, municipality, or county utility. The District shall be notified in writing of the addition or modification of

contracts for additional water supply or for water services.

Discussion: This condition is placed on large, interconnected wellfield systems.

2. Water Use Interim Report.

Condition: Pumpage quantity and water distribution information collected for Condition ____ of this permit

shall be summarized for the annual reporting period. A population estimate for the annual reporting period, which

includes only those served by the municipal systems within the service area, shall be provided and referenced. The

quantities of water delivered to and used within the __________ Service Area over the annual reporting period shall

be used with the population estimate to determine a per capita use rate for the period. The quantities and destination

of water pumped from the ( ) site sources and delivered to other facilities shall be summarized for the period. Any

changes to the service area boundaries shall be described in the text and plotted on a map.

Discussion: This condition is applied for interim reporting purposes for public supply permits to verify

projections of demand versus actual demand.

3. County Subdivision Well/Capital Improvement Program Status

Condition: For the annual reporting period, conditions affecting the continued operation or retirement of each

county or municipally owned well shall be documented. The reasons for continued use, significant increases or

reductions in use, or retirement of a well shall be provided. Progress on the County and Municipal Well

Improvement Program shall be explained relative to its effects on the status of wells owned by the county or

municipality. The Permittees shall provide a brief summary of modification to the well retirement schedule required

by Condition __. Input from county/municipal staff is required in order to provide the most accurate information

available.

Discussion: This condition is applied where applicants plan major modifications or improvements of their

supply system.

The previously described guidelines may be modified based on site-specific conditions, or in areas of concern

for the resources. For example, in Water-Use Caution Areas, direct metering may be required regardless of the

quantity withdrawn. In other cases, the Permittee's pumping and piping facilities may be such that indirect methods

would be the only cost-effective means of monitoring, and even though the average annual quantity exceeds 500,000

gpd, this exception might be allowed.

6.5 AGRICULTURAL PERMIT CONDITION.

1. Measuring Off-site Discharge

B6-13

Condition: Within (time specified) from the issue date of this permit, the Permittee shall implement methods

approved by District staff for measuring off-site flow at all discharge locations on the property. The purpose of

measuring off-site discharge is to determine the amount of surface water runoff that is occurring due to the irrigation

system. Compliance with this condition includes the following:

a. The Permittee shall submit a plan, within 90 days from the issue date of the permit, describing how

total off-site discharge will be measured.

b. If applicable, the Permittee shall apply for a Management and Storage of Surface Water (MSSW)

Permit (Chapter 40D-4, F.A.C.) within 30 days following approval of the plan described in Item a.

c. The Permittee shall install the flow measuring device(s) within 6 months following either approval of a

MSSW permit or a letter exempting the permitting requirements.

Total discharge from the Permittee's property shall be recorded on a monthly basis and reported to the District

(using District forms) on or before the tenth day of the following month.

2. Monitor Ground Water Withdrawals: Within 60 days of issuance of this permit, the Permittee shall

submit a plan for estimating and monitoring ground water withdrawals. Following approval of this plan by District

staff, total flow from each well shall be monitored and recorded on a monthly basis and reported to the district

(using District forms) on or before the tenth day of the following month.

3. Reduced Off-Site Discharge: The Permittee shall investigate the feasibility of reducing off-site discharge

as a water conservation measure. A report on the feasibility of reducing off-site discharge shall be submitted on or

before (date specified). This report shall include: (a) the concept of recovering and reusing water that would

otherwise be discharged off site, (b) operation and management improvements to reduce the quantity of water

pumped or discharged, and (c) economic factors that are associated with discharge reduction. If it is determined to

be feasible, an implementation plan must be submitted to the District. If the reduction of off-site discharge is

determined unfeasible by the Permittee, a detailed explanation (including a cost-benefit analysis) must be submitted.

Discussion: These conditions are used when an agricultural Permittee uses an irrigation method that results in

significant excess runoff.

4. Interim Reports.

Condition: The Permittee shall provide the following summary information on water use activities for the

previous year. This information shall be submitted on an Annual basis from the date the Permit was granted. The

District may require the Permit to be modified to reflect actual water needs.

IRRIGATION: CROP A CROP B CROP C

Crop Type:

Irrigation Method:

Acreage Irrigated:

Growing Season:

(Repeat for each Crop Type)

LIVESTOCK:

Animal Type:

Number of Head:

(Repeat for each Animal Type)

Discussion: This condition is applied to Agricultural uses with greater than 6-year durations, to ensure that the

quantity permitted remains in agreement with actual needs. This condition may also be applied to shorter duration

permits where necessary.

6.6 SWUCA PERMIT CONDITIONS. This section describes Special Conditions which are routinely added to the Standard Conditions, as applicable.

Other Special Conditions may be developed specifically to fit a given situation.

1-1-03

Standard Condition.

Within the SWUCA, if the District determines that significant water quantity or quality changes, impacts to

existing legal uses, or adverse environmental impacts are occurring, the permittee shall be provided with a statement

B6-14

of facts upon which the District based its determination and an opportunity to address the change or impact prior to a

reconsideration by the Board of the quantities permitted or other conditions of the permit.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

Special Conditions

ALTERNATIVE WATER SUPPLIES.

1. Metering

a. All permitted uses within the SWUCA which receive alternative water supplies shall meter, record,

and report alternative water supplies quantities and sources if the alternative water supplies are used to replace an

annual average quantity (drought annual average quantity for irrigation permits) of 100,000 gpd or more of non-

alternative water supplies. The Permittee shall record meter readings from each alternative line on a monthly basis

within the last week of the month. The meter reading(s) shall be reported to the Permit Data Section, Records and

Data Department (using District scanning forms, unless the District has approved another arrangement for

submission of this data) on or before the tenth day of the following month. If a metered alternative water supplies

line is not utilized during a given month, the meter report shall be submitted to the District indicating the same meter

reading as was submitted the previous month. The following alternative water supplies lines shall be metered:

b. The Permittee shall install meters on alternative water supplies lines, District ID No(s). [Specify

District ID No(s).], Permittee ID No(s). [Specify Permittee ID No(s).] within 90 days of completion of construction

of the alternative water supplies delivery system.

c. The Permittee shall continue to maintain and operate existing, non-resettable, totalizing flow meter(s)

or other flow measuring device(s) as approved by the Regulation Department Director on alternative water supplies

line(s), District ID No(s). [Specify District ID No(s).], Permittee ID No(s). [Specify Permittee ID No(s).].

d. The Permittee shall install meters on previously un-metered existing alternative water supplies line(s)

District ID No(s). [Specify District ID No(s).], Permittee ID No(s). [Specify Permittee ID No(s).] upon permit

issuance.

The meters shall adhere to the following descriptions and be installed or maintained as follows:

(1) The meter(s) shall be non-resettable, totalizing flow meter(s). If other measuring device(s) or other

accounting methods are proposed the Permittee shall submit documentation that the other measuring devices or

accounting method meet the stipulations listed in this condition, prior to installation. Approval for other measuring

devices or accounting methods shall be obtained in writing from the Regulation Department Director.

(2) The flow meter(s) or other approved device(s) shall have and maintain an accuracy within 5% of the actual

flow as installed.

(3) The meter shall be tested for accuracy on-site, as installed, every five years beginning from the date of

issuance, unless the Permittee submits documentation to the satisfaction of the District that a longer period of time

for testing is warranted. The test shall be performed by a person certified to use the test equipment. If the actual

flow is found to be greater than 5% different from the measured flow, the Permittee shall have the meter re-

calibrated or replaced, whichever is necessary. Documentation of the test and a certificate of re-calibration, if

applicable, shall be submitted within 30 days of each test or re-calibration. If the alternative accounting method

involves a meter belonging to another entity or to the alternative water supplies supplier, the Permittee shall submit

documentation from the owner/ supplier that the meter readings continue to be accurate to 5% of the actual flow as

installed. Such documentation is subject to approval by the District.

(4) The meter shall be installed in a straight length of pipe where there is at least an upstream length equal to

ten (10) times the outside pipe diameter and a downstream length equal to two (2) times the outside pipe diameter.

Where there is not at least a length of ten diameters upstream available, flow straightening vanes shall be used in the

upstream line.

(5) If the meter or other flow measuring device malfunctions or has to be removed from the alternative water

supplies line for maintenance or repair, the Permittee shall notify the District within 30 days of the discovery. If the

meter is removed for any other reason, it shall be replaced with another meter having the same specifications given

above, or the meter shall be reinstalled within 30 days of its removal from the withdrawal. In either event, a fully

functioning meter shall not be off the Alternative Water Supply line for more than 60 consecutive days.

(6) While the meter is off the line, the Permittee shall provide an estimate of the alternative water supply

quantities used by multiplying the number of hours the Alternative Water Supply was used by the capacity of the

pump or mainline diameter, whichever is appropriate. The estimate of the number of gallons used each month during

that period shall be noted as an estimate when it is submitted to the District.

B6-15

(7) In the event a new meter is installed to replace a broken meter, it and its installation shall meet the

specifications of this condition. The permittee shall notify the District of the replacement with the first submittal of


1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

2. Modification to Incorporate Alternative Water Supplies.

Within 90 days of the replacement of any or all withdrawal quantities from ground water or surface water

bodies with an Alternative Water Supply, the Permittee shall apply to modify this permit to reflect incorporation of

the alternative source of water to replace permitted quantities in an amount equal to the quantity offset by the

Alternative Water Supply. The permittee may request that the replaced water be put on standby for use when, for

reasons outside the Permittee’s control, the Alternative Water Supplies become unavailable, insufficient or

unsuitable for the authorized use, or economically, technically or environmentally infeasible.

1-1-03, Revised 1-1-07.

Discussion: Put on all SWUCA permits - required when any or all withdrawals have been discontinued from

the ground water or natural surface water body (primary source) due to use of an alternative source.

PUBLIC SUPPLY.

3. Report Significant Use.

Condition: By April 1 of each year, for the preceding calendar year, the Permittee shall account for all

significant water uses separately and submit a report on all significant uses whether or not taken as a deduction from

the Per Capita calculation. Significant use is defined as any individual, non-residential customer using 25,000

gallons per day or greater on an annual average basis, or any individual, non-residential customer whose use

represents greater than 5% of the annual average quantity on this permit. Utilities with a large number of

commercial accounts which fall below the 25,000 gpd individual significant use threshold may deduct the

percentage of commercial use greater than the District-wide average of the three most recent years commercial use,

provided that they do not deduct any individual significant uses and that they do not make population adjustments

based on commuter population.

The users that are not included in the significant use category are golf courses, multi-family residential accounts

classified as commercial by the utility, and irrigation accounts associated with residential accounts. The summary

on significant use shall include but not be limited to:

a. Name and address of the significant user(s),

b. Type of use (e.g., type of industry, or commercial venture);

c. Total annual average quantities provided to each, and

d. Water conservation programs designed specifically for each significant use or type of significant use.

This report may be submitted as an element of the Annual Report.

1-1-03

Discussion: SWUCA Required for all Public Supply > 100,000 gpd

4. Service Area Map

Condition: A current service area map and utility service area data shall be submitted to the District with

every sixth Annual Report in accordance with the requirements of “Public Water Supply Service Area” of Section

2.5 of the Basis of Review.

Discussion:

This condition is applied to ensure that the District has an up-to-date service area map and data incorporating all

boundary changes that have occurred over the previous six years.

New 1-1-07.

5. Golf Course Conservation Plan

By January 1, 2006, the Permittee shall submit a water conservation plan that specifically addresses:

a. Conversion to low volume irrigation methods in areas other than fairways;

b. Increased system management, including the use of devices such as tensiometers to determine

application frequency and duration;

c. Increased evening hour irrigation;

d. Utilization of reclaimed water or stormwater to provide all or part of the irrigation requirements;

e. Elimination of irrigation of roughs;

f. Limiting frequent irrigation to water-critical areas and limiting irrigation of other areas; and

B6-16

g. Schedule for implementation of the plan.

Assistance to create a Conservation Plan is available from the District. The document, “Golf Course

Conservation Guidelines” is available upon request or may be downloaded from the District’s website,

www.swfwmd.state.fl.us.

1-1-03

Discussion:

For All SWUCA Golf Course WUPS that were NOT in the ETBWUCA or HRWUCA: (the

permittees that were in the ETBWUCA and HRWUCA may have already submitted a conservation plan

covering these items)

B7-1

7.0 WATER USE CAUTION AREAS

7.1 HIGHLANDS RIDGE WATER USE CAUTION AREA.

All provisions of Section 7.1 deleted in their entirety 1-1-07.

7.2 EASTERN TAMPA BAY WATER USE CAUTION AREA.

All provisions of Section 7.2 deleted in their entirety 1-1-07.

7.3 NORTHERN TAMPA BAY WATER USE CAUTION AREA.

The Governing Board originally declared portions of Hillsborough and Pasco Counties, and all of Pinellas

County a Water Use Caution Area (WUCA) on June 28, 1989. The Governing Board approved expansion of the

boundaries of the Water Use Caution Area in June 2007. The area designated is shown in Figure 7.3-1; the legal

description is provided in Rule 40D-2.801(3)(a), F.A.C. As of the effective date of this rule, all existing water use

permits within the Water Use Caution Area are modified to incorporate the applicable measures and conditions

described below. Valid permits, legally in effect as of the effective date of this rule, are hereafter referred to as

existing permits. Existing permits within those portions of the Water use Caution Area added in 2007 shall have

until July 1, 2008 to comply with the provisions of this rule. Applicable permit conditions, as specified below, are

incorporated into all existing water use permits in the Water Use Caution Area and shall be placed on new permits

issued for withdrawals located within the Area.

These portions of the Basis of Review for the Northern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area are intended to

supplement the other provisions of the Basis of Review and are not intended to supersede or replace them. If there

is a conflict between requirements, the more stringent provision shall prevail.

1. Public Supply

A wholesale public supply customer shall be required to obtain a separate permit to effect the following

conservation requirements unless the quantity obtained by the wholesale public supply customer is less than 100,000

gallons per day on an annual average basis and the per capita daily water use of the wholesale public supply

customer is less than the applicable per capita daily water use requirement outlined in Section 7.3 1.1.1.

The following water conservation requirements shall apply to all public supply utilities and suppliers with

Permits that are granted for an annual average quantity of 100,000 gallons per day or greater, as well as wholesale

customers supplied by another entity which obtain an annual average quantity of 100,000 gallons per day or greater,

either indirectly or directly under water use permits within the Water Use Caution Area, regardless of the name(s) on

the water use permit.

2. Agriculture

2.1 Irrigation Water Use Allotments

The District allocates agricultural irrigation-related water use based on a modified Blaney-Criddle model and

other methods as described below. For each individual crop type, the permittee shall not exceed the quantity

determined by multiplying the total irrigated acres by the total allocated inches per irrigated acre per season.

Allocated inches per irrigated acre per season are determined separately for three major categories of water use, and

the sum equals the total allocated inches per irrigated acre per season. An irrigated acre, hereafter referred to as

"acre," is defined as the gross acreage under cultivation, including areas used for water conveyance such as ditches,

but excluding uncultivated areas such as wetlands, retention ponds, and perimeter drainage ditches. Other non-

irrigation related water uses shall be permitted in accordance with Section 3.3, Basis of Review.

As a guide for permit applicants and permittees, total allocated inches per acre per season for citrus in the

Northern Tampa Bay WUCA are listed in tables provided in Design Aid 4, Part C, Water Use Permit Information

Manual. For crops, soil types, planting dates, and length of growing season not listed in those tables, an applicant or

permittee may obtain the total allocated inches per acre per season utilizing procedures described in Design Aid 4 or

complete the Agricultural Water Allotment Form and submit it to the District. The District will complete and return

the form calculating total allocated inches per acre per season per crop based on the information provided. A permit

applicant or permittee may use alternative methods for calculating water use needs subject to District approval.

B7-2

1-1-03

A key component in calculating total allocated inches per acre per season is the assigned "irrigation water use

efficiency," hereafter referred to as "efficiency". Efficiency is defined as the ratio of the volume of water

beneficially used to the volume delivered from the irrigation system. For many crops, it is common for different

irrigation systems and practices to be employed for different water uses (e.g., a tomato grower may use seepage

irrigation for field preparation and drip irrigation for supplemental irrigation). In recognition of these differences,

the District applies separate assigned efficiencies to different water irrigation-related water uses.

1-1-03

The three major categories of agricultural irrigation-related water use are: 1) supplemental irrigation (the water

delivered to satisfy the evapotranspirational need of the crop); 2) field preparation/crop establishment (the water

delivered for tilling, bedding, fumigation, and planting); and 3) other water uses (i.e., frost and freeze protection,

heat stress relief, chemical application, irrigation system flushing and maintenance, and leaching of salts from the

root zone). The District has assigned minimum efficiency standards for supplemental and field preparation/crop

establishment irrigation requirements. These standards are listed later in this Section. Design Aid 4, Part C, Water

Use Permit Information Manual, describes in detail a methodology for calculating allotted inches per acre per season

for supplemental irrigation (supplemental irrigation requirements divided by the assigned efficiency standard) and

the allocated inches per acre per season for field preparation/crop establishment (field preparation/crop

establishment irrigation requirements divided by the assigned efficiency standard). As specified in Section 3.3 of

the Basis of Review, other information and methods may be considered as supported by the facts in individual cases.

1-1-03

Other water uses are permitted on an individual basis as follows:

1. Chemigation, irrigation system flushing and maintenance, heat stress relief, and leaching of salts - the total

allocated inches per acre per season for these uses is equal to 10% of the allocated inches per acre per season of the

supplemental irrigation requirement for crops irrigated with a micro irrigation system, and 5% of the allocated

inches per acre per season of the supplemental irrigation requirement for crops irrigated with all other irrigation

systems.

2. Frost/freeze protection - The District allows irrigation for frost/freeze protection provided that: 1) the

maximum daily quantity listed on the permit is not exceeded; 2) irrigation for this purpose will not cause water to go

to waste; and, 3) permittees whose annual average daily permitted water use is equal to or exceeds 100,000 gpd shall

document and report the beginning and ending hours and dates, and inches per acre applied for such purpose.

The allocated inches per acre per season per crop for supplemental and field preparation/crop establishment for

the January 1, 1993, management period will be based on the following minimum assigned efficiency standards.

These standards shall remain in effect until modified by rule. However, for planning purposes, also listed are

assigned efficiency standard goals for future management periods.

January 1, 1993 Management Period

Citrus - the total allocated inches per acre per season for supplemental irrigation requirements shall be based on

a minimum assigned efficiency standard of 75%.

Strawberries - the total allocated inches per acre per season for field preparation/crop establishment shall be 14

inches. The total inches per acre per season for supplemental irrigation shall be based on a minimum assigned

efficiency standard of 75%.

Row crops irrigated with a drip system or row crops that are unmulched and not grown with a seepage system -

the total allocated inches per acre per season for field preparation/crop establishment shall be based on a minimum

assigned efficiency standard of 60% and 75% for supplemental irrigation requirements.

Nurseries - the total allocated inches per acre shall be based on the type of nursery, production factors, plant

types, and irrigation method.

Other crops - the total allocated inches per acre per season for both field preparation/crop establishment and

supplemental irrigation requirements shall be based on a minimum assigned efficiency standard of 60%.

These minimum assigned efficiencies shall remain in effect until modified by rule.


B7-3

Based on information collected for the period 1990-1992, different efficiency standards may be developed for the

January 1, 1997 management period. These efficiencies may be adopted by rule with sufficient time to allow users

to prepare for implementation. The following efficiency goals are based on current information.











Other crops - the total allocated inches per acre per season for field preparation/crop establishment irrigation

requirements shall be based on a minimum assigned efficiency standard of 60%, and for supplemental irrigation

requirements shall be based on a minimum assigned efficiency standard of 65%.

January 1, 2001 Management Period:

Based on information collected for the period 1993-1996, different efficiency standards may be developed for

the January 1, 2001 management period. These efficiencies may be adopted by rule with sufficient time to allow

users to prepare for implementation. The following efficiency goals are based on current information.















Based on information collected for the period 1996-2005, different efficiency standards may be developed for

the January 1, 2011 management period. These efficiencies may be adopted by Citrus - the total allocated inches per

acre per season for supplemental irrigation requirements shall be based on a minimum assigned efficiency standard

of 80%.












B7-4



































These requirements shall be implemented by applying the following permit conditions to all agricultural

permits, as applicable:

Effective January 1, 1993, the Permittee shall not exceed the quantity determined by multiplying the total

irrigated acres by the total allocated inches per irrigated acre per season for each crop type. An irrigated acre,

hereafter referred to as "acre," is defined as the gross acreage under cultivation, including areas used for water

conveyance such as ditches, but excluding uncultivated areas such as wetlands, retention ponds, and perimeter

drainage ditches.

Allocated inches per irrigated acre per season are determined separately for three major categories of water use:

field preparation/crop establishment; supplemental irrigation; and, other uses (i.e., frost/freeze protection, heat stress

relief, chemical application, irrigation system flushing and maintenance, and leaching of salts). Once these three

separate quantities are calculated, they are added and the sum equals the total allocated inches per irrigated acre per

season, for each individual crop type.

These allocated inches per acre per season per crop for field preparation/crop establishment and supplemental

irrigation (excluding nurseries, which are permitted on a case-by-case basis) are based on the minimum assigned

efficiency standards listed in Table 7.3-1 below. These minimum standards shall remain in effect until modified by

rule. However, for planning purposes, also listed are assigned efficiency goals for future management periods.

B7-5

Table 7.3-1 Minimum Assigned Efficiency Standards and Goals.

Crop Type Supplemental

Irrigation

Field Preparation/

Crop Establishment

Eff.

Req.

Efficiency Goals Eff.

Req.

Efficiency Goals

Citrus

Existing Permits

New Permits

1993

75%

80%

1997

80%

80%

2001

85%

85%

2011

85%

85%

1993

na

na

1997

na

na

2001

na

na

2011

na

na

Strawberries

Existing Permits

New Permits

75%

80%

80%

80%

85%

85%

85%

85%

na

na

na

na

na

na

na

na

Row Crops (with drip

or unmulched, non-

seepage irrigated)

Existing Permits

New Permits

75%

80%

80%

80%

85%

85%

85%

85%

60%

60%

60%

60%

60%

60%

60%

60%

Other Crops

Existing Permits

New Permits

60%

70%

65%

70%

70%

70%

70%

70%

60%

60%

60%

60%

60%

60%

60%

60%

In addition to the allotted quantities for field preparation/crop establishment and supplemental irrigation

requirements, the Permittee's total allotted inches per acre per season per crop will include the following quantities

for other water uses:

1. Chemigation, irrigation system flushing and maintenance, heat stress relief, and leaching of salts - the total

allocated inches per acre per season for these uses is equal to 10% of the allocated inches per acre per season of the

supplemental irrigation requirement for crops irrigated with a micro irrigation system, and 5% of the allocated

inches per acre per season of the supplemental irrigation requirement for crops irrigated with all other irrigation

systems.

2. Frost/freeze protection - Although there are no specific quantities permitted for frost/freeze protection, the

District allows irrigation for frost/freeze protection provided that: 1) the maximum daily quantity listed on the

permit is not exceeded; 2) irrigation for this purpose will not cause water to go to waste; and, 3) permittees whose

annual average daily permitted water use is equal to or exceeds 100,000 gpd shall document and report the

beginning and ending hours and dates, and inches per acre applied for such purpose.

As a guide for the Permittee, total allocated inches per acre per season for major crops in the Northern Tampa

Bay WUCA are listed in tables provided in Design Aid 4, Part C, Water Use Permit Information Manual. For crops,

soil types, planting dates, and lengths of growing season not listed in those tables, an applicant or Permittee can

obtain the total allocated inches per acre per season utilizing procedures described in Design Aid 4, or complete the

Agricultural Water Allotment Form and submit it to the District. The District will complete and return the form

calculating total allocated inches per acre per season based on the information provided. A permit applicant or

permittee may use alternative methods for calculating water use needs subject to District approval.

2.2 Monitoring Requirements for Agricultural Water Use.

To ensure compliance with the total allocated inches per acre per season per crop, the District requires the

following data to be submitted.

1. All Individual and General Water Use permittees shall record the information listed below for all seasonal

crops irrigated (examples: vegetables or other row crops). Permittees that irrigate annual crops (examples: citrus,

blueberries, commercial hay, sod, nurseries, pasture) may omit items e. and f. Requested information is to be

reported on the Agricultural Water Use Form – Seasonal Report, Form WUP-14.1 (1/93) and Agricultural Water

Use Form – Annual Report, Form WUP-15 (1/93), incorporated by reference in Rule 40D-1.659,

GROUNDWATER (17) and (18), F.A.C.

B7-6

a. Crop type;

b. Monthly irrigated acres per crop;

c. The dominant soil type;

d. Irrigation method(s);

e. Planting dates; and

`f. Season length.

Irrigation for field preparation/crop establishment and supplemental irrigation shall be documented separately

by noting the beginning and ending dates for these activities. Additionally, quantities for frost freeze protection

shall be documented separately by noting the beginning and ending hour and date. The permittee shall note whether

tailwater recovery is used. This information shall be submitted to the District on the Agricultural Water Use Form

within 60 days following the crop season. Following December 31, 1992, if the Permittee exceeds the allocated

quantities, which are determined by multiplying the total irrigated acres by the total allocated inches per acre per

season per crop, the permittee shall submit a report to the District which shall include reasons why the allotted

quantities were exceeded, measures taken to attempt meeting the allocated quantities, and a plan to bring the permit

into compliance. Reports for Permittees not achieving the allotted quantities are subject to District approval. If the

report is not approved, the Permittee is in violation of the Water Use Permit.

2. The District will evaluate information submitted by Permittees who exceed their allocated quantities to

determine whether the lack of achievement is justifiable and a variance is warranted. Permittees may justify lack of

achievement by documenting unusual water needs, such as unusual soil or weather conditions creating greater

irrigation needs than normal. However, even with such documented justification, phased reductions in water use

shall be required unless the District determines that water usage was reasonable under the circumstances reported

and that further reductions are not feasible. For such Permittees, on a case-by-case basis, individual efficiency

criteria may be developed for each management period.

3. Compliance with allocated quantities shall be determined by comparing actual use to the calculated

quantities for each individual crop on a per season basis. Seasonal crops will be compared on a seasonal basis (e.g.,

spring tomato requirements based on the calculated inches per season), and perennial crops will be compared on an

annual basis (e.g., citrus requirements based on the calculated inches per year). The District will reassess the

efficiency goals prior to implementation. As a result of this reassessment, these goals may be adjusted upward or

downward through rulemaking.

Revised 12-30-08.

2.3 Other Agricultural Water Uses.

Quantities for other uses not related to plant preparation and irrigation demand shall be documented separately.

Such uses may include filling of spray tanks, livestock needs, cleaning, and frost freeze protection.

3. Recreational, Industrial, and Mining.

3.1 Conservation Plan.

All Individual and General Water Use Permit applicants for recreational/aesthetic, industrial/commercial, and

mining/dewatering uses are required to submit to the District at time of application a water conservation plan

specifically addressing recycling, reuse and landscaping.

This plan shall include documentation and assessment of current and potential internal reuse, as well as external

reuse sources. This plan shall also address reducing irrigation withdrawals through evaluation of the use of drought

tolerant landscaping for landscaped areas, where present.

3.2 Golf Courses Conservation Plan.

All Individual and General Water Use Permit applicants for golf course irrigation are required to submit a water

conservation plan to the District at time of application specifically addressing conversion to low volume irrigation

methods, increased system management, limiting frequent irrigation to water-critical areas, and limiting irrigation

of other areas. Existing permittees shall submit a conservation plan by July 31, 1992. In addition to the conservation

plan requirements listed in 3.1, above, the following permit condition shall be applied to all existing golf course

permits, and the elements listed in the condition below shall be addressed in all new golf course permit applications:

B7-7

The permittee shall submit a report to the District by July 31, 1992, detailing how and when the following items

shall be implemented, and the expected reduction in withdrawals to be achieved through implementation:

1. Increasing efficiency of water application through conversion to low-volume irrigation methods

2. Increased system management, including the use of devices such as tensiometers to determine application

frequency and duration, and measures to eliminate overspray.

3. Limiting high-frequency irrigation to water-critical areas, such as tees and greens.

4. Reducing the frequency of irrigation for fairways.

5. Elimination of irrigation of roughs.

Revised 12-30-08.

4. Augmentation.

Augmentation means using one source of water to supplement another. Typically, augmentation involves using

ground water to supplement the surface water levels of lakes, ponds and wetlands. Augmentation may be required

by the District to mitigate the impacts of withdrawals, or it may be requested by an applicant who wishes to raise

surface-water levels. Augmentation is permitable provided that the benefits outweigh any adverse impacts to

ground or surface water resources, depending on the specific situation.

Augmentation for maintenance of lake and wetland natural habitat can be permitted as long as no significant

adverse impacts result from the withdrawal. Augmentation may be allowed provided that 1) alternative solutions

have been addressed, 2) the need for such augmentation has been established, 3) withdrawals for augmentation do

not cause significant adverse impacts, and 4) measures are taken to allow the surface water level to fluctuate

seasonally as described in Section 4.12.2.d. of the Basis of Review. Augmentation above District-established

applicable minimum water levels is prohibited. Maximum ground water augmentation levels for lakes currently

below established minimum water levels will be based on recent historical levels.

Augmentation for purely aesthetic purposes, such as for creating and maintaining water levels in constructed

ponds shall not be permitted. Existing permits which include aesthetic augmentation may be renewed only if the

criteria of Section 4.12.2.c. through i. are implemented. Reuse of water through tail-water recovery ponds in

efficiently managed systems is encouraged and is not considered augmentation.

5. Lake Impacts.

A stressed condition for a lake is defined to be chronic fluctuation below the normal range of lake level

fluctuations. For lakes with District-established management levels, a stressed condition is a chronic fluctuation

below the minimum low management level. For those lakes without established management levels, stressed

conditions shall be determined on a case-by-case basis through site investigation by District staff during the permit

evaluation process. The District maintains a list of lakes within the WUCA which have been determined to be

stressed.

5.1 Stressed Lakes - New Withdrawals.

Due to cumulative ground water and surface water withdrawal impacts, new withdrawals from stressed lakes

shall not be permitted.

5.2 Stressed Lakes - Existing Withdrawals.

Existing permitted surface withdrawals from stressed lakes shall be abandoned or replaced with an alternate

source by September 30, 1993. Existing and new permitted withdrawals from lakes which are determined by the

District to be stressed following the implementation of the WUCA Rule shall abandon or replace these withdrawals

with alternate sources within three years of the designation of the stressed lake. This requirement shall be

implemented for all existing permits which include surface water withdrawals from stressed lakes by applying the

following permit condition:

All existing surface water withdrawals from stressed lakes shall be abandoned or replaced with a surficial or

Floridan aquifer ground water source, or a reuse source, by September 30, 1993. Such replacement shall require a

modification of the Water Use Permit.

B7-8

This requirement shall be implemented for all existing and new permits which include surface water

withdrawals from lakes that may be designated stressed in the future by applying the following permit condition to

all permits within the WUCA which have surface water withdrawals from lakes:

Within 3 years from notification by the District that the lake from which the Permittee is withdrawing is

stressed, all surface water withdrawals from this lake shall be abandoned or replaced with a surficial or Floridan

aquifer ground water source, or a reuse source. Such replacement shall require a modification of the Water Use

Permit.

Water users with existing surface withdrawals on stressed lakes shall be allowed some impact on the lake from

the proposed replacement well as long as the quantities withdrawn do not increase.

5.3 Stressed Lakes - New Ground Water Withdrawals.

New ground water withdrawals which adversely impact stressed lakes, or which would cause a lake to become

stressed, shall not be permitted.

6. Alternative Sources.

6.1 Critical Water Supply Problem Area Designation.

The Northern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area is hereby declared a critical water supply problem area

pursuant to Chapter 17-40, Florida Administrative Code.

6.2 Reuse.

Investigation of the feasibility of reuse may be required for all appropriate uses, and reuse shall be required

where feasible. Reuse of treated wastewater as an alternate, replacement, or supplemental water source for

irrigation, industrial process, cleaning, or other non-potable use shall be investigated by all Individual and General

Water Use Permit applicants or permittees. This item shall be implemented through inclusion of the following

condition on all applicable permits with agricultural irrigation, recreational or aesthetic irrigation, industrial or

commercial, or mining or dewatering uses:

The Permittee shall investigate the feasibility of using reuse as a water source and submit a report describing the

feasibility to the District by (date specified). The report shall contain an analysis of reuse sources for the area,

including the relative location of these sources to the Permittee's property, the quantity and timing of reuse water

available, costs associated with obtaining the reuse water, and an implementation schedule for reuse. Infeasibility

shall be supported with a detailed explanation.

All Individual and General Water Use Permit applicants for water uses where reclaimed water is appropriate

shall provide documentation from the local wastewater entity indicating whether reclaimed water is available or is

planned to be available within the next six years. Permittees generating reclaimed water shall respond to such

requests by permit applicants in a timely manner. If reclaimed water is available, or is planned to be available

within the next 6 years, the local wastewater entity shall provide a cost estimate for connection to the permit

applicant. If reclaimed water is planned to be available within the next 6 years, the local wastewater entity shall

provide an estimate of when the reclaimed water will become available. If the wastewater generator does not hold a

valid water use permit and does not supply the requested information, the applicant shall be required to prepare a

cost-estimate for connection.

Permittees capable of using reclaimed water will be required to accept it when it becomes available, provided

that the quantity and quality are acceptable for the intended use, as determined by the District. If the reclaimed

water generator provides the reuse connection, acceptance is required, provided that the quantity and quality of the

reclaimed water are acceptable for the intended use, as determined by the District. If the Permittee must pay for all

or a part of the cost of connection to the reclaimed water source, the permittee may present an economic feasibility

report to the District demonstrating whether connection is feasible.

Revised 12-30-08.

6.3 Reporting Reuse Quantities.

1. Reclaimed Water Generators.

Governmental or other entities holding Water Use Permits and which generate treated wastewater effluent shall

submit an annual report listing the disposition of the effluent.

B7-9

This report shall list the annual average daily quantity and monthly quantity of treated wastewater effluent

disposed, and the methods and locations of disposal for effluent that is not reused. This requirement will be

implemented by applying the following condition to all applicable permits.

By January 1 of each year for the preceding fiscal year (October 1 through September 30), the Permittee shall

submit a report detailing:

a. The total annual average daily and monthly quantity of effluent supplied as reuse;

b. For all individual customer reuse connections with line sizes of 4 inches or greater, list:

(1) Line size;

(2) Location of connection;

(3) Account name and address;

(4) Indication of meter, if present; and

(5) Metered quantities, if metered.

c. The annual average daily quantities, monthly quantities, locations, and methods of disposal for effluent

that is not reused.

d. A map or plan depicting the area of reuse service; this map should include any areas projected to be

added within the next year, if possible.

2. Reclaimed Water Receivers

All Individual and General Water Use permittees that receive reclaimed water (e.g., golf courses,

industrial/commercial uses, etc.) shall be required to record and report reuse quantities and sources on a monthly

basis. This requirement shall be implemented by applying the Alternative Water Supplies metering condition cited

in Chapter 6 of the Basis of Review to all applicable permits:

The following condition shall be applied to Individual and General Water Use Permits that currently do not

receive reclaimed water:

The Permittee shall report any connection(s) to reclaimed water to the District within 30 days of connection to

the reclaimed water source. The Permittee shall list the reclaimed water supplier's name, location, and reclaimed

quantities obtained in gallons per day, annual average, for each source, and submit this information to the District by

the 10th day of each month for the preceding month, in conjunction with the monthly pumpage report.

Revised 12-30-08.

6.4 Investigate Desalination.

All Individual and General Water Use Permit applicants for new industrial and public supply quantities shall be

required to investigate the feasibility of desalination to provide all or a portion of requested quantities. This

requirement shall be implemented by applying the following permit condition to all applicable permits:

The Permittee shall investigate the feasibility of desalination to provide all or a portion of the requested

quantities, and to implement desalination if feasible. The report of this investigation shall be submitted with any

application for new quantities, and shall include a detailed economic analysis of desalination, including disposal

costs, versus development of fresh water supplies, including land acquisition and transmission costs.

Revised 12-30-08.

7. Metering of Withdrawals.

All permitted withdrawal points, on permits at or above 100,000 gallons per dayannual average daily

withdrawal, shall be metered and the Permittee shall be required to record and submit withdrawal information.

Withdrawal points on permits existing as of the January 1, 2003, shall be metered at the permittee's expense by July

31, 1995, except as provided below.

The following permit condition shall be applied to all active permits with quantities at or above 500,000 gpd

which shall have meters provided by the District under the provisions of Section 5.1, Basis of Review, for

withdrawal points existing prior to October 1, 1989:

At such time as the District completes installation of meter(s) on all applicable withdrawal points, the Permittee

shall record the total withdrawal for each metered withdrawal point. Withdrawal points constructed after September

30, 1989 shall be equipped with non-resettable, totalizing flow meters within 90 days of construction, at Permittee's

expense. Such devices shall maintain an accuracy within 5% of actual flow as installed. Total withdrawals shall be

reported to the District (using District format) on or before the tenth day of the following month.

B7-10

Withdrawal points existing prior to the January 1, 2003, on permits granted for quantities at or above 100,000

gpd, which will not receive District-supplied meters under the provisions of Section 5.1, Basis of Review, shall

receive the following condition:

The following withdrawal points (District ID numbers) shall be equipped with non-resettable totalizing flow

meters or other measuring devices as approved in writing by the Director, Resource Regulation Department. Such

devices shall have and maintain an accuracy within 5% of the actual flow as installed. Those designated withdrawal

points not equipped with such devices on the date of permit issuance shall be equipped by July 31, 1995.

Total withdrawal from each metered withdrawal point shall be recorded on a monthly basis and reported to the

District (using District format) on or before the tenth day of the following month.

Permits granted for quantities at or above 100,000 gpd, which have withdrawal points constructed after the

January 1, 2003, shall receive the following condition:

The following withdrawal points (District ID numbers) shall be equipped with non-resettable totalizing flow

meters or other measuring devices as approved in writing by the Director, Resource Regulation Department. Such

devices shall have and maintain an accuracy within 5% of the actual flow as installed. Those designated withdrawal

points not equipped with such devices on the date of permit issuance shall be equipped within 90 days of completion

of construction of the withdrawal facility, unless an extension is granted by the Director, Resource Regulation.

Total withdrawal from each monitored source shall be recorded on a monthly basis and reported to the District

(using District format) on or before the tenth day of the following month.

All permits with reporting requirements shall receive the following condition:

Three copies of all reports and one copy of data required by the permit shall be submitted to the District and

shall be addressed to:

Permits Data


2379 Broad Street

Brooksville, Florida 34604-6899

8. Central System Permitting.

As part of the establishment of minimum flows and levels pursuant to Sections 373.042 and 373.0421, F.S., the

District is implementing a recovery strategy. The Northern Tampa Bay New Water Supply and Ground Water

Withdrawal Reduction Agreement (“Partnership Agreement”) is part of that recovery strategy. An integral part of

the recovery strategy is issuance of water use permits and the procedures applicable to the issuance of those permits.

Criteria for issuance of those permits will be governed by this Section 7.3.8. The procedure and rule criteria

applicable to the issuance of water use permits for the Cross Bar Ranch, Cypress Creek, Cypress Bridge, Starkey,

North Pasco, South Pasco, Eldridge-Wilde, Cosme-Odessa, Section 21, Morris Bridge and Northwest Hillsborough

Regional Wellfields (“Central System”) are those procedures and criteria set forth in the Partnership Agreement,

which is incorporated herein by reference and available from the District upon request. This rule shall apply only to

consolidated and non-consolidated permits as defined under the Partnership Agreement. The procedures and criteria

set forth in the Partnership Agreement shall supersede and replace all conflicting District rules, if any. Upon

termination of the water use permits issued pursuant to this Section, or December 31, 2010, whichever is first, this

District’s then existing rules would thereafter apply to the issuance of water use permits for the Central System.

B7-11

Figure 7.3-1

Southwest Florida Water Management District WATER USE PERMIT INFORMATION MANUAL _____________________________________________________________ PART C WATER USE DESIGN AIDS August 30, 2009

WATER USE DESIGN AIDS TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. WITHDRAWAL IMPACT ANALYSIS………………………………………….C1-1 DELETED 2. SALINE WATER MONTORING PROGRAM……………………………………………….C2-1 3. AQUIFER TEST PROGRAM…………………………………………………………………C3-1 4. AGRICULTURAL WATER USE ALLOTMENTS..…………………………………………C4-1 5. GROUND-WATER LEVEL MONITORING PROGRAM…………………………………...C5-1 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM…………………………………………..C6-1

C2-1

2. SALINE WATER MONITORING PROGRAM Saline water intrusion is defined for the purposes of this manual to include inland movement of salt water in coastal areas and upconing of brackish water in inland areas. Monitoring movement of saline water is important since it may affect water availability for existing and future users. The following guidelines are intended to assist the Permittee in designing a saline water monitoring program (SWMP). In situations where there is no significant threat to a drinking water supply, production wells may provide sufficient information. Because of the complexity of the saline intrusion problem, these guidelines are general in nature. Specific details and requirements for each program will be prepared on a case-by-case basis within the context of these guidelines. Before designing a SWMP, the Permittee should schedule a meeting with District staff to reach a consensus on the scope of the SWMP. A SWMP is required when there is concern for saline water intrusion. The applicant may be required to provide data to assess the impacts of pumpage on the movement of saline water. This data may include water-quality information from production wells or water-quality monitor wells. Typically, monitor wells are required when: 1. a history of saline water intrusion or increasing saline concentrations exists for either

ground or surface water in the vicinity of the withdrawal, and there is reasonable concern that the requested withdrawal would further degrade water quality; or,

2. staff evaluation indicates that, at the proposed withdrawal rates, saline water intrusion

may occur to the extent that the existing treatment process will no longer be capable of producing potable water.

A. Data, Frequency, and Reporting for SWMP – Although water quality is the primary data

sampled, analyzed, and reported for a SWMP, other data may be required. Listed below are the data typically required for SWMP.

1. Water Quality – Typically, monitoring of saline water is accomplished by measuring

chloride, sulfate, Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), or a combination of these constituents, at predetermined sampling points. Saline concentrations versus time data are used to infer movement of the saline water.

2. Withdrawals – Where appropriate, withdrawal quantities are reported to the District to

correlate water-quality trends with pumpage. 3. Water Levels – Water levels may be required to evaluate the location of saline water, and

to ensure appropriate aquifer pressure gradients are maintained to minimize saline water intrusion.

B. Water-Quality Sampling, Handling, and Analysis – To detect water-quality changes,

representative and reproducible ground-water samples must be obtained for analyses in a laboratory. Three phases or sampling are 1) obtaining a representative sample, 2) proper handling and preservation of the sample, and 3) analyzing the sample by an approved method within the holding times designated for a particular parameter. These procedures refer to the three parameters most often required to be monitored by permit condition: TDS, chloride, and sulfate. By utilizing this standardized sampling procedure the permittee will reduce the variability

C2-2

associated with sampling and will enable staff to detect and compare water-quality data changes within the District.

1. Sampling Procedure – To obtain a water sample that is representative of the portion of

the aquifer in question, the monitoring or production well used for sampling must be properly purged of water. The well should be pumped until the water temperature, conductivity, and pH, are stabilized (it may not always be necessary to measure all parameters). Typically, this stabilization is accomplished following the removal of three well-volumes of water. The permittee can document the duration and pumping rate required to remove the quantity of water necessary to provide stabilization of the three parameters listed above. Subsequent samplings can be made based on the duration and pumping rate without the need to measure temperature, conductivity, and pH. Documenting the well purging time is required only once unless the permittee modifies the pump or the well, or the permittee notes a substantial loss in pumping efficiency, in which case the permittee should recalibrate the pumping time required to collect a water sample. Samples should be collected from the wellhead or sampling tap near the wellhead. Sample containers should be rinsed 3 times with the well water to be sampled.

2. Sample Handling – Three concerns are addressed in the sample handling procedure.

These are the sample container, holding time, and preservation. By utilizing the appropriate sample container (e.g. laboratory approved convention polyethylene, Teflon, or linear polyethylene containers) the interaction with the parameter to be quantified is minimized. In addition, some parameters are not stable over extended periods of time. Maximum holding periods are designated for each parameter as well as preserving the sample by keeping it cool in order to slow chemical and biochemical reactions.

The following is the minimum volume required for analysis along with the sample

preservation required and the maximum holding time for a particular parameter. Sample preservation should occur in the field.

Minimum Maximum Parameter Vol. (ml) Preservation Holding Times Chloride 50 None 28 days Sulfate 50 Cool, 4ºC 28 days Total Dissolved 50 Cool, 4ºC 7 days Samples stored on ice in a cooler are adequate for preservation. If the analytical lab gives

other directions for sample preservation or treatment, then their directions should be followed but noted to the District if different from any directions above.

3. Analytical Methods – The following analytical methods are acceptable: E.P.A. Method No. AWWA Method No. Chloride 325.1, 325.2, 325.3 407A, 407B, 407C, 407D

C2-3

Sulfate 375.1, 375.2, 375.3, 375.4 426A, 426B, 426C, 426D TDS 160.1 209D C. Delineation of the Saline Water Interface – The number and locations of wells to be drilled as

part of a SWMP are dependent on several factors including: location, quantities, and duration of withdrawals, aquifer characteristics of the site, and extent of monitoring in the surrounding area. If a monitor well(s) is required as part of a SWMP, well construction procedures as listed in Design Aid 5 "Ground-Water Level Monitoring Program", or equivalent procedures, must be followed. Additionally, procedures equivalent to the following must be adhered to as the saline-water interface is approached:

1. A test hole(s) is drilled, utilizing a clean water drilling method (e.g. reverse air rotary) as

the interface is approached. 2. Water-quality samples are taken at small intervals (e.g. 10 feet to one drill rod length).

The water-quality samples should be collected after the hole has been pumped at a sufficient rate to insure a representative sample from the bottom of the hole.

3. Drilling ceases when it is evident that the interface has been penetrated.

4. Once the depth of the saline water interface has been identified, the drill hole should be

properly back filled (grouted) and completed in the most permeable bed above, but near the bottom of the freshwater bearing aquifer. The well should be properly developed to ensure good interconnection with the aquifer.

C3-1

3. AQUIFER TEST PROGRAM

When the impacts resulting from a proposed ground-water withdrawal cannot be adequately predicted, the District may request that the applicant develop and implement an Aquifer Test Program (ATP). This is typically the case where withdrawals are requested which appear to have the potential to cause significant adverse impacts, and in areas with insufficient or conflicting aquifer characteristics information. An ATP is a hydrogeologic investigation intended to define aquifer characteristics such as transmissivity, leakance, and storage, for one or more aquifers or producing zones. Because ATPs generally require considerable time and expense, applicants are encouraged to discuss their intentions in a pre-application meeting with District staff, so that any aquifer testing needs may be identified early in the development process. In most cases, it is preferable to complete any needed aquifer tests prior to submittal of the permit application. If the ATP is not accomplished prior to application submittal, it may be requested as additional information in support of a permit application, or may be required as a permit condition. If the test program is not intended to provide information in support of a Water Use Permit application, and the wells will not be used after the test for withdrawals, an ATP should still be submitted so that the District can review it regarding potential impacts. In such a case, test well construction permits must be obtained and the District will request the results of the testing for informational purposes. As an aid to permit applicants the District has compiled a set of guidelines for developing and implementing an ATP. The guidelines describe the basic elements of an ATP, and may be modified as necessary to address specific situations. Since the District does not formally approve ATPs, it is the applicant's responsibility to ensure that the Program provides the information needed to support the application. For this reason, it is essential that the applicant discuss the ATP with District staff, and inform staff of any modifications to the program once implemented. The successful completion of an ATP will not necessarily result in a staff recommendation for the quantity of water requested by the Applicant. The data collected during an ATP, however, often supports a request for the withdrawal of ground-water. These guidelines include a discussion of the following topics: A. Initial Site Investigation B. Single-well Aquifer Tests C. Multi-well Aquifer Tests D. Aquifer Test Program Report E. References and Bibliography A. Initial Site Investigation 1. The initial site investigation should be performed as the first step in an ATP. During the

initial site investigation, the following items should be identified: a. The hydrologic units to be tested (surficial, intermediate, Floridan aquifers.) b. The most probable drilling depth and yield for a proposed test production well.

These should be determined by reviewing existing data such as geologic and geophysical well logs and hydrogeologic reports. A preliminary cross-section

C3-2

indicating the thickness and water quality (if appropriate) associated with various production and confining zones should be constructed prior to selecting a drilling depth.

c. The location of possible sources of ground-water contamination. d. The location of adjacent surface-water bodies that may interact with the ground-

water system. e. The best means of routing the discharge water from the test production well site. f. The location, total depth, cased depth, withdrawal rate, pumping schedule,

prepumping water level, and specific capacity of adjacent pumping wells. Water levels should be referenced to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD).

g. The location, total depth, cased depth, and static water level of existing wells that

may serve as observation wells during the constant rate discharge. Water levels should be referenced to NGVD.

h. The tentative locations, total depths, and cased depths for the proposed test

production well and observation wells necessary for the aquifer test (see the subsection on Construction of Test/Monitor Wells for the recommended number of wells, radial distances and depths). The potential adverse impacts that proposed withdrawals may have on existing uses or environmental features should be considered when locating the test production well.

i. The locations and results of other aquifer tests performed in the area.

2. After completing the initial site investigation, the Applicant or Permittee should schedule a meeting and present the proposed ATP to District staff for discussion. The proposed ATP should specify:

a. the location, total depth, and cased depth of the proposed test wells and

observation wells; b. drilling methods and well construction details; c. the pump discharge rate and the routing of pump discharge water; d. the method and frequency of collecting water level data; e. the method and frequency of collecting water-quality data; f. geophysical logging to be performed, if applicable; and g. potential impacts to existing legal users. The proposed ATP should follow the criteria specified in the following sections of these

guidelines unless otherwise discussed with District staff. All proposed ATP should be discussed with the Staff prior to accepting bids on the installation of test wells, test

C3-3

production wells or any services associated with the ATP, in order to cost-effectively design the program.

B. Single-well Aquifer Test (Specific Capacity Test) In cases where aquifer storativity and leakance information are not necessary (i.e. these data can reasonably be estimated based on other regional information), only a single-well specific capacity test may need to be performed to derive an estimated transmissivity. This information can then be used to predict the drawdown that will occur at proposed pumpage rates. The procedure for conducting a single-well aquifer test is described below. 1. General Guidelines a. This test is to be performed under conditions with no rain. b. There must be a means of obtaining access to the water in the production well so

that the depth to water surface (water level) within the casing can be determined by using an electric water level probe or metal measuring tape.

c. The pump used during the specific capacity test must be capable of operating at

the proposed discharge rate. A calibrated orifice weir or some other calibrated flow meter should be installed on the discharge side of the pump so that the pump discharge can be determined.

d. For a water table or poorly-confined aquifer, if the pumped water cannot be

routed to a storage tank or off-site through an existing water distribution system, a closed conduit or plastic lined trench should be used to transport the pumped water to an area 500 feet down gradient from the production well before it is discharged onto the land surface. As an alternative, it may be possible to route the pumped water to an existing adjacent surface-water body. If the well is not in the water table aquifer or in a leaky confined aquifer, then the discharge distance may be reduced to 100 feet from the production well.

e. The specific capacity test should be performed at the proposed constant discharge

rate which represents the maximum pumpage capacity of the production well. The well should be pumped until the water level in the well nears stabilization (typically on the order of about 8 hours). Aquifer Test Data Forms are provided at the end of this design aid to facilitate the compilation of data.

1. Take drawdown measurements every 30 seconds for the first 5 minutes,

recording the water levels to the nearest one tenth of a foot (0.1 foot). Water levels should be taken every 5 minutes for minutes 5–30, and at 10 minute intervals for minutes 30-90. After 90 minutes, measurements should be increased to every 30 minutes until the test is discontinued.

2. For each water level measurement record the time, the distance from top

of the casing to the water surface, the difference between the initial water level and the depth to water surface (drawdown), and the discharge rate.

3. After the water levels have approximately stabilized (approximately

within one tenth of a foot, 0.1 foot, per hour) stop pumping and let the

C3-4

water level recover to prepumping conditions (approximately within one tenth of a foot, 0.1 ft., of the prepumping level). Measure and record the recovering water levels as was done for the pumping levels. A copy of the raw data collected during the test should be provided to District staff.

2. Drawdowns observed within the test production well should be adjusted for well

efficiency losses (see Driscoll, 1986; Chapters 9 and 16).

3. Analysis of Single-Well Aquifer (Specific Capacity) Test Data a. Single-well aquifer test data may be analyzed by several different methods.

Methods have been developed by Theis, Brown and Meyer (U.S.G.S., 1962), for water table and confined conditions. Hurr (1966) developed a method for water table aquifers, and Worthington (1981) developed a method for leaky-confined aquifers.

b. One of the simplest methods of deriving Transmissivity from a specific capacity

test involves the use of empirical equations based on the Jacob's equation (Cooper and Jacob, 1946), which states:

2640 0.3Tt s = T log r2S where: s = well drawdown, in feet Q = well yield, in gallons per minute (gpm) T = transmissivity, in gallons per day per foot

(gpd/ft) t = time of pumping, in days (divide minutes pumped by 1440) r = radius of the well, in feet S = storage coefficient of the aquifer By rearranging terms, transmissivity may be estimated based on the

specific capacity, as follows: Q 0.3Tt T = s 264 log r2S This equation can be simplified assuming typical values (Driscoll, 1986),

so that, for most cases, the following simplified formula can be used: Q T = s 2000 That is: divide the discharge amount (Q), in gpm, by the drawdown at

the end of the test(s), in feet, and multiply by 2000 to derive an estimated transmissivity value.

c. Well Efficiency Losses must be accounted for and removed from the drawdown

value prior to using the above equation. A method for calculating well efficiency is as follows:

C3-5

Well Efficiency = actual specific capacity divided by theoretical specific capacity

(Driscoll, 1986).

Where: actual specific capacity = discharge divided by drawdown; Theoretical specific capacity = transmissivity divided by 2000 C. Multi-well Aquifer Test

1. In cases where aquifer storage, leakance, and transmissivity characteristics cannot be reasonably estimated (e.g. conflicting regional information, large withdrawals in sensitive areas, etc.), a multi-well ATP will be required.

2. Background Data Collection – General Guidelines a. Prior to initiating the multi-well test, the prepumping static water level

(referenced to NGVD) should be determined in all observation wells, the test production well and adjacent surface-water bodies for five days prior to the test. These water levels should be determined to the nearest 1/100 foot (0.01 ft).

b. At least one ATP observation well should be equipped with a continuous

recorder to allow for tidal and barometric corrections, as well as influences by nearby pumpage.

c. The time distribution and volume of adjacent pumpage and rainfall occurring at

least 24 hours prior to initiating the ATP should be recorded. If possible, adjacent pumpage should be curtailed by agreement.

3. The aquifer test should be continued until equilibrium conditions are established. In

general, a six day or greater discharge period is recommended.

4. Procedure and Guidelines a. Not less than 24 hours prior to initiating the ATP, the valve located on the test

production well pump should be adjusted so that the initial discharge of the pump will be close to the constant discharge rate selected for the test. The discharge rate should approach the design capacity of the well.

b. The actual pump discharge should be recorded throughout the test. A calibrated

orifice weir or some other calibrated flow meter should be installed on the discharge side of the pump so that the pump discharge can be determined.

c. If the pumped water cannot be routed to a storage tank or off-site through an

existing water distribution system, a closed conduit or plastic lined trench should be used to transport the pumped water to an area 500 feet down gradient from the test production well before it is discharged onto the land surface. As an alternative, it may be possible to route the pumped water to an existing adjacent surface-water body.

C3-6

d. Drawdown and recovery water level measurements should be made to the nearest 1/100 foot (0.01 ft). Measurements should be made with a steel tape, graduated surveyor's chain, electric probe, continuous analog water level recorder or analog/digital recorder, or pressure-transducer recorder.

e. A predetermined schedule for measuring drawdowns should be initiated as soon

as the test production well pump starts to discharge. It is suggested that drawdown measurements be made according to the following schedule:

Frequency of Measurement Time After Pumping Started every 15 seconds 0 to 2 minutes every 30 seconds 2 to 5 minutes every 1 minute 5 to 15 minutes every 5 minutes 15 to 60 minutes every 10 minutes 60 to 120 minutes every 0.5 hour 2 to 5 hours every 1 hour thereafter f. After pumping the well at a constant rate for the appropriate discharge period, the

pump is stopped and recovery water level measurements are made. Recovery data should be collected after the pump is stopped or until water levels have recovered within 0.05 feet of the initial static water level. It is suggested that recovery measurements be made according to the following schedule:

Frequency of Measurement Time After Pumping Stopped every 15 seconds 0 to 2 minutes every 30 seconds 2 to 5 minutes every 1 minute 5 to 15 minutes every 5 minutes 15 to 60 minutes every 10 minutes 60 to 120 minutes every 0.5 hour 2 to 5 hours every 1 hour thereafter g. Rainfall during the aquifer test should be recorded. The aquifer test should be

terminated if water levels in observation wells start to rise due to the effects of recharge from rainfall. Some fluctuations may be due to tidal or barometric effects, and these effects should also be accounted for in the analysis.

h. A copy of all raw data collected during the aquifer test shall be provided to

District staff. 5. Construction of Test/Monitor Wells a. In most cases, a minimum of three production zone observation wells and one

surficial or adjacent aquifer observation well are necessary to conduct a multi-well aquifer test. Depending on the hydrogeology, other observation wells may be needed in other artesian aquifer producing zones to evaluate anisotropy or effects on adjacent users, and more surficial or adjacent aquifer wells may be

C3-7

needed to assess leakance variability. The construction of observation wells may be initiated after the proposed ATP has been agreed upon.

b. The radial distance of the observation wells from the test production well will

vary depending on the type of aquifer, its thickness, its average conductivity and stratification. Presented here are some general rules to follow for the observation well placement:

1. For confined and semi-confined aquifers the production zone observation

wells should be located based on the aquifer properties, discharge rate, and well construction. This distance typically is between 100 and 700 feet in the District.

2. For unconfined or water-table aquifers the production zone observation

wells should also be located based on aquifer properties, discharge rate, and well construction. The typical distance in these aquifers ranges from 30-400 feet from the pumped well.

3. The observation wells should be placed along a line perpendicular to the

regional ground-water flow, unless testing for anisotropy. 4. The production zone observation wells should have screened or open

hole segments that correspond to those of the test production well. 5. The shallow or adjacent aquifer observation well(s) should be located

approximately 50 feet from the test production well and constructed such that the anisotropic characteristics of the production zone (in the water table aquifer case) or the extent of the hydraulic connection across the semi-confining layers overlying or underlying the production zones (in the leaky artesian aquifer case) can be determined.

6. All wells should be developed in such a manner that a good hydraulic

connection exists between the wells and the zones being monitored. c. During the installation of the test production well and all observation wells,

cuttings should be collected at every ten feet or lithology change.

d. Geophysical logging for all production and observation wells is recommended. A geologic log should be made for each well and a hydrogeologic cross section for the site of investigation should be developed using the geologic and geophysical logs from each well.

e. During drilling of the test production well, water-quality samples should be

collected every 50 feet or at water-quality changes. 6. Analysis of Multi-well Aquifer Test Data a. The Multi-well Aquifer Test raw data should be analyzed by means of analytical

or graphical techniques which are based on theory which reasonably depicts on-site conditions. The analysis should determine the transmissivity (gpd/ft) and storage coefficient of the production zone as well as the leakance (gpd/ft3) of any

C3-8

confining zones. Recharge from surface-water sources should be considered in the analysis. An attempt should be made to explain inconsistencies in the observed data. When necessary, the raw drawdown and recovery data should be adjusted to account for the effects of tidal fluctuations, well efficiency losses, adjacent pumpage, recharge from surface water, atmospheric pressure changes, and partial penetration.

b. References for aquifer test analysis methods are numerous. Comprehensive

discussions and reports of the various methods are included in: Stallman (1971), Driscoll (1986), National Water Well Association (1987), Lohman (1979), Walton (1987), Kruseman and Deridder (1979), and Newman and Witherspoon (1972).

D. Aquifer Test Program Report As the final step in an Aquifer Testing Program, the Applicant or Permittee should assemble a hydrogeologic study report including the following items: 1. A section describing the geologic and hydrogeologic conditions at the site of

investigation. The description should incorporate a hydrogeologic cross section developed from the geologic and geophysical well logs compiled for the test production well and the three production zone observation wells. The cross section should indicate the thickness and relative location of each production zone and confining zone as well as the water quality and the relative head for each zone.

2. A section describing the construction of the test production well, observation wells

required for the multi-well aquifer test, and any other adjacent wells. The cased and uncased depth of each well should be indicated on the hydrogeologic cross section. The locations of pertinent wells and surface-water bodies should be indicated on aerial photography with a minimum scale of 1" = 2000', or a 7 ½ minute USGS quadrangle map. The report should indicate the distance from each well or surface-water body to the test well.

3. A section describing the procedure used for running the aquifer test(s) as well as the

technique used in determining the discharge of the test production well, in routing the pumped water away from the test production well, and in determining the changes in water levels.

4. A section describing how the data collected during the aquifer test(s) was analyzed to

determine the hydraulic characteristics of the hydrogeologic system. Use the terms s, Q, t, and r, where s = drawdown, Q = discharge, t = time, and r = radius from pumped well, to describe the data.

a. The analysis of the data collected during a single well aquifer test should include

a plot of drawdown versus time. b. The analysis of the data collected during a multi-well aquifer test should include

individual plot figures indicating the drawdown data collected from each well. Such plots should be provided on 3 x 5 cycle logarithmic paper (e.g. K&E 46-7522 or National 12-191), or semi-log paper, dependent on the appropriate method. If a graphical solution involving type curves is used in the

C3-9

determination of the aquifer characteristics, the pertinent Reference, curves and match points should be provided. The report should discuss the reasons for choosing the method(s) used. The report should also indicate the basis for selecting the value of transmissivity, storage coefficient and leakance most representative of the hydrogeologic system.

5. A section tabulating all water level, rainfall, pump discharge and adjacent pumping data

collected throughout the ATP program. Copies of hydrographs should also be included in this section. All water levels should be referenced to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD).

6. A discussion of all corrections made to the raw data (barometric, etc.) must be included,

including the pertinent calculations. E. References and Bibliography Stallman, R. W., 1971. Aquifer test design, observation, and analysis. Techniques of Water Resources Investigations of the United States Geological Survey, Book 3, Chapter B1. Walton, W. C., 1987. Groundwater Pumping Tests – Design and Analysis. Lewis Publishers/NWWA, Chelsea, Michigan. Driscoll, F. G., 1986. Groundwater and Wells. Second Edition, Johnson Division, St. Paul, Minn. Cooper, H. H., and Jacob, C. E., 1946. A generalized graphical method for evaluating formation

constants and summarizing well field history. Transactions, American Geophysical Union, Vol. 27, No. 4.

Kruseman, G. P., and N. A. DeRidder, Analysis and Evaluation of Pumping Test Data. Inter. Institute for

Land Reclamation and Improvement. Worthington, P. F., 1981. Estimation of the transmissivity of thin leaky-confined aquifers from single

well aquifer tests. Journal of Hydrology, Vol. 49 Theis, C. V., Brown, R. H., and R. R. Meyer, 1962. Estimating the transmissibility of aquifers from

specific capacity of wells. U. S. Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 1536-I. Hurr, R. T., 1966. A new approach for estimating transmissibility from specific capacity. Water

Resources Research, Vol. 2, No. 4. Lohman, S. W., 1979. Ground-water Hydraulics. U. S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 708. National Water Well Association, 1987. Aquifer Analysis. National Water Well Association, Dublin,

Ohio. Neuman, S. P., and P. A. Witherspoon, 1972. Field Determination of the Hydraulic Properties of Leaky

Multiple Aquifer Systems, Water Resources Research v. 8 (5), pp. 1284-1298.

C4-1

4. AGRICULTURAL WATER USE ALLOTMENTS

A. Calculation of Total Allocation Per Crop Per Season The distribution and amounts of Florida's rainfall are not always adequate to meet a crop's water demand. For many crops supplemental irrigation is required to produce optimum yields. In addition, irrigation is used for field preparation, crop establishment, frost-freeze protection, heat stress relief, salt leaching, chemigation, and system flushing and maintenance. The District typically allocates agricultural water use based on a modified Blaney-Criddle method and other methods as described below; other appropriate methods may be used. Permittees and applicants may present data demonstrating their water needs. For each crop type, the permittee shall not exceed the total allocated quantity. This quantity is determined by multiplying the total irrigated acres by the total allocated quantity per irrigated acre per season. Allocated inches per irrigated acre per season are determined for three major water use categories. The total allocation per irrigated acre for a growing period, represented by the following formula, is the sum of allocated water per irrigated acre for field preparation/crop establishment, supplemental irrigation and other uses. An irrigated acre is defined as the gross acreage under cultivation, including areas used for water conveyance such as ditches, but excluding uncultivated areas such as wetland, retention ponds, and perimeter drainage ditches.

(1) TAIg = (CE + GIR + OT) * AI * 27154

where TAIg = total quantity allocated per crop per season (gallons) CE = field preparation/crop establishment allocated inches per season per acre GIR = supplemental irrigation allocated inches per season per acre OT = other uses allocated inches per season per acre AI = irrigated area (acre). Irrigation systems that cannot provide the calculated quantities are permitted based on the system's maximum capacities. B. Determining Total Allocated Inches Per Acre Per Season 1. Field Preparation/Crop Establishment Irrigation is provided before tilling and bedding, to construct compact moist beds. This moisture allows effective chemical treatment and enhances cover crop decay. In addition, moist beds facilitate capillary rise to provide water to the root zone. Only seasonal crops are allocated irrigation quantities for field preparation and crop establishment. This quantity is for raising the water table three feet. This rise is larger than most published low water table depths for typical soils in the District. The allocated water comes from the maximum available water in the soil's horizon. To compensate for lateral flow, deep percolation and other losses this quantity is divided by the assigned crop establishment irrigation efficiency. Soil and water table information are found in the Soil Conservation Services (SCS) "Florida Irrigation Guide," and in county soil surveys.

C4-2

Field preparation and crop establishment quantities are increased for soils that are chemically treated. These soils maintain a high moisture content for about four weeks. The first month's evapotranspiration (ET) is added to the quantity used to raise the water table. The ET quantity offsets losses from soil evaporation during the treatment period. Again, to compensate for lateral flow, deep percolation and other losses this quantity is divided by the assigned crop establishment irrigation efficiency. The following formulas describe both of the aforementioned scenarios. a. Field preparation and crop establishment for crops that do not require chemical soil

treatment. (2a) CE = SW EFac b. Field preparation and crop establishment for crops requiring chemical soil treatment. (2b) CE = SW + U(1) EFac where CE = total allocated inches per acre per season for field

preparation/crop establishment (inches) SW = soil's available water in top 36" (inches) U(1) = first month evapotranspirational losses (inches) EFac = assigned crop establishment irrigation efficiency. Crop establishment irrigation for strawberry production is mainly for stress relief. The applied water reduces transplant stress and allows roots to develop. For strawberries the total allocated water for field preparation and crop establishment is 380,156 gallons (14 inches) per acre per season. This quantity includes water for field preparation and crop establishment. Crop establishment quantities are from Institute of Food and Agricultural Services (IFAS) research at the Dover Station, Project #9, 1978 (Albregts, 1978). 2. Supplemental Irrigation Under ideal conditions, the amount of water required for optimum crop production is the amount of water lost or used during growth. These losses consist of evaporation from the soil and plant transpiration. When limited climatic parameters are available the Blaney-Criddle method is used to estimate these evapotranspirational (ET) losses. The Blaney-Criddle method is widely used to estimate ET. This empirical method was originally developed in the arid western United States. Blaney-Criddle uses long term local climatic data (temperature and solar radiation) and crop information to estimate ET. During certain times of the year the Blaney-Criddle method tends to overestimate ET in humid areas. Researchers have adapted the Blaney-Criddle method to humid areas (Shih, et al, 1981; Shih, et al, 1983; Doorenbos & Pruitt, 1977). It was determined that by substituting solar radiation for daylight the method will give more accurate ET estimates. This change is incorporated into the District’s methodology.

C4-3

a. The Blaney-Criddle equation with a Florida modification for calculating evapotranspiration in its’ basic form is: m ____ \ (3) U = k / p t/100 1 where U = total crop evapotranspiration for a given period k = an annual, seasonal, or monthly empirical consumptive use coefficient which varies according to the crop (see description below) p = percent of solar radiation during the period t = mean temperature for the period, in degrees Fahrenheit m = month

b. The following modification to account for crops and seasonal conditions has been made to the above equation:

(4) k = kt * kc where kt = climatic coefficient related to the mean air temperature = .0173t - .314 kc = growth coefficient reflecting the growth stage of the crop.

a. The crop growth coefficient (kc) is determined as follows:

1. For perennial crops, monthly growth coefficients are used (Table D-1).

2. For seasonal crops, to determine monthly values, the coefficients at certain percentages of the growing season are averaged (Table D-2). For example, if a crop with a four month growing season is planted in September, the coefficients for five percent through twenty-five percent are averaged to give a growth coefficient for September, the coefficients for thirty percent through fifty percent are averaged to give a coefficient for October, and so on.

Effective rainfall and supplemental irrigation provide a crop’s water requirements. Effective rainfall is the amount of rain stored in a crop’s root zone. It is based on soil and crop root zone. Supplemental irrigation is the difference between crop water use (ET) and effective rainfall, divided by the assigned irrigation efficiency. Equations to calculate effective rainfall are from SCS TR-21 “Irrigation Water Requirements.” Field conditions and cropping patterns can affect the amount of effective rainfall. The amount of usable rain on plastic mulched beds could be limited. Most of the crop’s roots are in the bed and cannot directly

C4-4

utilize rain. Therefore, for permitting purposes, effective rainfall for mulched crop production is assumed to be zero. This assumption will be used until additional data is available. c. The supplemental irrigation is calculated as follows: (5) SUP = U – re(d 2/10, s) where SUP = supplemental crop requirement for the growing period in inches re = effective rainfall, (amount of rain stored in the root zone) normalized to the 2-in-10 year drought (d 2/10), and the soil type(s). The gross irrigation quantity equals the supplemental irrigation requirements divided by the assigned irrigation efficiency. By using the assigned efficiency the applicant is allocated quantities that include crop requirements and water lost during delivery. These losses include water supply, conveyance, system and application. The assigned supplemental irrigation efficiency is based on the application efficiency. This irrigation efficiency is a measurement of the effectiveness of an irrigation system to deliver water to a crop’s root zone. It is the ratio of the water in the root zone to the water pumped. The District generally uses the average application efficiency values cited in IFAS publications. However, in WUCA’s, where there is increased competition for the resources, higher than average application efficiencies are used. d. The allocated supplemental irrigation is calculated as follows: (6) GIR = (SUP/EFas) where GIR = total allocation for supplemental irrigation (inches per acre) EFas = assigned supplemental irrigation efficiency. The District uses a computer program to calculate the allocated supplemental crop water requirement. The program approximates equations (3) through (6) as follows:

(7) f(m) = (t(m) * p(m)) / 100 (8) kt(m) = (0.0173 * t(m)) – 0.314 (9) k(m) = kt(m) * kc(m) (10) u(m) = f(m) * k(m) (11) rtl(m) = (0.70917 * (rt(m) ** 0.82416) – 0.11556) (12) ul(m) = 10 ** (0.02426 * u(m)) (13) fl = .531747 + (.295154 * D) – (.057697 * D ** 2) + (.003804 * D **3) (14) re(m) = rtl(m) * ul(m) * fl (15) re2(m) = re(m) * f2 where

C4-5

m = month of year u(m) = average monthly evapotranspiration rt(m) = average monthly rainfall (Table D-3) f(m) = monthly evapotranspiration factor t(m) = average monthly temperature (Table D-3) p(m) = monthly percentage of solar radiation (Table D-3) re(m) = monthly effective rainfall re2(m) = monthly effective rainfall normalized to 2-in-10 year drought kt(m) = monthly climatical coefficient kc(m) = monthly crop growth coefficient (Tables D-1 and D-2) rt1(m) = average monthly effective rainfall factor considering average monthly rainfall u1(m) = average monthly effective rainfall factor considering average monthly evapotranspiration D = net depth of application (sum of each average soil water holding capacity in the soil horizon times the root-zone horizon) f1 = soil factor f2 = ratio of 2-in10 year growing-season effective rainfall to average annual rainfall (Table D-3). For perennial crops the computer solves equation (5) for each month of the year. For seasonal crops the equation is solved for each month of the growing season. The monthly difference between evapotranspiration and 2-in-10 year effective rainfall is the basis of the allocated supplemental irrigation. The monthly differences are divided by an assigned supplemental irrigation efficiency and summed to determine the annual crop water requirement in inches (6). 3. Other Use There are several other water uses related to crop production. Water is applied for chemigation, cold protection, cooling, leaching of salts from the soil, and for flushing and maintaining irrigation systems. Most of these quantities are crop and system related. Water requirements for leaching and cold protection are found in SCS and IFAS publications. Cold protection quantities are based on the warmth created by the latent heat of fusion. The daily quantity (24 hours) for citrus is 72,000 gal/acre, and for strawberries 162,924 gal/acre. This water use is not accounted for when evaluating annual water use compliance. However, it is included in maximum daily amounts. Cold protection quantities must be reported and should not exceed the listed amounts for a 24-hour use. All remaining “other water” uses are permitted as a percentage of the quantity allotted for gross irrigation. Ten percent of the gross irrigation requirements are added to micro-irrigation systems and five percent to all other systems. The five percent difference is because micro-irrigation systems usually require more water for flushing and leaching. Additionally, chemigation is applied directly through micro-irrigation systems. 1. Other water uses for micro-irrigation systems (16) OT = .1 * GIR

C4-6

where OT = other water uses (inches). 2. Other water uses for non micro-irrigation systems (17) OT = .05 * GIR C. Examples of Total Allocated Inches Per Acre Per Season As a general guide total allocated inches per acre per season for common crops and soil types, with typical planting dates and season length, are in tables D-4 through D-8. Quantities can be converted to gallons by multiplying them by 27,154. For crops, soil types, planting dates, and length of growing season not in those tables or for crops planted outside the WUCA’s, you can get the total allocated inches per acre per season utilizing procedures described above. Or, complete the Agricultural Water Allotment Form (Table D-9) and submit it to the District. The District will return the form with the total allocated inches per acre per season per crop based on the information provided. D. Additional Information Additional details may be found in the following sources: Albregts, Howard, “Intermittent Overhead Sprinkler Irrigation to Establish Strawberry Plants in the Fruiting Field,” Research Report, Project #9, 1978. Albregts, Howard, “Water Use in Strawberry Transplant Establishment,” Research Report, DOV-1985-2. Cohen, “Agricultural Water Use Model” SWFWMD, 1990. Doorenbos & Pruitt, “Guidelines for Prediction Crop Water Requirements,” FAO Irrigation and Drainage Paper 24, 1977. “Irrigation Water Requirements,” Technical Release No. 21, USDA, Soil Conservation Service, Engineering Division, 1970. Parsons et al. “Low Volume Micro Sprinkler Undertree Irrigation for Frost Protection of Young Citrus Trees,” Procedure Florida State Horticultural Society 94:55-59-1981. SFWMD. “Agricultural Water Use Model,” computer disk. SFWMD. “Permit Information Manual Volume III,” June, 1985. Shih et al. “Comparison of Methods of Evapotranspiration Estimation,” American Society of Agricultural Engineers Paper No. 81-2015. Shih et al. “Basinwide Water Requirements Estimation in Southern Florida,” American Society of Agricultural Engineers Transactions, 1983. SJRWMD. “Technical Memorandum 30 Year Mean Blaney-Criddle Supplemental Irrigation Requirements.”

C4-7

Smajstrla et al. “Characteristics of Potential Evapotranspiration in Florida,” American Society of Agricultural Engineers Paper No. FSC-84-003. Smajstrla et al. “Efficiencies of Florida’s Agricultural Irrigation Systems,” IFAS 1988. U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service. “Florida Irrigation Guide,” August, 1982. October 1990

C4-8

Table D-1

Growth Coefficients for Perennial Crops

CROP JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER Alfalfa 0.63 0.73 0.86 0.99 1.08 1.13 1.11 1.06 0.99 0.91 0.78 0.64 Avocado 0.27 0.42 0.58 0.70 0.78 0.81 0.77 0.71 0.63 0.54 0.43 0.30 Citrus 0.53 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.60 0.60 0.59 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.55 Deciduous 0.40 0.48 0.66 0.82 0.95 0.94 0.83 0.75 0.66 0.50 0.43 0.40 Grapes 0.20 0.24 0.38 0.60 0.71 0.80 0.80 0.76 0.61 0.50 0.35 0.23 Grass 0.49 0.53 0.55 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.65 0.63 0.61 0.58 0.54 0.50 Sugarcane 0.39 0.30 0.53 0.61 0.70 0.79 0.79 0.84 0.73 0.88 0.72 0.69 __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ NOTE: Growth coefficients are based on U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service, Irrigation Water Requirements Technical Release No. 21. A humid area adjustment based on Doorenbos and Pruitt, Guidelines for Predicting Crop Water Requirements; U.N. Food and Agricultural Organization paper 24 and referenced in The American Society of Agricultural Engineers, Design and Operation of Farm Irrigation Systems, Section 6, has been applied. Results have been compared and adjusted to AIM and Benchmark Farms field data. 10/29/90

C4-9

Table D-2

Growth Coefficients for Seasonal Crops

Growth Coefficients at Percentage of Growing Season 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40% 45% 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 100% Beans Dry 0.54 0.59 0.65 0.72 0.81 0.90 0.96 1.03 1.08 1.11 1.12 1.11 1.08 1.03 0.96 0.90 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.60 Beans Green 0.53 0.55 0.58 0.61 0.64 0.68 0.73 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.95 0.94 0.93 0.92 0.91 0.90 0.89 0.88 0.87 0.85 Blueberry 0.50 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.62 0.65 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.83 0.79 0.74 0.69 0.65 0.61 0.57 0.54 0.50 Broccoli 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.87 0.91 0.95 0.98 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.92 0.90 0.87 0.83 0.80 Cabbage 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.87 0.91 0.95 0.98 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.92 0.90 0.87 0.89 0.85 Carrot 0.50 0.54 0.57 0.71 0.78 0.86 0.90 0.95 0.98 0.98 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.89 0.85 0.81 0.78 0.73 0.70 Cauliflower 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.60 0.66 0.72 0.78 0.87 0.91 0.95 0.98 1.00 0.98 0.95 0.92 0.90 0.87 0.83 0.80 Celery 0.50 0.51 0.53 0.58 0.63 0.76 0.90 0.98 1.06 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.95 Corn Grain 0.46 0.50 0.53 0.58 0.64 0.71 0.82 0.92 1.00 1.05 0.99 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.77 0.72 0.66 0.61 0.55 0.55 Corn Field 0.45 0.47 0.50 0.54 0.59 0.64 0.71 0.80 0.90 0.98 1.03 1.06 1.07 1.08 1.07 1.06 1.04 1.02 1.00 0.96 Corn Sweet 0.47 0.50 0.54 0.58 0.64 0.72 0.82 0.91 0.99 1.05 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.96 0.95 Cucumber 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.67 0.74 0.80 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.92 0.89 0.86 0.81 0.77 0.70 Eggplant 0.50 0.51 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.61 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.96 0.94 0.92 0.90 0.88 0.86 0.84 0.82 0.80 Grain Small 0.50 0.54 0.58 0.69 0.79 0.90 1.00 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.75 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.30 Melons 0.45 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.61 0.66 0.71 0.75 0.80 0.82 0.82 0.78 0.77 0.75 0.74 0.73 0.71 0.69 0.67 0.65 Onions 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.65 0.75 0.83 0.92 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.97 0.98 0.87 0.81 0.96 0.93 0.90 0.87 0.84 0.75 Peanuts 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.93 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.83 0.77 0.71 0.66 0.55 Peas 0.54 0.59 0.65 0.72 0.80 0.88 0.97 1.03 1.05 1.04 1.03 1.02 1.01 1.00 0.99 0.98 0.97 0.96 0.96 0.95 Peppers 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.74 0.83 0.90 0.95 0.93 0.91 0.90 0.88 0.86 0.85 0.83 0.81 0.80 Potatoes 0.36 0.41 0.43 0.51 0.59 0.72 0.85 0.97 1.05 1.01 0.98 0.95 0.92 0.89 0.86 0.85 0.80 0.77 0.74 0.71 Soybean 0.22 0.26 0.30 0.33 0.37 0.41 0.48 0.55 0.63 0.72 0.84 0.92 0.98 1.00 0.91 0.81 0.72 0.63 0.55 0.45 Squash 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.52 0.55 0.59 0.62 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.88 0.87 0.79 0.72 0.70 Strawberry 0.50 0.61 0.73 0.82 0.92 0.98 1.04 1.06 1.09 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.15 1.14 1.12 1.11 1.08 1.02 0.96 0.80 Tobacco 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.97 1.05 1.08 1.10 1.09 1.08 1.04 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.80 0.72 0.60 Tomatoes 0.50 0.53 0.55 0.64 0.72 0.82 0.92 0.98 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.05 1.05 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.92 0.85 0.78 0.60 Small Veg. 0.33 0.39 0.47 0.56 0.64 0.69 0.74 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.83 0.83 0.82 0.80 0.76 0.73 0.66 0.58 0.48 0.38

Growth coefficients are based on U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service, Irrigation Water Requirements Technical Release No. 21. A humid area adjustment based on Doorenbos and Pruitt, Guidelines for Predicting Crop Water Requirements; U.N. Food and Agricultural Organization paper 24 and referenced in The American Society of Agricultural Engineers, Design and Operation of Farm Irrigation Systems, Section 6, has been applied. Results have been compared and adjusted to AIM and Benchmark Farms field data. 10/29/90

C4-10

Table D-3

Climatic Stations

County: Charlotte

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Mean Rainfall 1.93 2.33 2.57 2.09 3.54 8.13 7.67 7.72 7.88 3.48 1.63 1.71 Mean Temperature 61.59 62.97 67.87 72.01 77.06 80.97 82.19 82.26 80.96 76.11 69.11 64.44 Solar Radiation (%) 6.23 7.13 8.48 9.61 10.97 10.25 9.69 8.57 8.66 7.84 6.70 5.88

Rainfall is based on 78 years of weather data at Punta Gorda.

Factor for conversion of average rainfall in 2-in-10 rainfall .85 County: Citrus


Rainfall is based on 87 years of weather data at Inverness.

Factor for conversion of average rainfall in 2-in-10 rainfall .86

County: DeSoto


Rainfall is based on 87 years of weather data at Arcadia.


C4-11

Table D-3

Climatic Stations (Continued)

County: Hardee


Rainfall is based on 57 years of weather data at Wauchula.

Factor for conversion of average rainfall in 2-in-10 rainfall .85 County: Hernando


Rainfall is based on 87 years of weather data at Brooksville.


County: Highlands


Rainfall is based on 88 years of weather data at Avon Park.


C4-12

Table D-3


County: Hillsborough


Rainfall is based on 83 years of weather data at Plant City.

Factor for conversion of average rainfall in 2-in-10 rainfall .82 County: Lake


Rainfall is based on 87 years of weather data at Clermont.


County: Levy


Rainfall is based on 89 years of weather data at Gainesville.


C4-13

Table D-3


County: Manatee


Rainfall is based on 78 years of weather data at Bradenton.

Factor for conversion of average rainfall in 2-in-10 rainfall .86 County: Marion


Rainfall is based on 88 years of weather data at Ocala.


County: Pasco


Rainfall is based on 87 years of weather data at St. Leo.


C4-14

Table D-3


County: Pinellas


Rainfall is based on 87 years of weather data at Tarpon Springs. Factor for conversion of average rainfall in 2-in-10 rainfall .82

County: Polk


Rainfall is based on 64 years of weather data at Lake Alfred.


County: Sarasota


Rainfall is based on 29 years of weather data at Venice.


C4-15

Table D-3


County: Sarasota-WUCA


Rainfall is based on 65 years of weather data at Bradenton.

Factor for conversion of average rainfall in 2-in-10 rainfall .85 County: Sumter


Rainfall is based on 87 years of weather data at Clermont.


_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Source: Mean Temperature and Rainfall – National Oceanic Atmospheric Association and SWFWMD Solar Radiation – Southwest

Florida Water Management District

C4-16

Table D-4 Example of estimated total allocated inches per acre per season for vegetables for selected major soil types in the Eastern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area. Irrigation water requirements are based on a modified Blaney-Criddle methodology and other methods as described in this section, and assumes no effective rainfall.

Hillsborough Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County BASINGER MYAKKA ZOLFO Efficiencies % 50 60 65 70 80 50 60 65 70 80 50 60 65 70 80 Tomato 52 45 43 40 37 53 46 43 41 37 52 45 43 40 37 Peppers 40 35 33 31 28 41 35 33 32 29 40 35 33 31 28 Squash 30 26 25 24 22 30 26 25 23 22 30 26 25 23 22

Manatee Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County EAU GALLIE MYAKKA WAVELAND Efficiencies % 50 60 65 70 80 50 60 65 70 80 50 60 65 70 85 Tomato 53 47 44 42 38 51 44 42 40 36 48 42 39 37 33 Peppers 41 36 34 33 30 39 40 32 31 28 37 32 30 28 25 Cucumbers 39 34 33 31 28 37 32 31 29 26 34 30 28 26 24

Sarasota Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County BLANTON IMMOKALEE LEON Efficiencies % 50 60 65 70 80 50 60 65 70 80 50 60 65 70 80 Cabbage 32 28 27 25 23 31 36 24 23 21 30 26 24 23 21 Cucumbers 36 32 30 28 26 34 30 28 26 24 33 29 27 26 23 Melons 36 31 30 28 26 34 29 27 26 23 33 29 27 25 23

1. Climatical data for Hillsborough County comes from Plant City. Climatical data for Manatee and Sarasota Counties come from Bradenton. 2. Crop Planting Growing Days Tomato February 120 Cabbage February 90 Squash February 90 Peppers March 90 Cucumbers March 90 Melons March 90 3. Estimated water requirements based on an 8-in-10 rainfall probability. August 2, 1990 Table D-4

C4-17

Table D-5 Example of estimated total allocated inches per acre per season for citrus and strawberries for selected major soil types in the Eastern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area. Irrigation water requirements are based on a modified Blaney-Criddle methodology and other methods as described in this section.

Hillsborough Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County BASINGER MYAKKA ZOLFO Efficiencies % 75 80 85 75 80 85 75 80 85 Citrus 17 16 15 17 16 15 17 16 15 Strawberries 43 42 42 45 43 42 45 43 42

Hillsborough Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County EAU GALLIE MYAKKA WAVELAND Efficiencies % 75 80 85 75 80 85 75 80 85 Citrus 15 14 13 15 14 13 15 14 13 Strawberries 45 43 42 45 43 42 45 43 42

Hillsborough Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County BLANTON IMMOKALEE LEON Efficiencies % 75 80 85 75 80 85 75 80 85 Citrus 18 17 16 17 16 15 20 19 18

1. Climatical data for Hillsborough County comes from Plant City. Climatical data for Manatee and Sarasota Counties come from Bradenton. 2. Strawberry water requirements are based on a 180-day crop with an October planting. 3. Crop establishment for strawberries is based on 1-inch per day for 14 days. 4. Estimated water requirements based on an 8-in-10 rainfall probability, with no effective rainfall

for strawberries and 100% effective rainfall for citrus. August 2, 1990 Table D-5

C4-18

Table D-6 Example of estimated total allocated inches per acre per season for citrus and strawberries for selected major soil types in the Northern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area. Irrigation water requirements are based on a modified Blaney-Criddle methodology and other methods as described in this section.

Hillsborough Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County BASINGER MYAKKA ZOLFO Efficiencies % 75 80 85 75 80 85 75 80 85 Citrus 17 16 15 17 16 15 17 16 15 Strawberries 43 42 42 45 43 42 45 43 42

Hillsborough Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County EAU GALLIE MYAKKA WAVELAND Efficiencies % 75 80 85 75 80 85 75 80 85 Citrus 15 14 14 20 19 18 19 18 17 Strawberries 44 42 41 44 43 42 44 42 41

Hillsborough Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County BLANTON IMMOKALEE LEON Efficiencies % 75 80 85 75 80 85 75 80 85 Citrus 22 20 19 22 21 19 28 26 25

1. Climatical data for Hillsborough County comes from Plant City. Climatical data for Pasco County comes from St. Leo. Climatical data for Pinellas County comes from Tarpon Springs. 2. Estimated water requirements based on an 8-in-10 rainfall probability, with 0% effective rainfall

for strawberries and 100% for citrus. 3. Strawberry requirements are based on a 180-day crop with an October planting. August 2, 1990 Table D-6

C4-19

Table D-7 Example of estimated total allocated inches per acre per season for vegetables for selected major soil types in the Northern Tampa Bay Water Use Caution Area. Irrigation water requirements are based on a modified Blaney-Criddle methodology and other methods as described in this section, and assumes no effective rainfall.

Hillsborough Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County BASINGER MYAKKA ZOLFO Efficiencies % 50 60 65 70 80 50 60 65 70 80 50 60 65 70 80 Tomato 52 45 43 40 37 53 46 43 41 37 52 45 43 40 37 Peppers 40 35 33 31 28 41 35 33 32 29 40 35 33 31 28 Squash 30 26 25 24 22 30 26 25 23 22 30 26 25 23 22

Pasco Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County BASINGER TAVARES CANDLER Efficiencies % 50 60 65 70 80 50 60 65 70 80 50 60 65 70 85 Tomato 51 44 41 39 35 47 40 37 35 31 48 41 38 36 32

1. Climatical data for Hillsborough County comes from Plant City. Climatical data for Pasco County comes from St. Leo. 2. Estimated water requirements based on an 8-in-10 rainfall probability and no effective rainfall. 3. Crop Planting Growing Days Tomato February 120 Squash February 90 Peppers March 90 August 2, 1990 Table D-7

C4-20

Table D-8 Example of estimated total allocated inches per acre per season for citrus for selected major soil types in the Highlands Ridge Water Use Caution Area. Irrigation water requirements are based on a modified Blaney-Criddle methodology and other methods as described in this section.

Highlands Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County ASTATULA BASINGER MYAKKA Efficiencies % 75 80 85 75 80 85 75 80 85 Citrus 24 22 21 17 16 15 17 16 15

Polk Soil Type Soil Type Soil Type County ASTATULA BASINGER MYAKKA Efficiencies % 75 80 85 75 80 85 75 80 85 Citrus 23 21 20 16 15 14 16 15 14

1. Estimated water requirements based on an 8-in-10 rainfall probability and 100% effective

rainfall. 2. Climatical data for Highlands County comes from Plant City. Climatical data for Polk County comes from Lake Alfred. 3. Frost and freeze protection is not included in the above figures. August 2, 1990 Table D-8

Southwest Florida Water Management District 2379 BROAD STREET • BROOKSVILLE, FL 34604-6899 (352) 796-7211 or FLORIDA WATS 1(800) 423-1476

AGRICULTURAL WATER ALLOTMENT FORM To determine the inch per acre allotment for your crop(s); complete this form and return it to the District. The District will return to you the calculated inches per acre. Submit one form for each water use permit. NOTE: In the table below, the numbered columns may be used for different crops of different planting dates. If you have more than four crops or planting dates, use additional forms.

1 2 3 4 County

Crop

Planting Date

Season Length (days)

Primary Soil Type

Irrigation System Type (1)

(2)

WUP No. _____________________________

Name: ____________________________________________________________________________________

Address: __________________________________________________________________________________

City, State, ZIP: _____________________________________________________________________________

Telephone: ( )_____________________________________________________________________________ FOLD AND RETURN TO: Records and Data, Southwest Florida Water Management District, 2379 Broad Street, Brooksville, Florida 34604-6899. Form: LEG-R.042.00 (4/09) C4-21 Rule 40D-2.101(5)(b), F.A.C.

For District Use Only:

* INCHES COMMENTS

1

2

3

4 NOTE: Quantities based on assumption that there is sufficient system capacity.

C5-1

5. GROUND-WATER LEVEL MONTORING PROGRAM

A ground-water level monitoring program may be required to adequately indicate the impact of the proposed use on existing legal uses, water bodies, land uses, environmental features such as wetlands, saline water intrusion, or the aquifer. These guidelines are intended to help the Permittee in developing a ground-water level monitoring program. Staff determines the scope of a Permittee’s monitoring program by the size of the withdrawal, the hydrologic properties of the aquifer, the amount and type of other water use in the aquifer, and the land use surrounding the withdrawal. The number of wells required for monitoring will normally be specified in the special conditions of the permit. For example, a water use of less than one million gallons per day in a relatively undeveloped inland area may require only one monitoring well, while a use of several million gallons per day from a highly-stressed coastal aquifer subject to salt water intrusion may require a number of monitoring wells at several depths located at various directions and distances from the withdrawal. Since the hydrologic aspects of each withdrawal will differ these guidelines are general in nature and may be modified where appropriate. A monitoring program for flowing wells will require a different methodology. Specific details and requirements for each program will be prepared on a case-by-case basis within the context of these guidelines. The Permittee should meet with District staff prior to monitor well construction in order to review the design and scope of the monitoring program. A. Monitor Well Design, Construction, Documentation, and Recorder. 1. Well Network Design Guidelines a. The specific number, depth, location and design specifications of monitoring wells are determined on a case-by-case basis. b. Individual well locations are determined after the consideration of factors such as saline water bodies, potential pollution sources, nearby wells, surface-water bodies and wetlands, and the boundary of the cone of depression. c. Design and construction specifications for each well, include drilling method, total depth, casing depth and type, and well finish. The specifications are developed based on factors such as local geology, drilling conditions, nearby wells completed either in the production zone or adjacent zones or aquifers, and the parameters to be monitored from the well. 2. Well Construction Guidelines a. All monitoring wells shall be installed by a registered well driller working under the direction of a licensed contractor. b. All materials and equipment shall be clean and free from oil, grease, solvents, or other contaminants. c. Upon completion, the monitoring well shall be capable of producing water substantially free of sand and completely free of drilling fluids, and shall be responsive to water level changes in the aquifer.

C5-2

d. Sampling: Formation samples shall be collected during drilling every ten (10) feet or at each change of lithology, whichever occurs first. Samples shall be representative of the formation materials encountered at the depth at which they naturally occur in the borehole. Samples shall be clearly and indelibly labeled with the well identification and depth interval represented by the sample. A detailed driller's report shall be maintained and shall include, but not be limited to, a description of all formations encountered, depths at which the formations are encountered, and the number of feet drilled. e. Casing: Well casing shall be new, schedule 40 PVC pipe or its equivalent, with a minimum 2-inch nominal diameter. The casing shall be assembled with threaded couplings, slip couplings, or flush joint threaded ends. If couplings are used, they may be secured to the casing with stainless steel screws that do not penetrate the PVC casing. Solvents and/or glue shall not be used to join casing. The well casing may extend above or below the protective steel casing. The top of the casing shall be fitted with a removable, vented cap. f. Screen: Well screen shall be new, schedule 40 PVC slotted pipe or its equivalent, 3 to 5 feet long with a minimum 2 inch nominal diameter. Slot size shall be compatible with formation materials and artificial gravel pack. It shall be fitted with a tail pipe of new, schedule 40 PVC pipe or its equivalent, 2 feet long with a minimum 2 inch nominal diameter. The bottom of the tail pipe shall be assembled and attached to the casing in a manner similar to the assembly of the casing. The casing and screen shall be plumb and centralized within the borehole. g. Gravel Pack: An artificial gravel pack of washed, well rounded, well sorted, silica gravel of a size compatible with formation materials and screen slot size shall be used. The gravel shall have a minimum thickness of 2 inches and shall be placed in the borehole in such a manner as to completely fill the annular space. The gravel pack shall extend from the bottom of the tail pipe to 2 feet above the top of the screen. h. Sand Cap: A sand cap consisting of clean washed quartz (silica) filter sand having a diameter of approximately 0.04 inches (1 mm) shall be used. The sand cap shall extend from the top of the gravel pack to 2 to 3 feet above the top of the gravel pack. The sand cap shall be placed in the borehole in such a manner as to completely fill the annular space. The sand cap shall have a minimum thickness of 2 inches. Bentonite or similar clay materials shall not be used as a substitute for the sand cap. i. Grout: Neat cement grout shall be placed in the borehole from the top of the sand cap to ground surface. No more than 6 gallons of water per cubic foot of cement shall be used. The grout shall have a minimum thickness of 1 inch and shall be placed in the borehole in such a manner as to completely fill the annular space. j. Well Casing Protection: A protective steel casing or equivalent shall be placed around the well casing a minimum of 2 feet below land surface to a minimum of 2 feet above land surface. The protective steel casing shall be of a diameter that allows access to the well casing for water level measurements and water

C5-3

sampling. A cement or concrete pad with minimum dimensions of 2 feet on each side, 4 inches thick, shall be placed around the protective steel casing. The pad shall be sloped in such a manner as to convey water away from the protective steel casing. The protective steel casing shall be fitted with a cap or locking cap. A hole must be drilled in the protective steel casing near the top of the pad to prevent the accumulation of water in the protective steel casing. The monitoring well identification must be clearly and indelibly marked on the protective steel casing. 3. Well Construction Documentation Guidelines a. The District may require the collection of drill cuttings or cores, and the submittal of lithologic or geophysical logs, obtained during the drilling of observation wells. b. A completion report must be submitted pursuant to Chapter 40D-3, Florida Administrative Code. c. An accurate site map of the location of each monitoring well is required giving specific directions from landmarks to the well. 4. Water Level Recorders Guidelines a. Water level recorders which produce a page-type chart or a roll-type chart are recommended. b. Recorders which produce circular charts or digital-coded punched paper tapes are not acceptable. A digital-coded type recorder may be considered only if the data has been decoded with the levels referenced to NGVD and then the data submitted. B. Data Collection and Submittal Guidelines 1. Establishment of Datum Reference for Monitoring Wells a. A measuring point (MP) is established for each well and used as a reference point for all ground-water level measurements. Normally, the measuring point is the top of the well casing. b. The datum reference is established by surveying the elevation of the measuring point above mean sea level. (0.0' NGVD) 2. Ground-Water Level Measurements a. Wetted Tape Measurement: This method uses a steel measuring tape or surveyor's chain, preferably graduated into hundredths of a foot. The bottom portion of the tape is coated with carpenter's chalk or fluid-level paste and the tape is lowered into the well a sufficient depth to allow part of the chalked portion of the tape to be below the water level. At this point, find a footage marker on the tape, hold it against the measuring point, and record that footage (HOLD). Withdraw the tape from the well, determine the footage at which the

C5-4

water level CUT the tape as indicated by the line between wet and dry chalk or paste, and subtract the CUT footage from the HOLD footage to obtain the ground-water level (GWL) below the measuring point. To express the water level in terms of NGVD reference, subtract the GWL measurements from the elevation of the measuring point. b. Electric Probe Measurement: An electric probe is a device in which contact with the top of the water column in a well completes a circuit and sends a signal, usually through an ammeter on the device. The point at which the probe first touches water is determined, the probe cable is held against the measuring point, and the length of cable below the hold point is measured to determine the ground-water level. Subtract that level from the elevation of the measuring point to express the water level in NGVD reference. c. Other Observations: Along with the ground-water level, the date and time of the measurement are recorded. It may also be useful to note items such as weather and precipitation, number of wells operating, etc. 3. Water Level Recorder Operation a. Starting a Continuous Recorder Measurement: Measure the potentiometric level with steel tape of electric probe. Note the ground-water level (referenced to NGVD), date, time, and the initials of the person starting the record on the chart. Adjust the chart for the proper time of day and the recorder pen for the proper water level. Check the movement of the recorder float to be sure as upward movement in the well is shown as upward movement on the recorder. b. Ending a Continuous Recorder Measurement: Measure the ground-water level (referenced to NGVD). If there is a large difference between the measured level and the level showing on the recorder, perform the measurement again. Note the level, date, time and inspector's initials on the chart. Also note any level discrepancy of 0.1 foot or more, and any time discrepancy of 1 hour or more per seven-day period. 4. Monthly Data Submittal Requirements a. Ground-Water Levels: Field measurements of ground-water levels are submitted to the District during the month following the month in which the measurements were made. If any monitoring wells are equipped with water level recorders, the recorder charts are submitted with the field measurements. b. Documentation: The project name and permit number must accompany all data submittals to the District. 5. Annual Reporting Requirements a. Hydrographs: The District may require that a hydrograph for each observation well be prepared at the end of each calendar year. The graph shall be prepared from the field ground-water level measurements taken in wells without water level recorders, or from the lowest water level occurring on the 5th, 10th, 15th,

C5-5

20th, 25th and last day of the month in wells equipped with recorders. The water level scale on the hydrographs shall be held constant throughout the year. b. Potentiometric Surface Map: For larger ground-water level monitoring networks, the District may require the submittal of wet season and dry season potentiometric surface maps. The maps shall be based on the May and November water level measurements. A separate map should be prepared for each monitored aquifer. c. Documentation: The project name and permit number must accompany all data submittals to the District.

C6-1

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

An environmental monitoring program may be required for permits where there is a potential for withdrawals to cause significant adverse impacts to environmental features. The objectives of environmental monitoring are to document actual environmental impacts resulting from withdrawals. The following factors are considered in determining the need for an environmental monitoring program: the size of the withdrawal, its predicted impact on surface waters and the water table, and the sensitivity and value of the associated environmental features. In assessing the need for environmental monitoring, the District at the time of permit application considers both the historical and existing conditions of associated environmental features. Previous physical alterations to environmental features, such as drainage systems or water control structures, are considered. For certain permits, the applicant may be required to supply additional information regarding the existing status and condition of associated environmental features. This information may consist of aerial photographs, topographic maps, hydrologic and/or environmental data, land cover assessments or other relevant information. Also, baseline hydrologic and/or environmental data collected prior to permit application should be provided if available. The need for additional information may be established through pre-application meetings with the District. If an environmental monitoring program is required, the specific details of such program will be determined during the application process. Methods of data collection, sampling locations and sampling frequency must be approved by the District. The results of monitoring programs will be provided to the District in reports submitted at a frequency determined during permit application. Reports may be either of two types: 1) progress reports which contain raw data, data summaries and a brief description of monitoring progress; and 2) interpretive reports which contain analyses and interpretation of the monitoring program results. The basic format for data presentation and analysis contained in these reports will be reviewed and approved by the District. Environmental monitoring programs will be designed for efficiency and cost effectiveness while achieving monitoring objectives. If determined to be adequate, environmental monitoring can be limited to water use and simple hydrologic data. In other cases, biological or ecological parameters must also be measured in order to evaluate relationships between environmental characteristics and hydrologic conditions. Typically, environmental monitoring is limited to water use and hydrologic data when the following conditions exist: 1. The effects of the withdrawal are restricted to small changes in lake levels. 2. The withdrawal results in small or intermittent flow reductions in a stream or other water-course and existing information on the ecological structure of the water course is sufficient or additional information is determined to be unnecessary. 3. For withdrawals predicted to impact wetlands, it is determined by District staff that a sufficient water level monitoring program will adequately address hydrobiological relationships and impacts to wetlands communities. Environmental monitoring may also include the measurement of biological or ecological parameters when the following conditions exist.

C6-2

1. Lake levels are lowered to the degree that lake water quality or biological structure are significantly affected. 2. Stream-flow reductions are of sufficient magnitude that water quality or biological structure are affected, or insufficient data exist to make these assessments. 3. For withdrawals predicted to impact wetlands, it is determined by the District, based on wetlands size and quality and modeled water table drawdowns, that the monitoring biological parameters will be necessary to evaluate impacts to wetland communities. Wetlands quality will be assessed by considering such factors as the presence of rare or endangered species, species diversity, indicator species, and evidence of successional trends. General types of data which may be required as part of environmental monitoring programs are listed below. This list is not all inclusive, and other types of data may be required if appropriate. Conversely, an environmental monitoring program may include only some of these types of data. Specific details of any environmental monitoring program will be established during the application process. A. Lakes 1. Permits involving withdrawals which may cause adverse impacts to lakes, ponds, sinks or impoundments may be required to monitor: a. Surface-water levels. b. Ground-water levels. c. Rainfall at the project site. d. Surface-water quality. e. Biological parameters such as the abundance and species composition of benthic fauna, fishes, zooplankton, phytoplankton, submersed and emergent macrophytes, and periphyton, measured with recognized quantitative techniques. B. Streams and Water-Courses 1. Permits involving withdrawals which may cause adverse impacts to streams, springs, canals, estuaries, or other water-courses may be required to monitor: a. Surface-water levels. b. Ground-water levels. c. Rainfall at the project site. d. Surface-water quality, including salinity distribution in estuaries. e. Biological parameters such as the abundance and species composition of benthic fauna, fishes, zooplankton, phytoplankton, submersed macrophytes, emergent or intertidal plants, and periphyton, measured with recognized quantitative techniques.

C6-3

f. Sediment characteristics, such as particle size distribution and organic content. g. Aerial photography identifying the distribution of riparian or estuarine vegetation. h. Hydrographic parameters, such as bathymetry and the distribution of major bottom features such as sand bars, oyster bars, and mud flats. C. Wetlands 1. Permits involving withdrawals which may cause impacts to wetlands may be required to monitor: a. Surface-water levels. b. Ground-water levels. c. Rainfall at the project area. d. Surface-water quality. e. Inventories of plants and animals found in or dependent upon the project area. f. Quantitative vegetation monitoring in representative areas for measurements of percent cover, standing crop, species composition and associated indices or other relevant ecological parameters. g. Wildlife monitoring (including birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish and invertebrates) using recognized quantitative methods. h. Systematic on-ground photography of representative areas of the project site. i. Aerial photography of the project site and adjacent areas which may be affected by withdrawals. j. Land cover assessments, at Florida Department of Transportation Level III, to include land area controlled by the applicant, or area within two miles of production wells, or all lands where hydrologic models indicate an effect of withdrawals on water table conditions.

Index-1

INDEX PERMIT INFORMATION MANUAL

adjacent property owners: B6-22 annual average daily withdrawal: A-2, A-3, B-xiii, B3-3, B7.1-21, B7.2-20, B7.3-21 aquaculture: B3-4, B3-7 aquifer test program: 1, B1-2, C3-1, C3-8 augmentation: B-xiii, B3-17, B3-18, B4-9, B4-10, B5-8, B6-8, B6-15, B7.1-17, B7.1-18, B7.2-17, B7.2-18, B7.3-16, B7.3-17 competing applications: A-1, A-7 Conditions for Issuance of permits: A-1, A-6 control of property and activities: B2-1 crop establishment: B3-4, B3-5, B3-6, B7.1-8, B7.1-9, B7.1-10, B7.1-11, B7.1-12, B7.1-13, B7.1-14, B7.1-15, B7.2-8, B7.2-9, B7.2-10, B7.2-11, B7.2-12, B7.2-13, B7.2-14, B7.2-15, B7.3-8, B7.3-9, B7.3-10, B7.3-11, B7.3-12, B7.3-13, B7.3-14, C4-1, C4-2, C4-17 dewatering: A-3, A-13, B-xiii, B-xv, B1-2, B3-8, B3-11, B3-12, B4-3, B4-4, B5-7, B5-9, B6-21, B6-22, B6-23, B6-24, B7.1-16, B7.1-20, B7.2-16, B7.2-19, B7.3-15, B7.3-19, drainage districts: B3-7 duration of permits: A-8 eminent domain: B2-1 environmental features: A-11, B4-1, B4-2, B4-11, B5-7, B5-8, B5-9, B6-2, C3-2, C5-1, C6-1 environmental monitoring: 1, B5-7, B5-8, B5-9, B6-4, B6-14, B6-15, B6-16, C6-1, C6-2 estuaries: A-6, A-14, B4-2, B4-5, C6-2 evapotranspiration: (ET) C4-2, C4-3, C4-5, C4-6, C4-7 field preparation: B3-5, B3-6, B7.1-8, B7.1-9, B7.1-10, B7.1-11, B7.1-12, B7.1-13, B7.1-14, B7.1-15, B7.2-8, B7.2-9, B7.2-10, B7.2-11, B7.2-12, B7.2-13, B7.2-14, B7.2-15, B7.3-8, B7.3-9, B7.3-10, B7.3-11, B7.3-12, B7.3-13, B7.3-14, C4-1, C4-2 frost/freeze protection: B3-3, B3-4, B3-5, B3-6, B5-2, B6-19, B7.1-9, B7.1-12, B7.1-13, B7.2-9, B7.2-12, B7.2-13, B7.3-9. B7.3-12, B7.3-13, geophysical logging: C3-2, C3-7 interconnected systems: B3-16, B7.1-2, B7.2-2, B7.3-2

Index-2

INDEX (continued) irrigation: B-xiv, B-xv, B-xvi, B-xvii, B3-4, B3-5, B3-6, B3-7, B3-11, B3-12, B3-13, B3-17, B3-18, B4-9, B6-5, B6-13, B6-16, B6-18, B6-19, B6-26, B6-27, B6-28, B7.1-2, B7.1-5, B7.1-7, B7.1-8, B7.1-9, B7.1-10, B7.1-11, B7.1-12, B7.1-13, B7.1-14, B7.1-15, B7.1-16, B7.1-17, B7.1-20, B7.2-2, B7.2-5, B7.2-7, B7.2-8, B7.2-9, B7.2-10, B7.2-11, B7.2-12, B7.2-13, B7.2-14, B7.2-15, B7.2-16, B7.2-17, B7.2-18, B7.2-19, B7.3-2, B7.3-5, B7.3-7, B7.3-8, B7.3-9, B7.3-10, B7.3-11, B7.3-12, B7.3-13, B7.3-14, B7.3-15, B7.3-16, B7.3-18, B7.3-19, C4-1, C4-2, C4-3, C4-4, C4-5, C4-6, C4-7, C4-8, C4-9, C4-16, C4-17, C4-18, C4-19, C4-20, C4-21 lakes: A-6, A-11, A-14, B4-2, B4-4, B4-5, B6-2, B6-10, B7.1-17, B7.1-18, B7.1-19, B7.2-17, B7.2-18, B7.3-16, B7.3-17, B7.3-18, C6-2, leases: B1-4 livestock: B3-4, B3-7, B6-28, B7.1-16, B7.2-16, B7.3-15 maximum daily withdrawal: B3-4 mitigation: A-8, B-xiv, B1-4, B4-1, B4-3, B4-4, B4-8, B6-4, B6-5, B6-15, B6-23, B7.1-2, B7.1-5, B7.2-1, B7.2-2, B7.2-5, B7.3-2, B7.3-5 modification of permits: A-1, A-8, B1-6 pasture irrigation: B3-7 peak month average daily withdrawal: B3-3 per-capita water use: B7.1-4, B7.2-4, B7.3-4 Performance Standards: B4-1, B4-2, B4-4, B4-5, B4-7, permits required: A-1, A-2, B1-1 personal/sanitary use: B3-8, B3-12, B3-18 phased projects: B1-2 pollution: A-7, A-14, B4-7, B5-7, B6-9, C5-1 population estimates: B3-15, B3-16 Power Plant Siting Act: B2-4 Presumptions: B4-1, B4-2, B4-6, B4-8, proposed agency action: B1-3 Public Service Commission: B-xvii, B2-4 renewal of permits: A-1, A-9, B1-6

Index-3

INDEX (continued) residential use: B3-14, B3-15 revocation of permits: A-1, A-9, B1-7 runoff: A-11, B-xv, B4-9, B6-2, B6-16, B6-17, B6-26, B6-27 saline water intrusion: A-7, A-14, B-xv, B4-6, B4-7, B5-2, C2-1, C5-1 saline water monitoring: 1, B5-2, B5-3, B5-4, B5-5, B5-7, C2-1 seawater: B-xiii, B-xv, B1-1, B3-1, B5-2 specific capacity test: C3-3, C3-4, standby quantities: B3-2 streams: A-6, A-11, A-14, B4-2, B4-5, B5-7, B6-2, B6-8, B6-11, C6-2 supplemental crop requirement: B3-5, C4-4 surface water management system: B2-2 temporary permits: A-1, A-12, A-13, B2-3 test wells: A-3, C3-2 transfer of permits: A-1, A-9, B1-5 violation: A-9, A-12, B1-7, B1-8, B7.1-5, B7.1-15, B7.2-5, B7.2-15, B7.3-5, B7.3-15 waste: A-7, A-11, B-xiii, B3-6, B4-9, B6-2, B6-16, B6-17, B7.1-9, B7.1-13, B7.2-9, B7.2-13, B7.3-9, B7.3-13 water balance: B3-8, B3-9, B3-11, B3-12 Water Conservation Act: B2-4, B3-15 water quality sampling: B6-9 water shortage: i, A-1, A-2, A-10, A-13, A-14, B3-1, B6-1 water treatment: B3-1 Water Use Caution Areas: 1, i, B7.1-1

INDEX (continued)

Index-4

wetlands: A-6, A-11, A-14, A-16, B4-2, B4-3, B4-4, B5-8, B5.-9, B6-2, B6-6, B6-15, B6-24, B7.1-8, B7.1-12, B7.1-17, B7.2-7, B7.2-12, B7.2-17, B7.3-7, B7.3-12, B7.3-16, C5-1, C6-1, C6-2, C6-3

Index-0

February 1993 To Whom it May Concern: Fees for Water Use and Well Construction Permits are as follows: Water Use Permit Fees: Individual General General (over 500,000 gpd) (100,000-499,000 gpd) (less than 100,000 gpd) NEW $1,000.00 $250.00 $50.00 RENEWAL $750.00 $185.00 $35.00 MOD $300.00 $75.00 $15.00 LETTER MOD $N/C $N/C $N/C ______________________________________________________________________________ Well Construction Permit Fees: PUBLIC SUPPLY $130.00 or other wells constructed to public supply standards PUBLIC SUPPLY IN CHAPTER 17-524 DELINEATED AREAS $500.00 ALL OTHERS $50.00 Domestic Irrigation Industrial Repair/Modification Test Exploratory/Monitor Injection There are no fees for abandonment permits



PART D REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ESTIMATION OF PERMANENT AND

TEMPORAL SERVICE AREA POPULATIONS

January 20, 2009

D-1

List of Acronyms and Definitions

CGRUPPOP - Census group quarters population (both institutionalized and non-

institutionalized) - data from the most recent decennial Census (2000 Census SF1 File, Variable

P027024/American Factfinder Table P27, or equivalent data for subsequent Census)

CHH - Census (number of) households - data from the most recent decennial Census (2000

Census SF1 File, Variable P015001/American Factfinder Table P15, or equivalent data for

subsequent Census)

CHOUSUNITS - Census total housing units - data from the most recent decennial Census (2000

Census SF1 File, Variable H001001/American Factfinder Table H1, or equivalent data for

subsequent Census)

CPOPNHH - Census population in households - data from the most recent decennial Census

(2000 Census SF1 File, Variable P016001/American Factfinder Table P16, or equivalent data for

subsequent Census)

FNETCOM - functional net commuter population of the service area for the year of interest

FSEASPOP - functional seasonal resident population for the year of interest - the estimated

population of part time residents, not tourists, that has been adjusted for length of stay in the

service area

FTOURPOP - functional tourist population for the year of interest - the estimated average

annual number of tourists in the service area per day

GRUPPOP - group quarters population for the year of interest - the estimated group quarters

population of the service area

GEOGRAPHIC ZIP CODES - are ZIP Codes exclusive of unique business or institutional ZIP

Codes and cover a geographic delivery area. Census ZIP Code Tabulation Areas (ZCTAs) are

approximately equivalent to Geographic ZIP Codes. Where new Geographic ZIP Codes have

been created since the Census, District-provided data will direct to the appropriate ZCTA

PERMPOP - permanent resident population for the year of interest - the estimated permanent

resident population of the service area (not including group quarters population) that does not

reside outside the service area for a portion of the year

PERMPPH - permanent resident persons-per-household - the calculated number of persons per

household based on Census data or survey for the selected Census geographies

REQPOP - total required functional population for the year of interest - the estimated permanent

resident, functional seasonal resident, and group quarters service area population required to be

submitted to the District on an annual basis

RESUNITS – average residential account housing units for the year of interest - the number of

residential housing units served in the retail service area in January and December of the year of

interest divided by two

SEASADJ - seasonal resident adjustment factor - a factor based on length of stay that converts

the peak seasonal resident population to a functional year-round resident

SEASHH - Census year seasonal households - an estimate of the number of households in the

Census geographies chosen to represent the service area that are seasonal in the Census year

SEASONAL RESIDENTS - typically live away from their service area residence for three or

more months of the year. While residing in the service area, they reside in private residences -

not licensed public lodging

D-2

SEASPKPOP - seasonal resident peak population for the year of interest - an estimate of the

number of seasonal residents served during the first quarter of the year for the year of interest

SEASPPH - seasonal resident persons-per-household - an estimate of the number of persons

living in a seasonal residence household - default value (1.95) or developed from a service area

survey

SEASPROP - seasonal proportional residence time - the portion of the year spent in the service

area be seasonal residents - one of two default values or developed from a service area survey

SEASRR - peak seasonal resident ratio - the estimated ratio of peak (first quarter) seasonal

resident and permanent resident population to permanent resident population - using District-

provided or service area survey-developed data

SEAS/TOTHH - an estimate of the ratio of seasonal households to total households for the

service area in the Census year

SMALL UTILITY - A utility that has a population of less than 25,000 based on the sum of the

census population in households within census blocks wholly or partially within the utility's

service area

YEAR OF INTEREST - The year for which the population is being determined

ZCTA - Census ZIP Code Tabulation Area - a Census area designation approximately

equivalent to geographic ZIP Codes that existed at the time of the most recent decennial Census

for which Census data are aggregated and tabulated

D-3

1.0 Introduction

The calculation of per capita water use requires an estimate of the total retail water service area

functional population. The required functional population includes permanent residents,

seasonal residents and group quarters population only. Adding the functional tourist and net

commuter population to the required functional population is optional. Data sources, more

detailed explanations, and examples of calculations may be found in the appendices to this

document. All calculations and documentation shall be conducted and provided in accordance

with the provisions of this document, including those found in the appendices.

This methodology involves the creation of a number of demographic ratios from Census or

survey data that are appropriate to the service area. The ratios, such as persons-per-household, or

duration of seasonal residency, are then applied to the year of interest housing units and/or

population served to estimate year of interest service area populations.

If the service area did not exist at the time of the most recent decennial Census, the permittee

must conduct a survey, consistent with the provisions of Appendix B of this document to

determine seasonal and permanent population served. Data collected must include both seasonal

and permanent households, seasonal and permanent persons-per-household, and seasonal

resident household length of stay.

The District maintains updated default values as the data sources are updated. Permittees may

choose to use these updated default values when estimating their functional population or may

use existing default values until the updated default values are adopted by rule.

2.0 Required Permanent and Seasonal Resident Population Estimates

This is a modified dwelling unit methodology that uses utility provided residential account data

and divides the served dwelling units into permanent and seasonal households based on Census

data and District-provided seasonality data or permittee-developed survey data. The seasonal

resident population is converted to a functional population by adjusting for length of stay.

Worksheet B summarizes the total functional population, including optional populations, using

data and calculations from other worksheets. Worksheet B is completed in steps as other

worksheets are completed.

The general formula for calculating the required functional population for the year of interest

(REQPOP) is as follows.

REQPOP = PERMPOP + FSEASPOP + GRUPPOP

Where:

PERMPOP is the permanent resident population for the year of interest;

D-4

FSEASPOP is the functional seasonal resident population in the year of interest; and,

GRUPPOP is the group quarters population for the year of interest.

2.1 Complete Worksheet A (Residential Account Housing) using connections data for the year

for which the service area population is being estimated (the year of interest). Sum the

individually metered residences (A) and either the sums of the equivalent master metered

residential account units (E) or the sums of the counted master metered residential units (F) at the

bottom of the worksheet (G). Enter the total residential account housing units under

“RESUNITS” in Section 1 of Worksheet B: (Service Area Summary). Note: Worksheet B is

completed in steps as other worksheets are completed.

2.2 Complete Worksheet C (Households & Group Quarters) by selecting the appropriate Census

blocks and data to represent the retail water service area. Data shall be collected for blocks

totally within and partially within the service area. The selection of Census blocks and data must

be in accordance with Section 2.1 of Appendix A. Data sources are provided in Section 2.2 of

Appendix A. Census geography identifier and county codes are defined in Section 2.3 of

Appendix A. For each selected block, enter the following most recent Census data.

a. Census county name or code

b. Census tract number

c. Census block number

d. Census Population in Households (CPOPNHH)

e. Census Households (CHH)

f. Census Group Quarters Population (CGRUPPOP)

g. Census Housing Units (CHOUSUNITS)

Sum the data for CPOPNHH, CHH and CGRUPPOP and enter the appropriate sums under

“CPOPNHH”, “CHH”, “CGRUPPOP”, and “CHOUSUNITS” in Section 2 of Worksheet B.

Utilities with large numbers of Census blocks in the service area may submit an electronic file

such as a spreadsheet or the output of a database or statistical analysis software in lieu of

Worksheet C so long as the utility and Census geographies are clearly identified, the same data

are reported, and the data are clearly labeled.

2.3 Complete Worksheet D (Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio): Complete Part I of the Worksheet if

using District provided seasonal population data. District data are provided by Geographic ZIP

Code. See Section 3 of Appendix A for detailed information. Complete Part II of the worksheet

if using survey-generated seasonality data. If survey-generated seasonality data is used it must

be used everywhere that it is applicable and it may not be combined with District provided data.

Survey-generated data must be developed in accordance with the provisions of Appendix B.

Prior to completing Worksheet D, either Worksheet E (Partial ZCTAs) or Worksheet F (Small

Service Area ZCTAs) will need to be completed if using District-provided data and there are

D-5

ZCTAs partially within the service area. Subsection a. below addresses the use of District-

provided data. Subsection b. below addresses the use of survey-generated data.

a. District-Provided Seasonal and Permanent Resident Population Data: Estimated Census

year peak seasonal and permanent resident population by ZCTA are available from the District’s

website or, if access to the website is not available or sufficient, from the District's Planning

Department, for the calculation of the SEASRR. Compare the service area to Geographic ZIP

Code or ZCTA maps. See Section 3.2.1 of Appendix A for ZCTA map sources if not using

geographic mapping software. Census ZCTAs are generally congruent with Geographic ZIP

Codes. Where they are not, the District has assigned such new Geographic ZIP Codes to

appropriate ZCTAs. Select the appropriate ZCTAs to represent the retail water service area in

accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2.2 of Appendix A. Data from ZCTAs that are

completely within the service area shall be utilized in the calculation of the SEASRR. If a

service area is entirely within a ZCTA, then only the data from that ZCTA shall be used in the

calculation of the SEASRR. For ZCTAs that are partially within the service area, any utility may

use the 34% housing unit selection criteria described in i. below and Section 3.2.3 of Appendix

A. Only small utilities may use the billing ZIP Code analysis methodology described in ii.,

below, and Section 3.2.4 of Appendix A.

i. 34% Housing Unit ZCTA Selection Criteria: For those using the 34% selection method

to determine whether ZCTAs that are partially in the service area must be included, complete

Worksheet E by entering the ZCTA number, and then the total Census number of housing units

(CHOUSUNITS) in the ZCTA under “A”. See Section 3.2.3 of Appendix A for Census housing

unit data sources. Enter the number of Census housing units for each Census block that is both

in the service area and the ZCTA under “B”. If the sum of the housing units from blocks both in

the service area and the ZCTA (“C”) divided by the total the total housing units in the ZCTA

(“A”) is equal to or greater than 0.34, then the estimated seasonal and permanent resident data

from that ZCTA shall be used in the calculation of the SEASRR on Worksheet D (along with

data from any ZCTAs that are wholly within the service area).

ii. Small Service Area Billing ZIP Code Selection Criteria: Small service area utilities (less

than 25,000 in Census population in households - CPOPNHH) may elect to select partial ZIP

Codes in accordance with Section 3.2.4 of Appendix A. Complete Worksheet F (Small Service

Area ZCTAs) to determine which, if any, ZIP Codes partially within the service area should be

included in the analysis in Worksheet D.

Once the ZIP Codes/ZCTAs have been selected to represent the service area using the criteria

above, obtain the corresponding Census year seasonal and permanent resident data from the

District’s website or Planning Department for each ZCTA, enter the required data into Part 1 of

Worksheet D, and sum the average annual 3rd

quarter admissions, the estimated seasonal resident

populations and the Census permanent populations. Then calculate the SEASRR in accordance

with the formula at the bottom of Part 1 in Worksheet D. Enter the calculated ratio under the

SEASRR in section 5 of Worksheet B.

D-6

b. Survey-Determined Seasonal and Permanent Resident Population Data: If a survey has

been conducted in accordance with the requirements of Appendix B, the following data shall be

entered into the data fields of Part 2 of Worksheet D (see Section 3.2.6 of Appendix A).

i. Total number of seasonal household surveys returned (A),

ii. Total persons in households reported as seasonal (B),

iii. Total number of months seasonal residents reside in service area (C),

iv. Total number of permanent household surveys returned (D),

v. Total number of persons in households reported as permanent (E).

In Worksheet D Part 2 calculate the SEASPPH (Seasonal Resident Persons per Household)

according to the formula provided and enter the results under the “Optional” SEASPPH in

Section 4 of Worksheet B. Calculate the PERMPPH (Permanent Resident Persons Per

Household) according to the formula provided and enter the results under the “Optional”

PERMPPH in Section 3 of Worksheet B. Calculate the SEASPROP (Seasonal Proportional

Residence Time) according to the formula and enter the results under the “Optional”

SEASPROP in Section 10 of Worksheet B.

2.4 Unless a survey has been conducted as discussed in 2.3 b. above, calculate the Census data

PERMPPH (Permanent Resident Persons Per Household) according to the formula in Section 3

of Worksheet B and enter the answer under “Census” PERMPPH.

2.5 Unless a survey has been conducted as discussed in 2.3 b. above, enter the default value of

1.95 under “Default” SEASPPH in Section 4 of Worksheet B.

2.6 Calculate the SEASHH (Census Year Seasonal Households) as indicated in Section 6 of

Worksheet B.

2.7 Calculate the SEAS/TOTHH (Seasonal Households to Total Households Ratio) as indicated

in Section 7 of Worksheet B or enter the survey data from Worksheet D Part 2.

2.8 Calculate the SEASPKPOP (Seasonal Resident Peak Population for the Year of Interest) as

indicated in Section 8 of Worksheet B.

2.9 Calculate the PERMPOP (Permanent Resident Population for the Year of Interest) as

indicated in Section 9 of Worksheet B.

2.10 Enter the appropriate SEASPROP (Seasonal Proportional Residence Time) value as follows

in Section 10 of Worksheet B.

Beach Destination County Default (Charlotte, Manatee, Pinellas & Sarasota) = 0.442,

D-7

Non-Beach Destination County Default (all other District Counties) = 0.567, or

Survey-derived value calculated in Section 2.3 b. above.

Note: If survey-derived values developed in Part 2 of Worksheet D are used in any calculation

they must be used in all applicable calculations.

2.11 Calculate the SEASADJ (Seasonal Resident Adjustment Factor) as indicated in Section 11

of Worksheet B.

2.12 Calculate the FSEASPOP (Functional Seasonal Resident Population for the Year of

Interest) as indicated in Section 12 of Worksheet B.

2.13 Calculate the GRUPPOP (Group Quarters Population for the Year of Interest) as indicated

in Section 13 of Worksheet B.

2.14 Calculate the REQPOP (Total Required Functional Population for the Year of Interest as

indicated in 14 of Worksheet B.

3.0 Optional Functional Tourist Population

Complete Worksheet G (Functional Tourist Population) in accordance with the provisions of

Section 5 of Appendix A. Complete Part 1 (Public Lodging Direct Data Method) or Part 2

(Tourist Lodging Tax Method) of Worksheet G. The ability to use the Part 2 methodology

depends on the availability of tourist accommodations tax data for an area approximately

congruent with the service area. If such tax data are not available, then the Part 1 methodology

must be used to estimate tourists in public accommodations. Public lodging tourist population

shall not be calculated under both Part 1 and Part 2. Part 3 is used to estimate the “In-home”

tourist population component – tourists who stay with friends or family rather than at public

lodging. Part 3 tourist populations may be added to Part 1 or Part 2 tourist populations.

3.1 Completion of Worksheet G - Part 1 (Public Lodging Direct Data Method)

In Section a. of Part 1, insert the number of rooms in each of the public lodging facilities

identified as being in the retail water service area. Total the number of rooms in the service area

under “A”. See Section 5.1.1 of Appendix A for lodging rooms inventory data sources.

In Section b. of Part 1, insert monthly occupancy rates from utility lodging customer surveys or

other sources described in Section 5.1.2 of Appendix A. Sum the rates and calculate an average

annual monthly occupancy rate as indicated in the formula.

In Section c. of Part 1, select the default average guests per room for a coastal beach destination

county (Charlotte, Manatee, Pinellas, and Sarasota Counties only) or all other counties, or a

D-8

survey or other source with appropriate documentation. Enter the selected value under “E”. See

Section 5.1.3 of Appendix A.

In Section d. of Part 1, calculate the total daily public lodging population as indicated in the

equation and enter the result under “F”.

3.2 Completion of Worksheet G – Part 2 (Tourist Lodging Tax Method)

In Section a. of Part 2, enter the monthly or average monthly (annual divided by 12) tourist

accommodations tax collections and the tourist accommodations tax rate for the area

approximately congruent with the retail service area. See Section 5.2 of Appendix A for

information on tax data availability and average daily room rates. The tax rate should be entered

for each month even if the rate does not change. Calculate the monthly room revenue as

indicated in the formula. Next enter the average daily room rate for each month or the average

annual daily room rate. Next, calculate the total room days per month as indicated in equation.

Sum the monthly room days and enter the result under “L”.

In Section b. of Part 2, select the average guests per room as in Section c. of Part 1. Enter the

selected value under “M”. See Section 5.1.3 of Appendix A for information on values.

In Section c. of Part 2, calculate the tourist tax estimated tourist daily population as indicated in

the formula. Enter the results under “N”.

3.3 Completion of Worksheet G – Part 3 (In-Home Tourist Population)

The data required to complete Part 3 is likely only available from a survey of utility customers

and calculated as shown in the example in Section 5.3 of Appendix A. From such documented

calculations, enter the average in-home tourist days per household per year under “O”. Copy the

number of residential account housing units for the year of interest (RESUNITS) from the

bottom of Worksheet A and enter under “P” in Part 3 of Worksheet G. Perform the calculation

of the average annual in-home tourists per day as indicated in the formula. Enter the results

under “Q”.

3.4 Completion of Worksheet G – Part 4 Total Functional (Daily) Tourist Population

(FTOURPOP)

Add the results of Part 1 (F) or Part 2 (N), and Part 3 (Q), as applicable, and enter the results

under “FTOURPOP”. Copy the results for FTOURPOP under FTOURPOP in Section 15 of

Worksheet B.

4.0 Optional Functional Net Commuter Population

D-9

Using data from the 2000 Census Transportation Planning Package (CTPP), the District has

developed net commuter population data for each Census tract. (See Optional Net Commuter

Data supplement to Appendix A.) The net commuter population and Census population in

households by tract needed to calculate the functional net commuter population available from

the District’s website or from the District’s Planning Department. If the service area is

congruent with Census tract boundaries and there are no Census tracts partially within the service

area, move on to Section 4.2. Otherwise, continue with Section 4.1.

4.1 Complete Worksheet H (Partial Tract Selection) in accordance with Section 6.1 of Appendix

A to determine whether tracts partially within the service area should be included in the service

area net commuter calculation. For each partial tract, enter the Census County and tract

identifier number. Enter the total number of Census housing units in the tract under “A”.

Next, enter the Census county, tract and block identification numbers and the total number of

housing units for each block included in the service area in Worksheet C that is also in the partial

tract in question. Sum the housing units for the selected blocks and enter the result under “B”.

Finally, perform the calculation of the percent of the tract housing units that are also in the

service area as indicated in the formula. If the result is equal to or greater than 0.34 (34%) then

net commuter and Census population in households data from that tract shall be used in the

calculation service area functional net commuter population in Worksheet I (Functional Net

Commuter).

4.2 Complete Worksheet I by entering District-provided net commuter and population in

households data for tracts entirely within the service area and those partial tracts meeting the

34% criteria in Worksheet H.

Continuing with Worksheet I, sum the net commuters by Census tract and enter the result under

“A”. Enter the corresponding Census housing units by tract and sum the results under “B”.

Calculate the ratio of net commuters to Census housing units as indicated in the equation for

“C”.

Estimate the number of net commuters for the service area as indicated in the equation for “D”.

The RESUNITS (residential units served for the year of interest) is copied from Section 1 of

Worksheet B.

Finally, calculate the FNETCOM (Functional Net Commuter Population for the Year of Interest)

as indicated and enter the results in Section 16 of Worksheet B.

5.0 Total Required and Optional Functional Service Area Population

In Section 17 of Worksheet B, add the REQPOP from Section 14 of the worksheet, FTOURPOP

from Section 15 of the worksheet (if calculated), and FNETCOM from Section 16 of the

D-10

worksheet (if calculated). This results in the total required and optional functional population for

the service area.

D/A-1

Appendix A

Population Data Sources, Details & Examples

For Worksheets A to I

To

Part D of the Water Use Permit Information Manual:

Requirements for the Estimation of Permanent

and Temporal Service Area Populations


D/A-1

Table of Contents

1.0 Worksheet A: Residential Account Housing A-3

1.1 Utility Data Required A-3

2.0 Worksheet C: Households, Group Quarters and Housing Units A-3

2.1 Census Data Required A-3

2.2 Census Data Sources A-3

2.3 Census Geographic Identity Codes (STFID) A-3

3.0 Worksheet D: Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio A-4

3.1 Service Area Survey Generated Seasonal Population Data A-4 3.2 District-Provided Hospital Admissions to Generate Seasonal

Population Data A-4 3.2.1 ZIP Code Tabulation Area (ZCTA) Map Sources A-6 3.2.2 ZIP Code/ZIP Code Tabulation Area (ZCTA) Selection

Methods to Represent Service Area A-6

3.2.3 Worksheet E: Partial ZCTA Selection – 34% Housing Unit

ZCTA Selection Criteria A-6

3.2.4 Worksheet F: Small Service Area ZIP Code Selection A-7

3.2.5 Example Calculation of Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio

(SEASRR) – District Provided Data A-9

3.2.6 Example Calculation of Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio

(SEASRR) – Survey Generated Data A-10 4.0 Worksheet B: Service Area Summary – Example Required Total

Functional Permanent and Seasonal Resident Population Calculations A-11

4.1 Worksheet B Section 3 - Calculation of Service Area Permanent

Resident Persons-Per-Household (PERMPPH) A-11

4.2 Worksheet B Section 4 - Service Area Seasonal Resident

Persons-Per-Household (SEASPPH) A-11

4.3 Worksheet B Section 5 – Calculation of Peak Seasonal Resident

Ratio (SEASRR) A-11

4.4 Worksheet B Section 6 – Calculation of Census Year Seasonal

Households (SEASHH) A-12

4.5 Worksheet B Section 7 - Calculation of Seasonal Households to

Total Households Ratio (SEAS/TOTHH) A-12

4.6 Worksheet B Section 8 - Calculation of Seasonal Resident Peak

Population for the Year of Interest (SEASPKPOP) A-12

4.7 Worksheet B Section 9 - Calculation of Permanent Resident

Population for the Year of Interest (PERMPOP) A-13

4.8 Worksheet B Section 10 – Seasonal Proportional Residence Time

(SEASPROP) A-13

4.9 Worksheet B Section 11 - Seasonal Resident Adjustment Factor

(SEASADJ) A-13

D/A-2

4.10 Worksheet B Section 12 - Calculation of Functional Seasonal

Resident Population (FSEASPOP) A-13

4.11 Worksheet B Section 13 – Calculation of Group Quarters

Population A-14 4.12Worksheet B Section 14 - Calculation of Total Required Water

Service Area Functional Populations for the Year of Interest (REQPOP) A-14

5.0 Worksheet G: Functional Tourist Population (Optional) A-14

5.1 Public Lodging Data Method A-15

5.1.1 Inventory of Service Area Public Lodging Rooms A-15 5.1.2 Average Annual Monthly Occupancy Rate A-15 5.1.3 Average Guests-Per-Room A-16 5.1.4 Public Lodging Customer Survey Data A-16

5.1.5 Example Average Annual Public Lodging Tourists per Day

Calculation A-17

5.2 County/Municipality Tourist Lodging Tax Method A-17

5.3 Calculation of Functional In-Home Tourist Population A-17 5.4 Calculation of Total Functional Tourist Population for the Year of

Interest (FTOURPOP) A-19

6.0 Worksheets H & I: Functional Net Commuter Population (Optional) A-19

6.1 Worksheet H: Selection of Census Geography to Represent

Service Area A-20

6.2 Availability of Tract Level Net Commuter and Population Data

From the District A-21

6.3 If Not Using District Provided Commuter Data - Commuter

Population and Population in Households Data to Be Collected A-21 6.3.1 Obtaining Worker and Resident Worker Totals from Census

Transportation Planning Package Part III A-22 6.4 Worksheet I: Calculation of Functional Net Commuter Population

for the Year of Interest (FNETCOM) A-22

D/A-3

1.0 Worksheet A: Residential Account Housing

1.1 Utility Data Required

The average of actual or equivalent residential account housing units served in January and

December of the year of interest for the retail water service area. Data from a month other than

April may be used if included in regularly produced utility reports. However, data from the same

month must be used on a consistent basis from year to year.

Equivalent housing units for master-metered residential accounts must be an actual count or must

be estimated using Worksheet A (Residential Account Housing Unit Estimation Worksheet) and

shall not include any accounts other than those that serve residential housing. No irrigation

(residential or otherwise), commercial, industrial, institutional, government, etc., accounts shall

be included. Nursing home, prison, dormitory, etc., populations shall be calculated according to

the requirements for estimating group quarters population, as specified in Section 2.11. The

number of meters by customer class and size, and all other utility furnished data shall be

documented.

2.0 Worksheet C: Households, Group Quarters and Housing Units

2.1 Census Data Required1

For the Census blocks which fall either entirely or partially within the current retail water service

area, the following most recently available decennial Census data must be used:

a. Population in households (for the 2000 Census, data set SF1, table P16, or equivalent),

b. Households (for the 2000 Census, data set SF1, table P15 or equivalent), and

c. Group quarters population (for the 2000 Census, data set SF1, table P27 or equivalent)

d. Housing units (for the 2000 Census, data set SF1, table H1 or equivalent)

Note: Data from blocks either totally or partially inside the service area shall be used in their

entirety. Utilities with large numbers of Census blocks in the service area may submit an

electronic file such as a spreadsheet or the output of a database or statistical analysis software in

lieu of Worksheet C so long as the utility and Census geographies are clearly identified, the same

data are reported, and the data are clearly labeled.

2.2 Census Data Sources

Required Census data can be downloaded from private sources, such as ESRI2, for those with

Geographic Information Systems (GIS), or from the worldwide web at the American Factfinder

link on www.census.gov.

Note: It is the intent of the District, through its website, to provide a GIS layer with service area

boundaries, all necessary Census geographies and their associated data, to be available upon the

effective date of this rule.

1 See Section 3.2 for potential additional Census data requirements.

2 The use of a corporate name or product does not constitute an endorsement by the District.

http://www.census.gov/

D/A-4

2.3 Census Geographic Identity Codes (STFID)

The Census numeric code for the identification of a single Census block consists of a string of

numbers called the STFID. For example, the STFID 120150101001001 is interpreted as:

State = “12” (Florida)

County = “015” (Charlotte)

Tract= “010100”

Block Group = “1” = the first digit of the block number

Block = “1001”

The county codes are:

Charlotte = 015 Desoto = 027

Citrus = 017 Hardee = 049

Hernando = 053 Highlands = 055

Hillsborough = 057 Lake = 069

Levy = 075 Manatee = 081

Marion = 083 Pasco = 101

Pinellas = 103 Polk = 105

Sarasota = 115 Sumter = 119

3.0 Worksheet D: Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio

3.1 Service Area Survey Generated Seasonal Population Data

If a permittee has developed the service area survey data to calculate the peak seasonal resident

ratio in accordance with Appendix B of this document, only Worksheet D, Part 2 must be

completed. If a permittee wishes to use District provided data to generate seasonal population

data, then either Worksheet E or F must be completed along with Worksheet D Part 1 and as

described in the following subsection.

3.2 District-Provided Hospital Admissions to Generate Seasonal Population Data

The purpose of using hospital admissions data is to create a Census year peak seasonal to

permanent population ratio based on admissions for patients with residence ZIP codes in the

retail water service area. Hospital admissions are reported by patient resident ZIP codes by the

Florida Agency for Health Care Administration (AHCA). The ratio is formed by adding an

estimated Census peak seasonal resident population to the Census permanent population and then

dividing the sum by the permanent population for ZIP Codes in the service area. The peak

seasonal resident population is estimated by subtracting third quarter hospital admissions from

first quarter emergency hospital admissions for the 55 - 84 age group and then dividing by an

estimated probability (incidence) that seasonal residents in that age group would be admitted to

the hospital on an emergency basis.

The peak seasonal resident ratio calculation is as follows:

D/A-5

(Seasonal Resident Population + Permanent Population) / Permanent Population = SEASRR

Note: It is the intent of the District, through its website, to provide, by geographic ZIP code, the

estimated peak seasonal resident and permanent resident populations necessary to calculate the

SEASRR, to be available upon the effective date of this rule (see Appendix D). In the event that

the data to calculate the SEASRR is not available from the District, the SEASRR will be

calculated using the following methodology:

Development of Hospital Admissions Data if Not Available from District -The Census year

estimated seasonal population for the service area ZIP codes/ZCTAs is estimated as the three-

year average of the non-negative differences between first quarter and third quarter emergency

admissions for the 55 – 84 age group divided by an assumed District-wide admissions incidence

(probability). The three years used to calculate the average difference shall be the year before

the Census (Census – 1), the year of the Census (Census), and the year after the Census (Census

+ 1).

The first quarter of the year is when most seasonal residents reside in Florida and the third

quarter is when the least reside in the State. The 55 - 84 age group is reflective of the age

characteristics of the seasonal resident population.

The District-prescribed admissions incidence for seasonal residents is based on third quarter

emergency hospital admissions for the age group 45 – 74. The emergency admissions incidence

for seasonal residents is based on a younger age group because both anecdotal evidence and

research indicate that the seasonal resident population is generally healthier than the equivalent

age resident permanent resident population. The incidence is calculated as the three-year

average of third quarter emergency admissions for the 45 – 74 age group divided by the Census

year total 45 – 74 age group population for the ZIP codes and ZCTA’s in the District. Again, the

three years used to estimate the average Census year admissions for this incidence are Census –

1, Census, and Census +1. For the 2000 Census, the District-wide 45 – 74 emergency

admissions incidence to be used in estimating the Census year seasonal resident population is

0.015302.

As the District is providing the seasonal and permanent populations by ZCTA to calculate the

SEASRR, a permittee need only select the geographic ZIP Codes or ZIP Code Tabulation Areas

(ZCTAs) to represent the service area in accordance with the methods described below.

Admissions erroneously ascribed to unique ZIP codes will have already been eliminated and

admissions associated with non-unique post office box ZIP codes will have already been

assigned to geographic ZIP codes. New geographic ZIP codes added since the Census will have

been tracked to the appropriate geographic ZIP codes with associated ZCTA permanent

populations.

Note: If hospital admissions data are not available consistent with the above requirements in this

section for all of the service area, the permittee must conduct a survey consistent with the

D/A-6

provisions of Appendix B of this document to obtain the data to determine the proportion of

seasonal to total households in the service area. For those who are interested, the District’s

process of collecting and manipulating hospital admissions data is described in User's

Background and Information: Use of Hospital Admissions Data to Estimate Seasonal Resident

Population. In-depth documentation of the data manipulation process (programming) is

available from the District upon request.

3.2.1 ZIP Code Tabulation Area (ZCTA) Map Sources

ZIP Code Tabulation Area maps can be viewed and printed at the Census Bureau’s American

Factfinder website. Maps of ZCTAs with limited reference details (such as highways) may be

found at www.census.gov. ZCTAs are generally equivalent to geographic ZIP codes. As of the

time of this writing, the steps to mapping a ZIP Code tabulation area using American Factfinder

are:

a. Go to www.census.gov.

b. Click on “American FactFinder” tab.

c. Click on “Data Sets.”

d. Click on “Detailed Tables.”

e. Select geographic type = “5-Digit ZIP Code Tabulation Area.”

f. Select a “3-digit ZIP code tabulation area.”

g. Select “5-digit ZCTA.”

h. Click on “Map It.”

ZIP code map files for identification of ZIP codes are also available in electronic formats from

private sources for those with Geographic Information Systems (GIS). The District has electronic

files of retail water service areas that can be made available for permittee overlay use. However,

it is the responsibility of the permittee to ensure that these files are kept up-to-date. The District

also intends to provide a GIS layer with all required Census geographies and their associated

Census data.

3.2.2 ZIP Code/ZIP Code Tabulation Area (ZCTA) Selection Methods to Represent

Service Area

a. Service Areas Entirely Within a Single ZIP Code/ZCTA – select that ZIP code only. For

such service areas, a seasonality survey conducted in accordance with Appendix B of this

document is recommended but not required.

b. ZIP Codes/ZCTAs Entirely Within a Service Area – select all ZIP codes entirely within

the service area.

c. ZIP Codes/ZCTAs Partially Within a Service Area – any utility may use the 34% method

for selecting ZIP Codes/ZCTAs described in Section 3.2.3 below for Worksheet E. Only small

service areas meeting the criteria described in Section 3.2.4 below may use the methodology

outlined in Worksheet F. The methodology designed for Worksheet F was designed for smaller

utilities with little or no access to electronic mapping resources.



D/A-7

3.2.3 Worksheet E: Partial ZCTA Selection – 34% Housing Unit ZCTA Selection

Criteria

For each ZIP code partially within the service area, select the Census blocks that are wholly or

partially within the service area boundaries and sum the Census total housing units (for the 2000

Census data set SF1, Table H1) for those blocks. Divide the sum of the selected Census block

housing units by the total number of housing units for that ZIP code’s associated ZCTA. If the

number of housing units both within the service area and the ZCTA divided by the total the total

housing units in the ZCTA is equal to or greater than 0.34 then the estimated seasonal and

permanent resident data from that ZCTA shall be used in the calculation of the peak seasonal

resident ratio in Worksheet D.

To find the number of Census housing units by ZCTA at American Factfinder, skip step h. in

Section 3.2.1 above and click on “Add”. Then scroll through the tables to H1. Highlight H1 and

click on “Add”. Then click on “Find Results”.

In the event that less than 34% of the housing units in all ZCTAs are inside the service area, then

up to two ZCTAs with the highest percentages of housing units in the service area may be

included.

3.2.4 Worksheet F: Small Service Area ZIP Code Selection

ZIP Codes Partially Within Small Service Areas – this methodology is designed for small

utilities that may not have GIS software or the financial resources to hire a GIS consultant. Step

1 determines whether this selection methodology may be used. Step 2 determines the minimum

average number of admissions to be used as a threshold beyond which additional partial ZCTAs

“34%” Partial ZCTA Selection Example

Comparing a service area map to ZCTA maps reveals that ZIP Codes 335X1 and

335X3 are clearly within Acme Utility’s service area. A good bit of ZIP code

335X2 also appears to be in the service area. A small portion of 335X5 appears to

be in the service area. Should 335X2 and 335X5 be included? Selecting all the

Census blocks in 335X2 that are totally or partially within the service area results in

2,462 housing units. The total number of housing units in ZCTA 335X2 is 4,774.

Selecting all the Census blocks wholly or partially in ZCTA 335X5 results in 1,231

housing units. The total number of housing units in ZCTA 335X5 is 3,817.

Partial ZIP

Code

Housing Units

In Service

Area

Total

Housing

Units

In ZCTA

Percent ZCTA

Housing

Units in Service Area

Include?

335X2 2,462 4,774 51.6% Yes

335X5 1,231 3,817 32.3% No

D/A-8

shall not be added. Step 3 identifies which ZCTAs to include in developing the peak seasonal

resident ratio.

Step 1 - Obtain the sum the Census population in households (CPOPNHH) for the selected

Census blocks from item 2 in Worksheet B. If the sum of the Census block populations in

households (CPOPNHH) is 25,000 or less, the methodology described below may be used as an

alternative to the 34% selection criteria described in 3.2.3 above. Enter the sum under “A” at the

top of Worksheet F if less than 25,000.

Step 2 - As it is very unlikely that the sum of Census block populations in households for the

selected Census blocks will exactly match to totals in Table A-1 below, the minimum average

annual third quarter admissions thresholds will have to be extrapolated as in Step 2b of

Worksheet F and the interpolation example below.

Step 3 - The average annual third quarter hospital admissions for ages 55 - 84 referenced below

as necessary for completing Step 3 are available in Appendix D or at the District’s website or

Planning Department.

a. Sort customer account billing address ZIP codes. After sorting, count the number of times

each ZIP code appears (this can typically be accomplished using a spreadsheet “count” function).

b. Include ZIP codes entirely within the service area and their corresponding District-

provided average annual third quarter admissions. Then add partial ZIP codes and their

admissions, starting with the ZIP code with the highest number of accounts, then the next

highest, etc., until:

i. There are no more partial ZIP codes, or

ii. The cumulative sum of the average annual number of third quarter admissions just

meets or exceeds the minimum average annual third quarter admissions (ages 55 - 84) for the

size of the service area as shown in the table below, whichever comes first.

Table A-1: Small Service Area Average Annual 3rd

Quarter

Admissions Thresholds

Sum of Census Block

Populations in Households

Minimum Average Annual

Third Quarter Admissions

500 222

1,000 222

2,500 254

5,000 306

10,000 350

25,000 378

Once the ZIP Codes that should be included in the peak seasonal resident ratio have been chosen

according to Steps 2 and 3 of Worksheet F, enter the appropriate average annual third quarter

D/A-9

admissions, Census year estimated peak seasonal resident population and ZCTA permanent

population into Worksheet D Part 1.

D/A-10

3.2.5 Example Calculation of Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio (SEASRR) – District

Provided Data

Small Service Area Average Annual Third Quarter Admissions Threshold Interpolation

Example

Assume the sum of Service Area Census Block Populations in Households (CPOPNHH) is

16,500. Since 16,500 is not listed in the above table, the Minimum Average Annual Third

Quarter Admissions must be interpolated.

a. 16,500 is between 10,000 and 25,000: the applicable difference is 25,000 – 10,000 =

15,000

b. The applicable difference in the number of admissions for 25,000 and 10,000, respectively,

is 378 – 350 = 28

c. Divide 28 by 15,000 to determine how many additional admissions are represented per

additional person between 10,000 and 25,000: 28/15,000 = .0019

d. There are 6,500 persons more than 10,000 so the equivalent third quarter admissions

threshold for a population in households would be:

350 + (6,500 x .0019) = 362

This utility may add additional patient ZIP codes, in order of their billing address frequency,

until the total average annual third quarter age 55 - 84 emergency admissions from the selected

ZIP codes just equals or exceeds 362. For example:

ZIP Codes Entirely

Within Service Area Average Annual 3

rd

Quarter Admissions

Cumulative

Admissions

339X1 100 100

339X2 125 225

ZIP Codes Partially

Within Service Area

Highest Billing Partial ZIP = 339X3 100 325

Next Highest = 339X4 100 425

The 362 admissions threshold has just been met or exceeded with the addition of ZIP code

339X4, therefore no additional ZIP codes may be considered for the service area unless they

meet the conditions of Section 3.2.3 above. Only ZIP Codes 339X3 and 339X4 located

partially in the service area may be added to 339X1 and 339X2, which are completely within.

D/A-11

The results of the following example Worksheet D Part 1 Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio will be

used in subsequent Worksheet B example calculations.

Example Calculation of Estimated Census Year Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio

Average Annual 3rd

Quarter Admissions by

ZIP/ZCTA only if Small

Service Area Partial

ZCTA Selection Criteria

Used

ZIP Code/ZCTA Estimated

Census Year Peak Seasonal

Resident Population

Census Year

ZCTA

Permanent

Population

ZIP

Codes/ZCTAs A B C

335X1 163 1,687 16,814

335X2 279 829 21,552

335X3 196 1,001 25,920

Sum of B = E Sum of C = F

Sum Seasonal (B) & Permanent (C)

Populations

3,517 64,286

Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio (SEASRR) = (E + F) / F = 1.0547

3.2.6 Example Calculation of Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio (SEASRR) – Survey

Generated Data

For the sake of brevity in the example, assume that only 10 returned surveys are required and

returned complete. The responses are as follows:

Example Households Reported as Seasonal

Persons in Number of Months

Households Households In Residence Here

1 2 6

1 2 4

1 1 5

Totals 3 5 15

Example Households Reported as Permanent

Persons in

Households Households

1 4

1 2

1 3

1 4

1 2

D/A-12

1 3

1 2

Totals 7 20

The data entries in Part 2 of Worksheet D would be: A = 3, B = 5, C = 15, D = 7, E = 20

4.0 Worksheet B: Service Area Summary – Example Required Total Functional Permanent

and Seasonal Resident Population Calculations

In this methodology, served residential account housing units are divided into permanent and

seasonal resident households using information on the seasonality of hospital admissions. All

references to data are data from the appropriate geographic unit(s) (e.g., Census blocks, ZIP

codes) that encompass the current retail water service area unless otherwise indicated.

Calculations shall be documented on District-prescribed worksheets.

4.1 Worksheet B Section 3 - Calculation of Service Area Permanent Resident Persons-

Per-Household (PERMPPH)

(Census population in households)/(Census households) = PERMPPH

If a service area seasonality survey has been conducted in accordance with Appendix B has been

performed, insert the PERMPPH results from Worksheet D Part 2.

4.2 Worksheet B Section 4 - Service Area Seasonal Resident Persons-Per-Household

(SEASPPH)

The seasonal resident persons-per-household is used in estimating the number of seasonal

households in the Census year and to estimate the number of seasonal residents in the service

area. The default SEASPPH shall be 1.95i, unless the permittee calculates a utility-specific

Example:

CPOPNHH / CHH = PERMPPH = 32,500 / 13,000 = 2.5

For the purpose of providing example calculations, the following assumptions are made:

Assumptions:

Census population in households (CPOPNHH) = 32,500

Census households (CHH) = 13,000

Census Group Quarter Population (CGRUPPOP) = 300

Census Housing Units (CHOUSUNITS) = 15,000

Residential account housing units for the year of interest (RESUNITS) = 17,746

Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio (SEASRR) from previous example = 1.0547

Note: Example calculations made by spreadsheet software. Hand calculations may result in rounding errors.

D/A-13

SEASPPH value by conducting a service area survey in accordance with the Population Survey

Minimum Requirements, contained in Appendix B of this document and documented in

Worksheet D Part 2.

4.3 Worksheet B Section 5 – Calculation of Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio (SEASRR)

See Section 3.2.5 for the SEASRR example calculation from Worksheet D.

4.4 Worksheet B Section 6 – Calculation of Census Year Seasonal Households

(SEASHH)

This calculation estimates the number of seasonal resident households in the Census year, which

is then used to estimate the ratio of seasonal to total households in the service area in Section 7.

((Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio – 1) x Census Population in Households) / Seasonal Resident

Persons Per Household = SEASHH

4.5 Worksheet B Section 7 - Calculation of Seasonal Households to Total Households

Ratio (SEAS/TOTHH)

This ratio is used to determine the proportion of residential account housing units in the service

area that are seasonal.

(Census Year Seasonal Households) / (Census Households + Census Year Seasonal Households)

= SEAS/TOTHH

The SEAS/TOTHH ratio may also be developed from survey data in accordance with Appendix

B and calculated as in Worksheet D Part 2.

4.6 Worksheet B Section 8 - Calculation of Seasonal Resident Peak Population for the

Year of Interest (SEASPKPOP)

This calculation estimates the number of seasonal residents in the service area during the peak

seasonal residence time of year (first quarter) for the year of interest. The estimate is based on

the number of residential account housing units served, the ratio of seasonal to total households

and the number of persons in a seasonal household.

(Residential Accounts Housing Units for the Year of Interest) x (Seasonal Households to Total

Households Ratio) x (Seasonal Resident Persons-Per-Households) = SEASPKPOP

Example:

((SEASRR – 1) x CPOPNHH) / SEASPPH = ((1.0547 – 1) x 32,500) / 1.95 = 912

Example:

(SEASHH) / (CHH + SEASHH) = 912/ (13,000 + 912) = .065555

Example:

RESUNITS x SEAS/TOTHH x SEASPPH = 17,746 x .065555 x 1.95 = 2269

D/A-14

4.7 Worksheet B Section 9 - Calculation of Permanent Resident Population for the Year

of Interest (PERMPOP)

This calculation estimates the permanent resident population of the service area for the year of

interest. The estimate is based on the number of residential account housing units served, the

ratio of permanent resident housing units to total housing units, and the number of persons in a

permanent household.

(1 – Seasonal Housing to Total Housing Ratio) x (Residential Account Housing Units for the

Year of Interest) x (Permanent Resident Persons Per Household) = PERMPOP

4.8 Worksheet B Section 10 – Seasonal Proportional Residence Time (SEASPROP)

Unless obtained by service area survey in accordance with the Population Survey Minimum

Requirements (Appendix B of this document), the annual proportional residence time for

seasonal residents (SEASPROP) for coastal beach destination counties shall be 0.442ii of the

year. Coastal beach destination counties include Charlotte, Manatee, Pinellas and Sarasota. In

all other counties, the SEASPROP shall be 0.567iii

.

4.9 Worksheet B Section 11 - Seasonal Resident Adjustment Factor (SEASADJ)

This calculation is used to develop an adjustment factor that takes into account the full water use

of seasonal residents for the months they are in residence and potential irrigation/maintenance

uses when they are not in residence. The adjustment factor to estimate an equivalent year-round

seasonal population is calculated as:

((Seasonal Proportional Residence Time x 132iv

gpcd) + ((1-Seasonal Proportional Residence

Time) x (132 – 69.3v gpcd))) / 132 = SEASADJ

For Coastal Beach Destination Counties, the SEASADJ is:

((0.442 x 132) + ((1 – 0.442) x (132 – 69.3)))/132 = 0.707

For All Other Counties, the SEASADJ is:

((0.567 x 132) + ((1 – 0.567) x (132 – 69.3)))/132 = 0.773

4.10 Worksheet B Section 12 - Calculation of Functional Seasonal Resident Population

(FSEASPOP)

This calculation converts the seasonal resident peak population for the year of interest to a

functional population using the SEASADJ calculated above.

(Seasonal Resident Peak Population for the Year of Interest x Seasonal Resident Adjustment

Factor) = FSEASPOP

Example:

(1 – SEAS/TOTHH) x RESUNITS x PERMPPH = (1 - .065555) x 17,746 x 2.5 = 1,457

Example for Non-Coastal Beach Destination County:

SEASPKPOP x SEASADJ = FSEASPOP = 2,269 x 0.773 = 1,754

D/A-15

4.11 Worksheet B Section 13 – Calculation of Group Quarters Population

Calculate the ratio of Census group quarters population (CGRUPPOP) to Census housing units

(CHOUSUNITS) for the Census blocks wholly or partially within the service area. This ratio is

then applied to the residential units served for the year of interest (RESUNITS) from Section 1 of

Worksheet B. Permittees may also elect to survey group quarters population customers to

determine the service area group quarters population. The survey must be conducted in

accordance with the minimum sample size requirements of Appendix B of this document and the

population must be estimated in a manner consistent with the Census definition of group quarters

population. Since group quarters population is included in the service area population, the

permittee may not treat group quarters accounts as commercial for purposes of deducting

significant uses pursuant to “PER CAPITA DAILY WATER USE,” Section 3.6 of the Basis of

Review. Group quarters population for the year of interest (GRUPPOP) shall be calculated as

follows:

(Census group quarters population / Census housing units) x residential units served for the year

of interest = GRUPPOP

4.12 Worksheet B Section 14 - Calculation of Total Required Water Service Area

Functional Populations for the Year of Interest (REQPOP)

The required service area population that must be submitted is the sum of the estimated

permanent resident population (PERMPOP), functional seasonal resident population

(FSEASPOP), and group quarters population for the year of interest (GRUPPOP). This

calculation creates a functional population for the service area composed of functional seasonal,

and permanent residents.

5.0 Worksheet G: Functional Tourist Population (Optional)

Tourist population is the service area population that visits the service area on a short-term basis

and generally stays in public lodgings (as opposed to residential housing units) but may include

in-home tourists if estimated in accordance with approved survey methods (see Appendix B).

The objective is to estimate the functional tourist population, which is equivalent to the average

annual number of service area tourists per day. Public lodging tourists may be estimated using

direct estimates of the number of rooms, occupancy rates and guests per room as described in

Section 5.1 below or they may be estimated indirectly from tourist lodging taxes as described in

Section 5.2 below. Methods for estimating in-home tourists are described in Section 5.3 below.

REQPOP Example:

PERMPOP + FSEASPOP + GRUPPOP = REQPOP = 41,457 + 1,754 355 = 43,566

Example:

(CGRUPPOP/CHOUSUNITS) x RESUNITS = GRUPPOP = (300/15,000) x 17,746 = 355

D/A-16

All calculations and data sources shall be documented including website addresses and download

dates and titles, authors, and dates of reports. If copies of reports are not publicly available,

copies shall be provided.

Note: Tourist population data for a particular public lodging utility customer shall not be

included in the calculation of tourist population if a permittee deducts that lodging customer as a

significant use. Tourist population shall not be included in functional population if the permittee

deducts industrial/commercial uses in excess of the Districtwide average in accordance with

“PER CAPITA DAILY WATER USE IN THE SWUCA,” Section 3.6 of the Basis of Review.

5.1 Public Lodging Data Method

Functional tourist population in public lodging shall be calculated by multiplying the number of

public lodging rooms within the service area times the average annual or monthly occupancy

rate(s) times an average number of guests per room. Submitted lodging room inventory, monthly

occupancy rate, and guests per room data shall be no more than six years old. Documentation

shall be provided listing the facilities and their numbers of rooms.

5.1.1 Inventory of Service Area Public Lodging Rooms

For public lodging facilities such as hotels/motels, RV parks/campgrounds and short-term rental

condominiums, “rooms”, “sites”, and “units” are used interchangeably. The number of available

rooms in the service area shall be obtained from the Florida Department of Business and

Professional Regulation (DBPR), local convention/visitor bureaus (if tailored to the service

area), utility billing records or a survey of utility lodging customers (see Section 5.1.4 of this

Appendix). The District intends to provide a periodically updated electronic map of lodging

facilities and numbers of rooms on its website. This file can be used with geographic information

systems to determine the number of facilities and lodging units within a utility service area.

If not available from the District, the number of available public lodging rooms in the service

area may be derived from data on the DBPR website www.myflorida.com/dbpr. The website

provides information on the number of rooms along with the business name and location address

that can be used to determine whether the lodging facility is located in the service area. Facilities

are coded by type. The DBPR lodging facility codes to be used estimating available rooms are:

2001 (hotels), 2002 (motels), 2005 (bed and breakfast), 2006 (resort condominiums) and 2007

(resort dwellings). Only served facilities and lodging rooms may be included. (Note: If resort

condominiums and dwellings are included in the utility's residential customer classes and are

counted as public lodging units for tourist population estimation, then the number of such units

shall be deducted from the dwelling unit counts in Worksheet A.)

5.1.2 Average Annual Monthly Occupancy Rate

If monthly occupancy rates are not available from utility customer/consultant surveys, existing

studies or sources such as conventions/visitor bureaus or the District, the average monthly

occupancy rate shall be calculated by averaging the monthly, quarterly or seasonal occupancy

D/A-17

rates according to the available data. The average annual occupancy rate may also be used as the

monthly occupancy rate. Only data from source studies that include the service area shall be

utilized. The geographic scope of average annual occupancy rate studies shall be no larger than

county-wide unless the data are from a regional convention/visitors bureau. The example below

shows the calculation of the average annual monthly occupancy rate from data other than utility

lodging customer survey data. See Section 5.1.4 of this Appendix for an example of the

calculation of occupancy rates from customer survey data.

5.1.3 Average Guests-Per-Room

For coastal beach destination county service areas (see Section 4.8 of this Appendix), the default

average guests-per-room shall be 2.7. For other service areas, the default average guests per

room shall be 2.3 guests-per-room. If available, alternative average guests per room data may be

obtained from local convention/visitor bureaus, consultant studies that include the service area or

utility lodging customer surveys. The geographic scope of average guests per room studies shall

be no larger than countywide unless the data are from a regional convention/visitors bureau.

5.1.4 Public Lodging Customer Survey Data

If average annual monthly occupancy rates and persons per room or party size are not available

or relevant to the service area, such data shall be collected via survey from public lodging utility

customers. Submitted survey data shall be no more than six years old. The total number of rooms

available in the service area shall be estimated as described in Section 5.1.1 of this Appendix

unless the survey covers all utility lodging customers. Surveys shall be sent to customers with

meter sizes in proportion to the population of all public lodging account meter sizes. See

Population Survey Minimum Requirements for minimum sample sizes (Appendix B).

From each surveyed public lodging utility customer, collect the number of rooms available, the

annual average monthly room occupancy rate (see Section 5.1.2 of this Appendix), and the

annual average guests per room. (Note: It may be advantageous to also collect average daily

room rate on a monthly basis in the event that tourist lodging tax data are available for an area

congruent with the service area.)

Example Average Annual Monthly Occupancy Rate Calculations

(for data other than utility lodging customer survey data)

Monthly Occupancy Rates

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

.90 .85 .80 .75 .75 .70 .70 .65 .65 .70 .75 .85

Average Annual Monthly Occupancy Rate =

(.90+.85+.80+.75+.75+.70+.70+.65+.65+.70+.75+.85) / 12 = .754

D/A-18

To calculate the sample average monthly occupancy rate and guests per room for application to

total rooms available in the service area, the individual customers’ annual average monthly room

occupancy rates and the annual average guests per room shall be weighted by the number of

rooms per facility as shown in the example below.

5.1.5 Example Average Annual Public Lodging Tourists per Day Calculation

The average annual public lodging tourists per day = Total service area rooms x average annual

monthly occupancy rate x average guests per room. Assuming that there are 1,000 total service

area rooms according to Section 5.1.1 of this Appendix, that the average annual monthly

occupancy rate is .70 and that the guests per room is 2.27 from the example in 5.1.4 above, the

estimated public lodging tourists per day is:

5.2 County/Municipality Tourist Lodging Tax Method

Many counties and municipalities within the District assess tourist lodging taxes. At the election

of the county, collections are administered either by the county tax authority or by the state

Department of Revenue. If such monthly tourist lodging tax collections can be isolated to the

service area, the average daily room rate per month and the tax rate applicable to the service area

determined, then the number of room days per month can be calculated. The numbers of public

accommodation room days per month are then summed, then multiplied by the average guests

Example Service Area Lodging Customer Survey Calculations

Utility Lodging Guest Average Monthly Average Guests

Customer Rooms Occupancy Rate Per Room

1 30 .60 2.4

2 12 .70 2.8

3 60 .75 ___ 2.1 ___

Total Rooms = 102

The weighted average occupancy rate and guests per room to be applied to the total

population of rooms would be:

Occupancy Rate: ((30 x .60) + (12 x .70) + (60 x .75)) / 102 = .70

Guests per Room: ((30 x 2.4) + (12 x 2.8) + (60 x 2.1)) / 102 = 2.27

Example Average Annual Public Lodging Tourists per Day Calculation

1,000 rooms x .70 occupancy rate x 2.27 persons per room = 1,589 tourists per day

D/A-19

per room, as determined in Section 5.1.3 of this Appendix, and then divided by 365 to determine

the functional public lodging tourist population. Submitted data shall be no more than six years

old.

5.3 Calculation of Functional In-Home Tourist Population

In addition to calculating public lodging tourist data, permittees may also collect data on tourists

that are in-home guests of permanent or seasonal residents. The data indicated below shall be

gathered through the use of survey methods in accordance with the Population Survey Minimum

Requirements (Appendix B). The objective is to determine the average number of in-home

tourists per day using a survey-estimated number of in-home guest days per household per year.

The data may be collected separately or as part of a Seasonal Resident Survey.

D/A-20

The survey must be at the household level and must inquire as to the number of guests in the last

year and their length of stay. The average in-home tourist days per household are the cumulative

sum of guest days reported by the surveyed households, divided by the number of households

responding to the survey. The average in-home guest days per household per year is then

multiplied by the residential account housing units for the year of interest (RESUNITS) from

Worksheet A, and then divided by 365 days. The functional in-home tourist population is then

estimated as:

Example Tourist Lodging Tax Functional Tourist Population Calculations

Monthly Service Area Tourist Lodging Tax Collections

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN $75,330 $64,260 $66,960 $60,750 $59,288 $53,550

JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC $52,080 $48,360 $46,800 $52,080 $57,375 $71,145

Monthly Room Revenue = Monthly Tax Collections / Tax Rate (Assume 0.03 or 3%)

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN

$2,511,000 $2,142,000 $2,232,000 $2,025,000 $1,976,250 $1,785,000

JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC $1,736,000 $1,612,000 $1,560,000 $1,736,000 $1,912,500 $2,371,500

Average Daily Room Rate

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC $90 $90 $90 $90 $85 $85 $80 $80 $80 $80 $85 $90

Total Room Days Per Month = Monthly Room Revenue / Average Daily Room Rate

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 27,900 23,800 24,800 22,500 23,250 21,000 21,700 20,150 19,500 21,700 22,500 26,350

Functional public lodging tourist population

= (sum of total room days per month x average guests per room) / 365.

Assume average guests per room = 2.7. ((27,900+23,800+24,800+22,500+23,250+21,000+21,700+20,150+19,500+21,700+22,500+26,350) x 2.7) / 365 = 2,035

D/A-21

(Residential Account Housing Units for the year of interest x average in-home tourist days per

household per year) / 365 days per year

5.4 Calculation of Total Functional Tourist Population for the Year of Interest

(FTOURPOP)

The total functional tourist population is the sum of the estimated functional public lodging

For example, if there were 4 households responding to the survey and they indicated the following:

Responding

Household # Guest Number Guest Stay in Days

1 1 3

1 2 5

1 3 5

2 1 7

2 2 7

3 1 2

3 2 8

4 1 3

4 2 6

Sum of Guest Days 46

The total guest stay in days is 46.

The average in-home tourist days per household per year would be:

46 guest days / 4 households = 11.5 tourist days per household

Assuming 17,746 residential housing account units for the year of interest (RESUNITS) and 11.5 in-

home tourist days per household per year, the average annual in-home tourists per day would be:

(17,746 x 11.5) / 365 = 559

Using the Examples From Sections 5.1 and 5.3 Above:

1,589 public lodging tourists per day + 559 in-home tourists per day = a total

functional population for the year of interest (FTOURPOP) of 2,148

Using the Examples From Sections 5.2 and 5.3 Above:

2,035 public lodging tourists per day + 559 in-home tourists per day =

a total functional population for the year of interest (FTOURPOP) of 2,594

D/A-22

tourist population as determined by one of the methods described in Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above

and/or the functional in-home tourist population as described in Section 5.3.

6.0 Worksheets H & I: Functional Net Commuter Population (Optional)

This optional calculation estimates the net change in service area population during the regular

workweek caused by persons entering or leaving the service area to work. This net change in

population is then adjusted for the typical hours of the day worked and the typical number of

days in the workweek.

The net commuter population shall be calculated using data from the Census Transportation

Planning Package (CTPP) Part III based on data from the most recent decennial Census. The

objective is to sort workers that show up as working and/or living in the Census tracts selected to

represent the service area into: a) those that live in the selected tracts, and b) those that work in

the selected tracts. Each group is summed and the sum of the number of workers that live in the

selected service area tracts is subtracted from the sum of the number of workers that work in the

selected service area tracts. The resulting difference is the number of net commuters in the

selected tracts.

The number of net commuters is then divided by the sum of Census housing units for the

selected tracts. This results in a ratio of net commuters to total housing units. This ratio is then

applied to the Residential units served for the Year of Interest (RESUNITS) as calculated in

Section 1 of this Appendix to estimate the year of interest net commuter population. The

population is then multiplied by 8/24 (0.333) and 5/7 (0.714) to account for the length of the

workday and the workdays of the week, respectively, to form a functional net commuter

population.

6.1 Worksheet H: Selection of Census Geography to Represent Service Area

For most service areas, the lowest geographic level at which Census commuter data will be

available is the tract. Census tract level data shall include data from all tracts totally within the

service.

For each Census tract partially within the service area, select the Census blocks which are wholly

or partially within the service area boundary and sum the Census total housing units (for the

2000 Census data set SF1, Table H1) for each of those blocks in Worksheet H. Divide the sum

of the selected Census block housing units (B) by the total number of housing units for that

Census tract (A). If the number of housing units both within the service area and the tract

divided by the total the total housing units in the tract is equal to or greater than 0.34 then the

estimated net commuter and population in households data from that tract shall be used in the

calculation of the service area functional net commuter population in Worksheet I along with

Census tracts that are completely within the service area.

D/A-23

6.2 Availability of Tract Level Net Commuter and Population Data From the District

As of the writing of this document, manipulation of the data from the Department of

Transportation website requires the skilled use of statistical software. It is the intent of the

District to make available the Census year net commuter and housing units by Census tract in an

electronic format for use with common spreadsheet software and entered into Worksheet I. The

data may be obtained from the District’s website or Planning Department. However, for the

purpose of documentation, and in the event the District data are not available, or if a permittee

desires to analyze the data directly, the general methodology for obtaining the proper data is

outlined in Section 6.3 and the methodology for calculating the net commuter population directly

from CTPP data is described in subsections 6.4 a., b., and c. below.

6.3 If Not Using District Provided Commuter Data - Commuter Population and

Population in Households Data to Be Collected

Net commuter population shall be developed from CTPP data from the most recent decennial

Census. The CTPP is housed at the U.S. Department of Transportation – Bureau of

Transportation Statistics website www.transtats.bts.gov. The data source is the CTPP Part III

data set for Florida. The data to be used for the calculations are found in Table 1: Total Workers.

From this table, the Total Worker data must then be extracted by county to avoid including all

tracts in the state with identical tract numbers (refer to the documentation/instruction file that

accompanies the data file when downloading). County information is found in column

“QPOWCO”, workplace county Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) code, and

column “COUNTY”, residence county FIPS code. Tracts where workers work, regardless of

residence tract, are found in the column with the heading “QPOWTRACT: Workplace Census

“34%” Partial Census Tract Selection Example

Comparing a service area map to tract maps, county 000 tract 012600 is clearly

within Acme Utility’s service area. A good bit of tract 013001 also appears to be in

the service area. A small portion of 013004 appears to be in the service area.

Should 013001 and 013004 be included? Selecting all the Census blocks in 013001

that are wholly or partially within the service area results in 274 housing units. The

total number of housing units in tract 013001 is 530. Selecting all the Census

blocks entirely in tract 013004 results in 137 housing units. The total number of

housing units in tract 013004 is 424.

Partial

Tract

Housing Units In

Blocks in Service

Area

Total

Housing

Units

In Tract

Percent ZCTA

Housing

Units in Service

Area

Include?

013001 274 530 51.7% Yes

013004 137 424 32.3% No

http://www.transstats.bts.gov/

D/A-24

Tract Code”. Tracts where workers live, regardless of where they work, are found in the column

with the heading “TRACT: Census Tract Code”. Total workers data corresponding to the

combinations of workplace and residence tracts are located in the “TAB301X1” column.

Housing unit data (for the 2000 Census, data set SF1, table H1, or equivalent) shall be collected

for the selected tracts. Note: housing unit data are not found in the CTPP but are found with

regular Census data. See Section 2.1 of this Appendix.

6.3.1 Obtaining Worker and Resident Worker Totals from Census Transportation

Planning Package Part III

a. Identify Tracts in Service Area and FIPS county code for county where tracts are located

b. Obtain Census Transportation Planning Package Part III data for Florida from the U.S.

Department of Transportation – Bureau of Transportation Statistics website

(www.transtats.bts.gov)

c. From the Census Transportation Planning Package Part III data for Florida select Table 1

(“Total Workers”)

d. Create one table similar to Example Table 1 below listing number of workers per tract:

From Table 1 identified in c. above, find all the entries with your county FIPS code in column

QPOWCO. From those, select the tracts identified as being in your service area from column

QPOWTRACT and the number of workers in columnTAB301X1 associated with the selected

tracts.

e. Create another table similar to Example Table 2 below listing number of resident workers

per tract: From Table 1 identified in c. above, find all the entries with your county FIPS from

column COUNTY. From those, select the tracts identified as being in your service area from

column TRACT, and the number of workers in column TAB301X1 associated with the selected

tracts.

6.4 Worksheet I - Calculation of Functional Net Commuter Population for the Year of

Interest (FNETCOM)

The calculation of the net commuter population requires several steps. These are listed below. If

using District-provided data, skip steps a., b., and c.

a. This step required only if not using District-provided net commuter data. Sum the

number of workers per tract from the CTPP Part III Table 1 listing the number of workers per

workplace census tract (QPOWTRACT). This total represents the number of workers that work

in the service area tracts.

b. This step required only if not using District-provided net commuter data. Sum the total

number of resident workers per tract from the CTPP Part III Table 1 listing the number of

resident workers per residence census tract (TRACT). This total represents the number of

workers that live in the service area tracts.

c. This step required only if not using District-provided net commuter data. Subtract the

total workers that live in the service area tracts (as determined in b. above) from the total workers

that work in the service area tracts (as determined in a. above) to determine the total net

commuter population for the service area. Enter the total under “A” in Worksheet I, or

http://www.transstats.bts.gov/

D/A-25

d. Sum the District-provided net commuters by Census tract in Worksheet I under “A.”

e. Sum the Census housing units for the selected service area tracts under "B".

f. Divide the total net commuter population for the service area tracts (as determined in c.

above or from District provided data in d.) by the sum of the Census housing units for the

selected tracts (as determined in e. above from Census sources or from District-provided data).

This ratio represents the ratio of net commuters to total housing units for the Census year ("C").

g. Apply the ratio calculated in f. above to the residential units served for the Year of

Interest (RESUNITS) (as determined in Worksheet A) to determine the year of interest net

commuter population. The net commuter population is assumed to grow in proportion with the

service area housing units served.

h. As net commuters generally spend eight hours per day for five days in the service area,

the net service area commuter population for the year of interest is reduced by factors of 8/24

hours (.333) and 5/7 days (.714) to estimate functional net commuter population for the year of

interest (FNETCOM). The FNETCOM is then added to the total required functional population

for the year of interest (REQPOP) and any other optional populations.

D/D-26

Example Functional Net Commuter Population Calculations for Year of Interest

Assume that the service area is located in County 000 and tracts 012600 and 013001 are selected

to represent the service area. CTTP Part III worker and resident worker data by tract is listed

below. Further assume that the sum of the Census housing units (CHOUSUNITS) for the two

tracts is 15,000. Finally, assume that the residential units served for the Year of Interest

(RESUNITS) is 17,746. Note: TRACT = TRACT: Census Tract Code and QPOWTRACT =

QPOWTRACT: Workplace Census Tract Code.

Example Table 1. Workers

QPOWCO QPOWTRACT TRACT TAB301X1

(work county) (work tract) (residence tract) (workers)

000 012600 012600 250

000 013001 012600 75

000 012600 013001 70

000 013001 013001 100

000 012600 013002 90

000 013001 013002 40

000 013001 013003 150

TOTAL 775

Example Table 2. Resident Workers

COUNTY TRACT QPOWTRACT TAB301X1

(residence county) (residence tract) (work tract) (workers)

000 012600 012600 250

000 012600 012800 75

000 012600 013001 75

000 013001 012600 70

000 013001 012800 25

000 013001 013001 100

TOTAL 595

Net commuters in tracts 012600 and 013001 = 775 – 595 = 180

(or use District-provided net commuter population by tract)

Ratio of net commuters to selected tracts Census housing units = 180 / 15,000 = .012

Net commuter population for year of interest = .012 x RESUNITS = .012 x 17.746 = 213

Functional net commuter population for year of interest =

FNETCOM = 213 x .333 x .714 = 51

D/A-27

i Seasonal resident persons per household data represent the high range of seasonal resident persons-per-household in the available literature. ii Seasonal resident length of stay data are based on a series of monthly, stratified, random sample

telephone surveys completed with 492 seasonal resident households in Pinellas County. The data are drawn from historical (2000 – 2003) data developed by Research Data Services, Inc. per Klages Group memorandum dated December 18, 2003. iii Seasonal resident length of stay data are based on a random sample survey of 717 households in the

Chassahowitzka, Homosassa, Kings Bay and Weeki Wachee springs basins conducted in 2001 by Planning Department of the SWFWMD. iv The per capita water usage is the average of District-wide unadjusted gross per capita from Table A-1

of the annual Water Use Estimates report for the years 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001. Six years are used to reflect a range of climatic conditions. For consistency of per-capita calculations over time, this per-capita is to remain constant and is not a moving average. v Study-wide mean daily per capita indoor use from Residential End Uses of Water prepared for the

American Water Works Association Research Foundation, 1999.

D/SA-1

OPTIONAL NET COMMUTER DATA

DISTRICTWIDE

Supplement To

APPENDIX A

Population Data Sources, Details & Examples

For Worksheets A to I

January 20, 2009

Planning Department


D/SA-2

Charlotte County

Workers, Resident Workers, Net Commuters, and Total Housing Units

Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Charlotte 10100 101 985 1,124 -139 1,487


Florida Charlotte 10300 103 9,263 2,268 6,995 4,414

Florida Charlotte 10400 104 1,574 2,324 -750 6,315


Florida Charlotte 20100 201 1,863 3,673 -1,810 5,267

Florida Charlotte 20201 202.01 552 2,951 -2,399 2,814


Florida Charlotte 20301 203.01 3,034 1,641 1,393 2,529

Florida Charlotte 20302 203.02 2,916 1,435 1,481 1,530



Florida Charlotte 20500 205 356 2,385 -2,029 3,208











Source: Census Transportation Planning Package Part III Table 1

Census 2000 Summary File 1 Table H1

Bureau of the Census

D/SA-3

Citrus County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Citrus 980100 9801 1,271 2,905 -1,634 4,872

Florida Citrus 980200 9802 879 1,618 -739 4,925

Florida Citrus 980301 9803.01 6,169 3,973 2,196 5,462

Florida Citrus 980302 9803.02 377 1,231 -854 2,004

Florida Citrus 980400 9804 471 1,970 -1,499 2,766

Florida Citrus 980500 9805 3,465 1,934 1,531 3,182

Florida Citrus 980600 9806 2,692 3,342 -650 4,390

Florida Citrus 980700 9807 3,399 3,400 -1 5,064

Florida Citrus 980800 9808 528 1,236 -708 2,260

Florida Citrus 980900 9809 2,488 1,763 725 3,237

Florida Citrus 981000 9810 2,225 1,766 459 3,093

Florida Citrus 981100 9811 758 2,427 -1,669 3,725

Florida Citrus 981200 9812 561 1,272 -711 2,633

Florida Citrus 981300 9813 148 953 -805 1,447

Florida Citrus 981400 9814 2,670 1,349 1,321 1,808

Florida Citrus 981500 9815 1,458 3,193 -1,735 4,171

Florida Citrus 981600 9816 438 1,966 -1,528 4,279

Florida Citrus 981700 9817 2,904 1,310 1,594 2,886




D/SA-4

DeSoto County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Desoto 980100 9801 143 2,614 -2,471 3,552

Florida Desoto 980200 9802 484 1,863 -1,379 1,686

Florida Desoto 980300 9803 270 3,691 -3,421 3,013

Florida Desoto 980401 9804.01 315 2,203 -1,888 2,762

Florida Desoto 980402 9804.02 350 2,130 -1,780 2,595




Hardee County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Hardee 970100 9701 389 3,106 -2,717 2,895

Florida Hardee 970200 9702 343 2,007 -1,664 2,280

Florida Hardee 970300 9703 628 2,425 -1,797 2,395

Florida Hardee 970400 9704 403 2,292 -1,889 2,250




D/SA-5

Hernando County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Hernando 40100 401 2,358 2,088 270 2,753

Florida Hernando 40201 402.01 212 909 -697 1,159

Florida Hernando 40202 402.02 503 2,330 -1,827 2,524

Florida Hernando 40300 403 1,009 2,681 -1,672 2,959

Florida Hernando 40400 404 3,190 1,022 2,168 1,994

Florida Hernando 40500 405 6,649 2,382 4,267 3,215

Florida Hernando 40600 406 1,884 2,017 -133 2,305

Florida Hernando 40700 407 898 1,852 -954 2,116


Florida Hernando 40901 409.01 1,673 1,309 364 1,765

Florida Hernando 40902 409.02 1,123 2,635 -1,512 3,060


Florida Hernando 40904 409.04 2,389 1,462 927 1,617

Florida Hernando 41001 410.01 1,374 1,964 -590 2,565

Florida Hernando 41002 410.02 1,243 1,985 -742 2,586



Florida Hernando 41201 412.01 336 864 -528 1,178

Florida Hernando 41202 412.02 868 1,763 -895 3,149

Florida Hernando 41301 413.01 638 445 193 3,705

Florida Hernando 41302 413.02 1,148 847 301 1,237




Florida Hernando 41600 416 531 1,265 -734 3,000




D/SA-6

Highlands County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Highlands 960100 9601 1,227 2,573 -1,346 4,691

Florida Highlands 960200 9602 1,231 1,470 -239 2,191

Florida Highlands 960300 9603 975 1,676 -701 1,921

Florida Highlands 960400 9604 345 2,263 -1,918 2,435




Florida Highlands 960800 9608 1,348 995 353 1,282



Florida Highlands 961100 9611 1,326 909 417 2,113

Florida Highlands 961200 9612 1,510 1,447 63 2,552









D/SA-7

Hillsborough County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Hillsborough 100 1 8,820 3,739 5,081 3,390

Florida Hillsborough 200 2 2,320 3,404 -1,084 3,543


Florida Hillsborough 401 4.01 1,267 1,029 238 969

Florida Hillsborough 402 4.02 1,913 885 1,028 1,249

Florida Hillsborough 500 5 921 1,848 -927 1,684


Florida Hillsborough 700 7 605 2,128 -1,523 2,354



Florida Hillsborough 1000 10 2,998 2,657 341 2,872



Florida Hillsborough 1300 13 2,071 2,192 -121 2,420






Florida Hillsborough 1900 19 1,370 880 490 1,011

Florida Hillsborough 2000 20 404 853 -449 925


Florida Hillsborough 2200 22 1,039 944 95 852




Florida Hillsborough 2600 26 20,867 784 20,083 785




Florida Hillsborough 3000 30 448 875 -427 1,233




Florida Hillsborough 3400 34 943 660 283 1,160

Florida Hillsborough 3500 35 741 741 0 996


D/SA-8






Florida Hillsborough 4200 42 1,318 546 772 485

Florida Hillsborough 4300 43 794 442 352 1,281







Florida Hillsborough 5000 50 6,341 662 5,679 1,071

Florida Hillsborough 5101 51.01 35,934 142 35,792 303

Florida Hillsborough 5102 51.02 1,651 1,119 532 1,112















Florida Hillsborough 6801 68.01 678 2,172 -1,494 2,045

Florida Hillsborough 6802 68.02 664 1,634 -970 1,528





Florida Hillsborough 7300 73 8,350 1,354 6,996 638




Florida Hillsborough 10107 101.07 277 984 -707 1,944

Florida Hillsborough 10108 101.08 145 630 -485 745





D/SA-9

Florida Hillsborough 10207 102.07 1,180 2,925 -1,745 2,536

Florida Hillsborough 10208 102.08 261 1,105 -844 936



Florida Hillsborough 10305 103.05 2,295 1,180 1,115 1,113






Florida Hillsborough 10702 107.02 1,088 1,562 -474 1,266





















Florida Hillsborough 11108 111.08 899 522 377 911















D/SA-10




























Florida Hillsborough 11705 117.05 682 450 232 347



















D/SA-11















Florida Hillsborough 12900 129 1,584 880 704 1,138

Florida Hillsborough 13001 130.01 1,715 1,280 435 968




Florida Hillsborough 13100 131 322 1,226 -904 928



























D/SA-12

Florida Hillsborough 13601 136.01 2,115 558 1,557 507

Florida Hillsborough 13602 136.02 1,375 820 555 669


















Florida Hillsborough 14004 140.04 1,794 969 825 4,628


Florida Hillsborough 14006 140.06 517 353 164 2,578




Florida Hillsborough 14107 141.07 1,686 808 878 803






D/SA-13

Lake County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Lake 30101 301.01 2,966 3,746 -780 3,835

Florida Lake 30102 301.02 431 1,290 -859 2,154

Florida Lake 30103 301.03 987 3,930 -2,943 4,058

Florida Lake 30201 302.01 2,526 2,648 -122 3,875

Florida Lake 30203 302.03 722 2,021 -1,299 2,301

Florida Lake 30204 302.04 7,518 1,566 5,952 1,728

Florida Lake 30205 302.05 1,578 1,985 -407 2,496

Florida Lake 30302 303.02 1,481 1,306 175 2,063

Florida Lake 30303 303.03 1,970 2,237 -267 3,943

Florida Lake 30304 303.04 536 1,843 -1,307 3,772

Florida Lake 30402 304.02 1,546 3,441 -1,895 3,862

Florida Lake 30403 304.03 1,530 2,243 -713 3,307

Florida Lake 30404 304.04 2,212 2,013 199 6,454

Florida Lake 30501 305.01 4,970 2,264 2,706 3,221

Florida Lake 30502 305.02 1,972 1,976 -4 2,353

Florida Lake 30601 306.01 1,761 1,493 268 2,370

Florida Lake 30602 306.02 4,869 1,029 3,840 1,332

Florida Lake 30701 307.01 1,601 810 791 1,320

Florida Lake 30702 307.02 1,329 1,036 293 1,058

Florida Lake 30801 308.01 5,780 2,271 3,509 4,173

Florida Lake 30802 308.02 771 1,524 -753 3,281

Florida Lake 30902 309.02 2,085 3,748 -1,663 3,000

Florida Lake 30911 309.11 3,232 3,082 150 3,837

Florida Lake 30912 309.12 1,873 1,933 -60 2,331

Florida Lake 31000 310 1,867 1,886 -19 1,747

Florida Lake 31100 311 2,226 3,138 -912 6,462

Florida Lake 31201 312.01 3,582 3,905 -323 4,605

Florida Lake 31202 312.02 1,028 2,185 -1,157 2,063

Florida Lake 31301 313.01 488 1,973 -1,485 1,571

Florida Lake 31303 313.03 2,108 8,295 -6,187 7,277

Florida Lake 31304 313.04 1,944 5,938 -3,994 4,478

Florida Lake 31305 313.05 3,351 2,721 630 2,503




D/SA-14

Levy County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Levy 970100 9701 200 2,968 -2,768 3,370

Florida Levy 970200 9702 181 1,318 -1,137 1,755

Florida Levy 970300 9703 200 2,385 -2,185 3,400

Florida Levy 970400 9704 240 1,169 -929 1,665

Florida Levy 970500 9705 167 2,286 -2,119 2,693

Florida Levy 970600 9706 421 1,507 -1,086 1,610

Florida Levy 970700 9707 154 1,204 -1,050 2,077




D/SA-15

Manatee County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Manatee 101 1.01 10,253 611 9,642 1,763

Florida Manatee 103 1.03 1,851 1,588 263 1,573

Florida Manatee 104 1.04 4,030 2,996 1,034 3,377

Florida Manatee 200 2 1,991 1,668 323 5,730

Florida Manatee 301 3.01 1,642 3,454 -1,812 3,808

Florida Manatee 302 3.02 2,422 2,900 -478 4,515

Florida Manatee 304 3.04 418 905 -487 1,724

Florida Manatee 305 3.05 991 2,336 -1,345 1,814

Florida Manatee 306 3.06 509 1,740 -1,231 2,764

Florida Manatee 403 4.03 370 730 -360 772

Florida Manatee 405 4.05 1,117 1,196 -79 1,265

Florida Manatee 406 4.06 1,561 1,515 46 2,521

Florida Manatee 407 4.07 3,153 1,064 2,089 2,233

Florida Manatee 408 4.08 881 2,312 -1,431 3,002

Florida Manatee 501 5.01 1,542 1,657 -115 1,286

Florida Manatee 503 5.03 129 1,955 -1,826 1,714

Florida Manatee 504 5.04 723 1,624 -901 1,525

Florida Manatee 601 6.01 689 1,617 -928 1,430

Florida Manatee 602 6.02 1,754 3,020 -1,266 4,548

Florida Manatee 702 7.02 1,410 3,067 -1,657 4,063

Florida Manatee 703 7.03 7,402 1,128 6,274 1,146

Florida Manatee 803 8.03 3,896 2,990 906 2,171

Florida Manatee 804 8.04 306 1,033 -727 1,334

Florida Manatee 805 8.05 8,694 1,824 6,870 1,682

Florida Manatee 807 8.07 156 926 -770 1,466

Florida Manatee 808 8.08 449 2,034 -1,585 2,439

Florida Manatee 809 8.09 674 2,229 -1,555 2,149

Florida Manatee 810 8.1 695 1,374 -679 2,242

Florida Manatee 901 9.01 509 2,076 -1,567 1,907

Florida Manatee 902 9.02 5,415 2,765 2,650 2,323

Florida Manatee 1000 10 856 1,998 -1,142 3,171

Florida Manatee 1101 11.01 1,052 2,225 -1,173 4,102

Florida Manatee 1103 11.03 2,228 2,324 -96 3,253

Florida Manatee 1104 11.04 505 1,597 -1,092 2,713

Florida Manatee 1202 12.02 1,939 2,263 -324 1,892

Florida Manatee 1203 12.03 1,381 2,200 -819 1,819

Florida Manatee 1204 12.04 607 2,627 -2,020 2,811

D/SA-16

Florida Manatee 1300 13 2,424 1,782 642 1,820

Florida Manatee 1401 14.01 1,347 3,226 -1,879 3,651

Florida Manatee 1402 14.02 109 621 -512 982

Florida Manatee 1501 15.01 309 1,106 -797 1,011

Florida Manatee 1502 15.02 1,662 2,348 -686 1,900

Florida Manatee 1600 16 1,945 2,003 -58 4,049

Florida Manatee 1701 17.01 1,168 1,093 75 2,586

Florida Manatee 1703 17.03 789 525 264 1,781

Florida Manatee 1704 17.04 364 108 256 1,308

Florida Manatee 1800 18 1,715 2,463 -748 4,916

Florida Manatee 1904 19.04 1,476 1,549 -73 2,155

Florida Manatee 1905 19.05 1,611 1,728 -117 1,308

Florida Manatee 1906 19.06 568 1,992 -1,424 2,169

Florida Manatee 1907 19.07 1,353 1,079 274 1,637

Florida Manatee 1908 19.08 234 1,218 -984 3,071

Florida Manatee 2003 20.03 421 2,077 -1,656 1,762

Florida Manatee 2004 20.04 1,645 3,612 -1,967 3,432

Florida Manatee 2005 20.05 487 666 -179 1,152

Florida Manatee 2006 20.06 933 2,610 -1,677 2,212

Florida Manatee 2007 20.07 480 1,173 -693 1,051

Florida Manatee 2008 20.08 540 2,677 -2,137 1,914

Florida Manatee 2009 20.09 949 1,110 -161 1,176

Florida Manatee 2010 20.1 405 1,736 -1,331 1,038




D/SA-17

Marion County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Marion 100 1 1,171 2,343 -1,172 2,345

Florida Marion 200 2 1,264 3,019 -1,755 3,178

Florida Marion 301 3.01 1,566 1,525 41 1,368

Florida Marion 302 3.02 990 1,388 -398 1,539

Florida Marion 400 4 291 2,905 -2,614 3,857

Florida Marion 500 5 255 986 -731 3,342

Florida Marion 601 6.01 689 1,305 -616 2,220

Florida Marion 602 6.02 467 1,834 -1,367 3,084

Florida Marion 603 6.03 150 2,219 -2,069 3,263

Florida Marion 701 7.01 242 1,819 -1,577 2,122

Florida Marion 702 7.02 441 2,065 -1,624 2,650

Florida Marion 800 8 1,777 4,002 -2,225 6,207

Florida Marion 901 9.01 1,105 2,096 -991 2,564

Florida Marion 902 9.02 822 3,073 -2,251 3,088

Florida Marion 1001 10.01 1,160 2,569 -1,409 7,846

Florida Marion 1002 10.02 530 2,820 -2,290 3,564

Florida Marion 1101 11.01 4,239 3,443 796 3,746

Florida Marion 1102 11.02 918 1,145 -227 1,245

Florida Marion 1203 12.03 1,594 5,100 -3,506 6,779

Florida Marion 1204 12.04 224 1,586 -1,362 1,772

Florida Marion 1301 13.01 1,037 2,227 -1,190 2,083

Florida Marion 1302 13.02 1,298 2,557 -1,259 2,475

Florida Marion 1401 14.01 3,451 2,259 1,192 2,135

Florida Marion 1402 14.02 2,757 1,944 813 2,813

Florida Marion 1500 15 2,627 1,568 1,059 1,893

Florida Marion 1600 16 8,496 1,127 7,369 1,156

Florida Marion 1700 17 1,533 1,389 144 1,748

Florida Marion 1800 18 796 594 202 927

Florida Marion 1900 19 14,236 1,124 13,112 1,323

Florida Marion 2001 20.01 2,468 1,275 1,193 1,323

Florida Marion 2002 20.02 1,587 1,276 311 1,652

Florida Marion 2100 21 3,552 2,238 1,314 2,044

Florida Marion 2201 22.01 950 1,415 -465 1,429

Florida Marion 2202 22.02 426 1,776 -1,350 1,480

Florida Marion 2203 22.03 726 2,500 -1,774 2,171

Florida Marion 2301 23.01 3,609 2,157 1,452 2,358

Florida Marion 2302 23.02 862 3,038 -2,176 2,558

D/SA-18

Florida Marion 2401 24.01 8,432 1,554 6,878 1,577

Florida Marion 2402 24.02 1,124 1,957 -833 1,904

Florida Marion 2501 25.01 4,897 3,697 1,200 4,449

Florida Marion 2502 25.02 2,784 2,018 766 2,855

Florida Marion 2601 26.01 860 2,155 -1,295 2,433

Florida Marion 2602 26.02 577 1,979 -1,402 2,144

Florida Marion 2603 26.03 913 1,518 -605 4,445

Florida Marion 2701 27.01 275 1,645 -1,370 2,391

Florida Marion 2702 27.02 1,976 1,555 421 3,118




D/SA-19

Pasco County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Pasco 30100 301 1,356 2,000 -644 2,710

Florida Pasco 30201 302.01 6,235 1,819 4,416 4,073

Florida Pasco 30202 302.02 1,095 1,262 -167 2,373

Florida Pasco 30300 303 2,824 2,738 86 5,233

Florida Pasco 30401 304.01 851 2,576 -1,725 3,261

Florida Pasco 30402 304.02 621 2,588 -1,967 4,119

Florida Pasco 30403 304.03 817 2,661 -1,844 4,679

Florida Pasco 30500 305 1,386 2,463 -1,077 3,985

Florida Pasco 30600 306 1,413 1,833 -420 2,595

Florida Pasco 30700 307 937 1,397 -460 1,877

Florida Pasco 30800 308 2,998 1,192 1,806 1,681

Florida Pasco 30901 309.01 2,530 1,528 1,002 1,989

Florida Pasco 30902 309.02 2,930 3,193 -263 4,410

Florida Pasco 31001 310.01 1,422 1,697 -275 3,127

Florida Pasco 31002 310.02 969 2,225 -1,256 3,898

Florida Pasco 31003 310.03 234 1,747 -1,513 2,659

Florida Pasco 31004 310.04 1,353 2,080 -727 2,935

Florida Pasco 31005 310.05 611 1,165 -554 1,860

Florida Pasco 31006 310.06 251 610 -359 829

Florida Pasco 31007 310.07 1,040 1,665 -625 2,475

Florida Pasco 31008 310.08 725 968 -243 1,173

Florida Pasco 31101 311.01 2,430 1,274 1,156 2,268

Florida Pasco 31102 311.02 1,033 1,394 -361 3,007

Florida Pasco 31201 312.01 2,111 2,637 -526 4,662

Florida Pasco 31202 312.02 1,008 2,711 -1,703 2,931

Florida Pasco 31300 313 704 1,754 -1,050 2,475

Florida Pasco 31401 314.01 2,530 1,947 583 2,037

Florida Pasco 31402 314.02 1,954 1,840 114 3,207

Florida Pasco 31403 314.03 1,269 2,626 -1,357 3,509

Florida Pasco 31404 314.04 1,088 1,399 -311 1,925

Florida Pasco 31405 314.05 1,521 750 771 807

Florida Pasco 31501 315.01 913 2,935 -2,022 3,348

Florida Pasco 31502 315.02 680 2,459 -1,779 2,254

Florida Pasco 31503 315.03 287 865 -578 1,331

Florida Pasco 31504 315.04 226 809 -583 494

Florida Pasco 31600 316 1,902 3,173 -1,271 2,775

Florida Pasco 31701 317.01 589 210 379 484

D/SA-20

Florida Pasco 31702 317.02 500 2,298 -1,798 3,786

Florida Pasco 31703 317.03 217 1,873 -1,656 2,014

Florida Pasco 31704 317.04 2,939 1,764 1,175 1,713

Florida Pasco 31705 317.05 823 1,593 -770 1,642

Florida Pasco 31706 317.06 171 495 -324 1,349

Florida Pasco 31801 318.01 1,518 1,857 -339 2,677

Florida Pasco 31802 318.02 584 2,123 -1,539 2,258

Florida Pasco 31803 318.03 620 2,529 -1,909 2,564

Florida Pasco 31900 319 2,628 1,901 727 1,688

Florida Pasco 32001 320.01 1,252 813 439 822

Florida Pasco 32002 320.02 895 4,936 -4,041 3,683

Florida Pasco 32003 320.03 2,294 4,852 -2,558 3,699

Florida Pasco 32004 320.04 707 4,302 -3,595 2,727

Florida Pasco 32101 321.01 1,709 5,658 -3,949 5,260

Florida Pasco 32102 321.02 907 1,508 -601 1,154

Florida Pasco 32200 322 1,181 1,291 -110 924

Florida Pasco 32300 323 176 843 -667 696

Florida Pasco 32400 324 508 2,018 -1,510 2,354

Florida Pasco 32500 325 1,936 1,945 -9 1,607

Florida Pasco 32600 326 5,395 2,760 2,635 2,869

Florida Pasco 32700 327 428 752 -324 1,663

Florida Pasco 32800 328 4,195 2,941 1,254 3,657

Florida Pasco 32900 329 1,103 2,507 -1,404 5,119

Florida Pasco 33001 330.01 443 2,407 -1,964 4,494

Florida Pasco 33002 330.02 1,487 1,373 114 2,784

Florida Pasco 33003 330.03 1,711 1,274 437 4,310

Florida Pasco 33004 330.04 999 2,532 -1,533 4,936

Florida Pasco 33100 331 805 984 -179 1,813




D/SA-21

Pinellas County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Pinellas 20101 201.01 1,350 2,045 -695 2,600

Florida Pinellas 20103 201.03 1,263 3,028 -1,765 6,319

Florida Pinellas 20105 201.05 2,187 1,949 238 2,101

Florida Pinellas 20201 202.01 424 2,192 -1,768 1,795

Florida Pinellas 20202 202.02 431 1,327 -896 1,531





Florida Pinellas 20400 204 321 1,119 -798 1,305



Florida Pinellas 20700 207 1,595 1,142 453 1,546


Florida Pinellas 20900 209 198 359 -161 608

Florida Pinellas 21000 210 356 192 164 589


Florida Pinellas 21300 213 6,742 290 6,452 332

Florida Pinellas 21400 214 4,836 512 4,324 1,406

Florida Pinellas 21500 215 10,865 1,369 9,496 2,469



Florida Pinellas 21900 219 3,849 1,445 2,404 1,447

Florida Pinellas 22000 220 1,009 1,444 -435 1,331

Florida Pinellas 22100 221 1,479 2,505 -1,026 2,480





Florida Pinellas 22402 224.02 5,107 2,773 2,334 2,320








D/SA-22





Florida Pinellas 23100 231 250 1,360 -1,110 1,299










































D/SA-23






Florida Pinellas 25015 250.15 328 874 -546 2,247

Florida Pinellas 25016 250.16 407 674 -267 885

Florida Pinellas 25106 251.06 3,414 913 2,501 1,922





Florida Pinellas 25111 251.11 1,938 616 1,322 2,533



















Florida Pinellas 25306 253.06 1,074 421 653 705








Florida Pinellas 25411 254.11 1,562 884 678 711







D/SA-24


Florida Pinellas 25901 259.01 7,359 64 7,295 557





Florida Pinellas 26200 262 927 706 221 906
















Florida Pinellas 26814 268.14 1,136 761 375 1,196













Florida Pinellas 27103 271.03 58 54 4 450











D/SA-25













Florida Pinellas 27401 274.01 1,642 946 696 1,334
























D/SA-26

Polk County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Polk 10100 101 5,797 143 5,654 240

Florida Polk 10200 102 1,224 984 240 1,058

Florida Polk 10300 103 5,514 1,574 3,940 1,885

Florida Polk 10400 104 3,313 2,840 473 2,976

Florida Polk 10500 105 2,895 3,184 -289 2,894

Florida Polk 10601 106.01 1,629 1,772 -143 1,759

Florida Polk 10602 106.02 861 3,070 -2,209 2,576

Florida Polk 10701 107.01 1,625 1,938 -313 2,315

Florida Polk 10702 107.02 1,716 1,439 277 1,776

Florida Polk 10800 108 2,315 1,445 870 1,655

Florida Polk 10900 109 762 1,363 -601 2,191

Florida Polk 11000 110 4,897 837 4,060 1,659

Florida Polk 11100 111 1,221 1,220 1 1,303

Florida Polk 11201 112.01 2,461 1,831 630 2,045

Florida Polk 11202 112.02 394 661 -267 1,016

Florida Polk 11300 113 5,036 733 4,303 868

Florida Polk 11400 114 2,737 1,228 1,509 1,689

Florida Polk 11500 115 1,697 3,519 -1,822 3,766

Florida Polk 11601 116.01 1,012 1,908 -896 2,015

Florida Polk 11602 116.02 417 2,400 -1,983 3,386

Florida Polk 11704 117.04 4,024 1,817 2,207 2,013

Florida Polk 11721 117.21 419 1,525 -1,106 1,278

Florida Polk 11722 117.22 1,101 1,041 60 1,766

Florida Polk 11731 117.31 1,038 2,405 -1,367 1,801

Florida Polk 11732 117.32 1,485 1,355 130 1,209

Florida Polk 11801 118.01 3,309 3,328 -19 2,845

Florida Polk 11821 118.21 148 1,569 -1,421 1,103

Florida Polk 11822 118.22 292 1,931 -1,639 1,363

Florida Polk 11831 118.31 4,030 3,824 206 3,012

Florida Polk 11832 118.32 649 1,779 -1,130 1,351

Florida Polk 11901 119.01 2,527 1,941 586 1,671

Florida Polk 11902 119.02 3,387 1,587 1,800 1,437

Florida Polk 11903 119.03 534 1,779 -1,245 1,451

Florida Polk 11905 119.05 532 4,847 -4,315 3,456

Florida Polk 12001 120.01 1,540 1,872 -332 1,689

Florida Polk 12002 120.02 1,059 810 249 2,011

Florida Polk 12003 120.03 1,709 1,386 323 2,521

D/SA-27

Florida Polk 12004 120.04 4,135 273 3,862 645

Florida Polk 12111 121.11 404 1,629 -1,225 2,154

Florida Polk 12112 121.12 587 2,819 -2,232 2,090

Florida Polk 12113 121.13 769 1,779 -1,010 1,803

Florida Polk 12122 121.22 303 3,399 -3,096 2,776

Florida Polk 12123 121.23 4,254 1,805 2,449 2,834

Florida Polk 12201 122.01 1,572 3,023 -1,451 3,583

Florida Polk 12202 122.02 2,362 2,512 -150 2,907

Florida Polk 12301 123.01 778 3,913 -3,135 3,026

Florida Polk 12302 123.02 1,181 4,124 -2,943 3,080

Florida Polk 12401 124.01 2,076 3,147 -1,071 3,411

Florida Polk 12402 124.02 1,675 3,853 -2,178 6,084

Florida Polk 12501 125.01 836 3,944 -3,108 6,201

Florida Polk 12502 125.02 472 2,101 -1,629 1,988

Florida Polk 12503 125.03 130 1,750 -1,620 1,639

Florida Polk 12601 126.01 618 1,325 -707 1,745

Florida Polk 12602 126.02 1,153 2,500 -1,347 1,906

Florida Polk 12700 127 2,403 1,863 540 2,771

Florida Polk 12800 128 3,478 2,086 1,392 6,169

Florida Polk 12900 129 827 1,580 -753 1,781

Florida Polk 13000 130 2,218 2,597 -379 2,912

Florida Polk 13101 131.01 99 1,479 -1,380 1,141

Florida Polk 13102 131.02 457 1,361 -904 1,596

Florida Polk 13103 131.03 1,289 443 846 572

Florida Polk 13200 132 3,416 698 2,718 770

Florida Polk 13300 133 1,362 807 555 1,133

Florida Polk 13400 134 268 1,867 -1,599 2,204

Florida Polk 13500 135 1,824 1,434 390 1,822

Florida Polk 13600 136 1,661 1,799 -138 2,514

Florida Polk 13701 137.01 5,108 640 4,468 1,391

Florida Polk 13702 137.02 2,103 2,208 -105 2,128

Florida Polk 13801 138.01 680 1,764 -1,084 1,937

Florida Polk 13802 138.02 2,176 2,661 -485 2,243

Florida Polk 13901 139.01 3,439 1,276 2,163 1,441

Florida Polk 13902 139.02 1,375 2,219 -844 1,917

Florida Polk 14001 140.01 1,136 1,858 -722 2,002

Florida Polk 14002 140.02 2,537 3,704 -1,167 3,852

Florida Polk 14101 141.01 964 2,882 -1,918 3,462

Florida Polk 14121 141.21 402 595 -193 497

Florida Polk 14122 141.22 1,869 2,226 -357 3,346

Florida Polk 14123 141.23 2,150 1,456 694 2,259

Florida Polk 14201 142.01 1,445 1,603 -158 2,249

Florida Polk 14202 142.02 513 1,039 -526 1,165

Florida Polk 14203 142.03 262 734 -472 3,177

Florida Polk 14301 143.01 3,183 760 2,423 1,042

Florida Polk 14302 143.02 1,629 2,196 -567 2,386

D/SA-28

Florida Polk 14400 144 1,963 863 1,100 1,589

Florida Polk 14501 145.01 1,354 2,342 -988 2,207

Florida Polk 14502 145.02 138 1,198 -1,060 1,090

Florida Polk 14600 146 1,282 1,448 -166 1,322

Florida Polk 14701 147.01 885 1,879 -994 1,975

Florida Polk 14702 147.02 987 3,577 -2,590 3,029

Florida Polk 14801 148.01 2,000 2,140 -140 2,255

Florida Polk 14802 148.02 2,424 907 1,517 931

Florida Polk 14901 149.01 744 2,598 -1,854 2,495

Florida Polk 14902 149.02 354 2,642 -2,288 2,068

Florida Polk 15000 150 6,683 1,780 4,903 1,799

Florida Polk 15100 151 3,424 2,229 1,195 2,431

Florida Polk 15200 152 2,699 1,576 1,123 1,698

Florida Polk 15301 153.01 928 1,597 -669 1,628

Florida Polk 15302 153.02 61 1,123 -1,062 1,079

Florida Polk 15401 154.01 427 832 -405 1,054

Florida Polk 15402 154.02 224 1,291 -1,067 1,299

Florida Polk 15403 154.03 287 1,266 -979 2,262

Florida Polk 15500 155 2,517 1,421 1,096 1,758

Florida Polk 15600 156 131 544 -413 1,850

Florida Polk 15700 157 2,364 2,163 201 2,853

Florida Polk 15800 158 797 1,231 -434 2,593

Florida Polk 15900 159 783 921 -138 706

Florida Polk 16001 160.01 718 933 -215 868

Florida Polk 16002 160.02 509 735 -226 684

Florida Polk 16003 160.03 468 749 -281 1,528

Florida Polk 16100 161 3,024 459 2,565 525




D/SA-29

Sarasota County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Sarasota 101 1.01 9,570 954 8,616 2,605

Florida Sarasota 102 1.02 10,085 2,340 7,745 2,145

Florida Sarasota 200 2 4,919 1,554 3,365 1,689

Florida Sarasota 300 3 1,261 1,186 75 1,621


Florida Sarasota 403 4.03 2,599 3,011 -412 3,240

Florida Sarasota 404 4.04 151 400 -249 871

Florida Sarasota 405 4.05 189 1,466 -1,277 1,198




Florida Sarasota 601 6.01 1,717 1,275 442 1,184


Florida Sarasota 700 7 2,667 733 1,934 2,665

Florida Sarasota 801 8.01 1,031 408 623 2,933


Florida Sarasota 900 9 1,092 1,272 -180 1,351

Florida Sarasota 1000 10 1,369 1,243 126 1,490





Florida Sarasota 1203 12.03 569 1,202 -633 3,163





Florida Sarasota 1304 13.04 110 856 -746 1,051










D/SA-30
















Florida Sarasota 2100 21 1,566 1,673 -107 2,406






Florida Sarasota 2303 23.03 620 604 16 2,208

























D/SA-31




D/SA-32

Sumter County


Census 2000 Tracts

State County

ArcGIS

Census

Tract

American

FactFinder

Census

Tract Workers

Resident

Workers

Net

Commuters

Census

2000

Total

Housing

Units

Florida Sumter 990100 9901 422 2,534 -2,112 3,010

Florida Sumter 990200 9902 1,048 1,749 -701 3,782

Florida Sumter 990300 9903 211 1,123 -912 1,442

Florida Sumter 990400 9904 832 1,867 -1,035 3,304

Florida Sumter 990500 9905 708 1,433 -725 1,639

Florida Sumter 990600 9906 309 2,436 -2,127 3,366

Florida Sumter 990700 9907 251 2,038 -1,787 2,350

Florida Sumter 990800 9908 113 1,518 -1,405 6,245

Florida Sumter 991000 9910 95 68 27 57




Appendix B

Population Survey Minimum Requirements

To


Requirements for the Estimation of

Permanent And Temporal Service Area Populations


D/B-1

1.0 Service Area Seasonal Resident and In-Home Tourist Survey

Data from the survey are used to develop seasonal household to total household, seasonal length

of stay, and persons per household information used in estimating permanent and seasonal

resident population. The survey may also be used to estimate the average annual in-home tourist

days. It must be demonstrated that the sample is a random sample of all permanent and seasonal

resident customers and includes both single-family and multi-family residences in the service

area. The use of billing address databases to create a mailing list will skew survey results to the

demographic characteristics of the occupants of single-family residences, as most multi-family

residences are master-metered. Unless the residential account housing units are 95% or more

single-family residences, the mailing list shall be obtained from mailing address databases such

as those provided by marketing firms or other utilities, such as electric or phone, that

individually meter/bill both single-family and multi-family housing units. Marketing/survey

firms can provide randomized mailing lists for census, zip code or other delineated areas, such as

electronic service area boundaries, that can approximate the service area. To ensure the broadest

participation by seasonal residents, the survey must be conducted during the peak seasonal

residence months of January, February or March. Alternate peak and low season months may be

proposed and analyzed for the development of seasonal resident data. Yearlong surveys may also

be conducted but must have a sufficient sample size during the first quarter of the year to comply

with the minimum sample size requirements as described in Section 2 below.

The planning and implementation of a survey is crucial in obtaining a random survey of

sufficient sample size. The survey shall not be included as a bill stuffer. It is highly

recommended that the survey be anonymous and that there be no identification of the recipient

on the survey other than as a water utility customer. Unless the survey is conducted by qualified

professionals, a mail survey must be conducted in lieu of a phone survey.

The seasonal resident survey must address the following questions to all survey recipients:

a. Does your household live at another residence for part of the year?

b. If yes to a. above, what months of the year does this household typically reside at this

address?

c. How many persons are typically in your household?

Respondents that live three or more months away from their service area residence shall be

considered seasonal residents.

The in-home tourist portion of the survey, if such data are desired, must address the number of

days stayed for each short-term guest during the most recent year. Instructions to survey

recipients must indicate that only guests originating from outside the service area should be

listed. Seasonal residents that sub-let or rent their residence may include such short-term visitors

as in-home tourists.

If a permittee elects to use seasonal resident or in-home tourist survey data, the data shall be no

older than ten years.

D/B-2

2.0 Minimum Survey Sample Sizes

The minimum sample size is the number of surveys that must be completed for the results to be

valid. Therefore, the total number of surveys to be conducted must take into account an estimate

of the return rate for completed surveys. Required minimum sample sizes are found in the

following tablei. To ensure the validity of the survey, it is recommended that a maximum 10%

completion rate be assumed if follow-up calls are not made (for phone surveys) or follow-up

cards and/or surveys are not provided (for mail surveys). It is recommended that a maximum

20% return rate be assumed if follow-up calls are made or if follow-up cards and/or surveys are

utilized. The total number of surveys to be conducted/sent is the minimum sample size divided

by the assumed return rate. For example, if the minimum sample size is 200 and the assumed

completion rate is 20%, the number of surveys that should be sent/conducted is 200/0.2 = 1000.

It is further recommended that a phone number or website be placed on follow-up cards where a

replacement mail survey can be obtained if the original was discarded.

2.1 Seasonal Resident and In-Home Tourist Surveys

The population on which the minimum sample size for seasonal residents and in-home tourists is

based is the total number of residential account housing units served as calculated in the year of

interest residential account housing unit Worksheet A for the year before the survey is

conducted.

Example table of data to be solicited:

In-home Guest Length of Stay (Days)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

D/B-3

2.2 Public Lodging Utility Customer Survey

The population on which the minimum sample size for public lodging accounts is based is the

total number of public lodging utility accounts.

2.3 Group Quarters Population Survey

The population on which the minimum sample size for group quarters population customers is

based is the total number of group quarters accounts.

3.0 Maximum Age of Data

If a permittee elects to use seasonal resident or in-home tourist survey data, the data shall be no

older than ten years. Group quarters population survey data must be collected on an annual basis

i Adapted from: Milon, J. W. and Grace Johns. A Handbook for Economic Analysis of Coastal Recreation Projects. SGR-45 Prepared for Florida Sea Grant College. April 1982.

Minimum Sample Size Required

Population Size Required Sample Size

Less than 500 Survey entire population

500 222

1,000 286

2,500 345

5,000 370

10,000 385

50,000 397

100,000 398

Over 100,000 400

For populations between the listed values, the required sample size shall be

calculated by interpolation. See Section 3.2.4 of Appendix A for interpolation

example.

January 20, 2009

APPENDIX C

WORKSHEETS A TO I

ToPart D of the Water Use Permit Information Manual:Requirements for the Estimation of Permanent And

Temporal Service Area Populations

Southwest Florida Water Management DistrictPlanning Department

Worksheet A: Residential Account Housing Unit EstimationPermittee Name:Permit Number(s):Year of Interest:Enter Only Meter Data for Residential Accounts (No Commercial)Do Not Include Irrigation Account Meters

Data Entry Required in Solid Bordered CellsCalculated Output in Dashed Bordered Cells

Total Individually Metered Residences: = A

Master Metered Residential Accounts Worksheet

Single Family Master Metered Multi-family Master MeteredNumber Equivalent OR Number Equivalent OR

Single of Single Unit Residential Counted Single of Multi- Unit Residential CountedFamily Family Adjust- Account Residential Family Family Adjust- Account Residential

Meter Equivalent Master ment Housing Account Meter Equivalent Master ment Housing AccountSize Units Meters Factor Units Housing Size Units Meters Factor Units Housing

B C D (B x C) / D Units B C D (B x C) / D Units= E = F

= E = F 3/4" 1.5 0.71" 2.5 1 1" 2.5 0.7

1 1/2" 5 1 1 1/2" 5 0.72" 8 1 2" 8 0.73" 17.5 1 3" 17.5 0.74" 30 1 4" 30 0.76" 62.5 1 6" 62.5 0.78" 90 1 8" 90 0.7

10" 145 1 10" 145 0.712" 215 1 12" 215 0.7

Sum: Sum:

Mobile Home (Trailer) Master Metered Manufactured Home Master MeteredNumber Equivalent OR Number Equivalent OR

Single of Mobile Unit Residential Counted Single of Manu. Unit Residential CountedFamily Home Adjust- Account Residential Family Home Adjust- Account Residential

Meter Equivalent Master ment Housing Account Meter Equivalent Master ment Housing AccountSize Units Meters Factor Units Housing Size Units Meters Factor Units Housing

B C D (B x C) / D Units B C D (B x C) / D Units= E = F = E = F

3/4" 1.5 0.6 3/4" 1.5 0.81" 2.5 0.6 1" 2.5 0.8

1 1/2" 5 0.6 1 1/2" 5 0.82" 8 0.6 2" 8 0.83" 17.5 0.6 3" 17.5 0.84" 30 0.6 4" 30 0.86" 62.5 0.6 6" 62.5 0.88" 90 0.6 8" 90 0.8

10" 145 0.6 10" 145 0.812" 215 0.6 12" 215 0.8

Sum: Sum:G

Total Residential Account Housing Units for the Year of Interest (RESUNITS) = G(Sum the total individually metered residences (A) and the sums of equivalent master metered residential account housingunits (Es) or the sums of the counted master metered residential account housing units (Fs).

dlee

Text Box

D/C-1

Worksheet B: Service Area Summary

Page 1 of 3Permittee Name:Permit Number(s):Service Area Name:Census Data Year:Year of Interest:Data Entry Required in Solid Bordered Cells

Calculated Output in Dashed Bordered Cells

Optional Survey Data Entry in Double Outlined Cells

1. Service Area Residential Housing Account Data Required(From Worksheet A)

ResidentialAccount

Housing UnitsYear ofInterest

RESUNITS

2. Census Data Required for All Census Blocks in Service Area(From Worksheet C)

Sum ofCensus Sum of Sum of

Population Census Group Sum ofin House- House- Quarters Total

Holds Holds Population Housing UnitsCPOPNHH CHH CGRUPPOP CHOUSUNITS

3. Permanent Resident Persons/Household (PERMPPH) - Choose One OnlyOptional Ap-

proved SurveyCensus Method

PERMPPH OR PERMPPH(CPOPNHH/CHH) =

4. Seasonal Resident Persons Per Household (SEASPPH) - Choose One OnlyOptional Ap-

proved SurveyDefault Method

SEASPPH SEASPPH

dlee

Text Box

D/C-2

Worksheet B: Service Area Summary Worksheet (Cont'd)

Page 2 of 3Permittee Name:Permit Number(s):Service Area Name:Census Data Year:Year of Interest:

5. Service Area Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio (SEASRR)(From Worksheet D Part 1)

SEASRR(not required if using survey data)

6. Calculation of Service Area Census Year Seasonal Households (SEASHH)( not required if using survey data) SEASHH((SEASRR - 1) x CPOPNHH) / SEASPPH =

7. Calculation of Seasonal Households to Total Households Ratio (SEAS/TOTHH) Optional Ap-

proved SurveyMethod

SEAS/TOTHH or SEAS/TOTHHSEASHH / (CHH + SEASHH) =

8. Calculation of Seasonal Resident Peak Population - Yr. of Interest (SEASPKPOP)SEASPKPOP

RESUNITS x SEAS/TOTHH x SEASPPH =

9. Calculation of Permanent Resident Population for Yr. of Interest (PERMPOP)PERMPOP

(1 - SEAS/TOTHH) x RESUNITS x PERMPPH =

10. Seasonal Proportional Residence Time (SEASPROP)Beach or Non-Beach or Optional

Destination Destination Approved County County Survey

Default=0.442 Default=0.567 MethodSEASPROP SEASPROP SEASPROP

dlee

Text Box

D/C-3

Worksheet B: Service Area Summary (Cont'd)

Page 3 of 3Permittee Name:Permit Number(s):Service Area Name:Census Data Year:Year of Interest:

11. Calculation of Seasonal Resident Adjustment Factor (SEASADJ)SEASADJ

((SEASPROP x 132) + ((1 - SEASPROP) x (132 - 69.3))) / 132 =

12. Calculation of Functional Seasonal Resident Populationfor Year of Interest (FSEASPOP)

FSEASPOPSEASPKPOP x SEASADJ =

13. Calculation of Group Quarters Population for Year of Interest (GRUPPOP)GRUPPOP

(CGRUPPOP/CHOUSUNITS) x RESUNITS

14. Calculation of Total Required Functional Populationfor Year of Interest (REQPOP)

REQPOPPERMPOP + FSEASPOP + GRUPPOP =

15. Optional Total Functional Tourist Population for Year of Interest (FTOURPOP) FTOURPOPMust include documentation of sources and calculations(From Worksheet G)

16. Optional Functional Net Commuter Population for Year of Interest (FNETCOM)(From Worksheet I) FNETCOM

Total Required and Optional Functional Service Area Population For the Year of Interest = REQPOP + FTOURPOP + FNETCOM =

dlee

Text Box

D/C-4

Worksheet C: Households, Group Quarters & Housing UnitsPage: of :Permittee Name:Permittee Number(s):Census Year:Data Entry Required in Solid Bordered Cells


Census Census CensusPopulation Census Group Total

County Name in House- House- Quarters Housingor Census Census Census Holds Holds Population UnitsCounty Code Tract Block (CPOPNHH) (CHH) (CGRUPPOP) (CHOUSUNITS)

Sums

dlee

Text Box

D/C-5

Worksheet D: Peak Seasonal Resident RatioPage: of :Permittee Name:Permit Number(s):Population Year of Interest:Data Entry Required in Solid Bold Bordered Cells


NOTE: See Appendix "A", Section 3, "Worksheet D: Peak Seasonal Residential Ratio", in Part D "Requirements for the Estimation of Permanent and Temporal Service Area Populations" of the Water Use Permit Information Manual foridentification and selection of ZIP Codes, Census Year Estimated Peak Seasonal Resident Population and permanent population by ZCTA. Additional ZIP Code rows may be added as needed.

Census Year ZCTA Permanent

PopulationGeographic ZIP Codes/ZCTAs

C

Sum of A =

Sum of C = FSum of B = E

District Data Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio (SEASRR) = (E + F) /F =

Sum Seasonal (B) & Permanent (C) Populations

Average Annual 3rd Quarter Admissions by ZIP/ZCTA Only

if Small Service Area Partial ZCTA Selection Criteria Used

A

Part 1: District - Provided Admissions and Census Year Peak Seasonal and Permanent Resident Population

ZIP Code/ZCTA Estimated

Resident PopulationCensusYear Peak Seasonal

B

dlee

Text Box

D/C-6

Worksheet D: Peak Seasonal Resident RatioPage: of :Permittee Name:Permit Number(s):Population Year of Interest:Data Entry Required in Solid Bold Bordered Cells


NOTE: See Appendix "A", Section 3, "Worksheet D: Peak Seasonal Residential Ratio", in Part D "Requirements for the Estimation of Permanent and Temporal Service Area Populations" of the Water Use Permit Information Manual foridentification and selection of ZIP Codes, Census Year Estimated Peak Seasonal Resident Population and permanent population by ZCTA. Additional ZIP Code rows may be added as needed.

Year Survey Performed:Month Survey Performed (Jan/Feb/Mar)Residential Account Housing UnitsServed in Year Prior to Survey:Interpolated Minimum Number of Returned Surveys:Number of Usable Surveys Returned:

Total Seasonal Resident Household ASurveys Returned = ATotal Persons in Seasonal BHouseholds from Returned Surveys = BSeasonal Resident Persons Per B/AHousehold (SEASPPH) = B/ATotal Months Seasonal Residents CReside in the Service Area = CSeasonal Proportional Residence (C/A)/12Time (SEASPROP) = (C/A)/12

Total Permanent Resident Household DSurveys Returned = DTotal Persons in Permanent EHouseholds from Returned Surveys = EPermanent Resident Persons E/DPer Household (PERMPPH) = E/D

Seasonal to Total Household A/(A+D)Ratio SEAS/TOTHH = A/(A+D)

Part 2: Survey Results for Peak Seasonal and Permanent Resident Population and Seasonal Duration

dlee

Text Box

D/C-7

Worksheet E: Partial ZCTA Selection

Page: of :Permittee Name:Permit Number(s):Population Year of Interest:Data Entry Required in Solid Bold Bordered CellsCalculated Output in Dashed Bordered Cells

Note: Additional Rows May Be Added for Additional Blocksand Additional ZCTA Calculation Blocks May Be Copied and Pasted.

ZCTA #

A

TotalBlockHousing

County Name Tract # Block # Units(or Census Code) B

CSum of Housing Units in Blocks Above = C

C/APercent of Total ZCTA Housing Units = C/A

Partial ZCTA 1 =

Service Area Census Blocks Totally or Partially Within ZCTA

Total Census ZCTA Housing Units = A

dlee

Text Box

D/C-8

Worksheet E: Partial ZCTA Selection


Note: Additional Rows May Be Added for Additional Blocksand Additional ZCTA Calculation Blocks May Be Copied and Pasted.

ZCTA#

A

TotalBlockHousing

County Name Tract # Block # Units(or Census Code) B

CSum of Housing Units in Blocks Above = C

C/APercent of Total ZCTA Housing Units = C/A

Partial ZCTA 2 =

Service Area Census Blocks Totally or Partially Within ZCTA

Total Census ZCTA Housing Units = A

dlee

Text Box

D/C-9

Worksheet F: Small Service Area ZCTAs


Step 1. Enter Sum of Census Population in Households (CPOPNHH) Afrom Worksheet B (Must not exceed 25,000) = A

Step 2. Determination of Minimum Average Annual 3rd Quarter AdmissionsThreshold Using a. or b. Below, as Applicable.

a.If the sum of population in households (A above) exactly matches a Table A-1 populationvalue (Appendix A, Section 3.2.4), enter the corresponding minimum admissions Bthreshold as "B", then continue to Step 3.

orb.

Interpolation - If the sum of population in households is in-between Table A-1 populationvalues, then an adjusted minimum average annual 3rd quarter admissions threshold must becalculated as outlined below.

CTable A-1 Population Value That is More Than Sum of Population in Households in A above = C

DTable A-1 Population Value That is Less Than Sum of Population in Households in A above = D

EDifference Between C and D (C-D) = E

FMinimum Admissions for Table A-1 Population Value That is More Than A above = F

GMinimum Admissions for Table A-1 Population Value Less Than A above = G

HDifference Between F and G (F-G) = H

IDivide H by E (H/E) = I

JDifference Between A and D (A-D) = J

KAdjusted Minimum Admissions Threshold = G+(J x I) = K

dlee

Text Box

D/C-10

Worksheet F: Small Service Area ZCTAs


Step 3. Selection Of ZCTAs to Include in the Service Area

The average annual third quarter hospital admissions by ZIP Code and the ZCTAs required tocomplete Step 2. are available at the District's website or from the District's Planning Department.

First add admissions from ZIP Codes/ZCTAs entirely within the service area. If the minimum admissions threshold has not been reached, add admissions from ZIP Codes/ZCTAs partially in the service area until theminimum admissons threshold (B or K in Step 1. above) has been just met or exceeded in the "cumulativeZCTA" column. Those ZIP Codes entirely in the service area and those that are partially in that have been added to meet the minimum 3rd quarter admissions threshold shall be used in Worksheet D.

ZCTA Cumulative ZCTAList Average Annual 3rd Average Annual 3rdZIP Codes Entirely Equivalent Quarter Admissions Quarter AdmissionsWithin Service Area ZCTA From Provided Data From Provided Data

A = A = E = A+B=C =D = C+D=E =F = E+F=G =

List Number ofZIP Codes Partially Times ZIPWithin Service Area Code ZCTA Cumulative ZCTAin Order of Billing Appears in Average Annual 3rd Average Annual 3rdOccurrence - Highest Billing Equivalent Quarter Admissions Quarter Admissionsto Lowest Records ZCTA From Provided Data From Provided Data

H = G+H= I =J = I+J= K =L = K+L= M =N = M+N= O =

dlee

Text Box

D/C-11

Worksheet G: Functional Tourist Population


Use Part 1 to estimate functional tourist population from directly collecteddata or Part 2 to to estimate functional tourist population indirectly from touristaccomodation taxes. Use Part 3 to estimate functional in-home tourist population.

Part 1: Public Lodging Data Method

a. Inventory of Service Area Public LodgingAttach documentation of data source and year collected.Note: Insert additional rows as needed.

Number ofRooms

ASum of Service Area Rooms = A

b. Average Annual Monthly Occupancy RateAttach documentation of data source and year collected. For seasonal data, insert same occupancy rate for each month in applicable season.For average annual data, enter annual rate in each month.Customer survey data must be weighted by customer rooms.See Section A-5.1.2. Monthly

OccupancyMonth Rate

JanuaryFebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember

Public Lodging Facility Name

dlee

Text Box

D/C-12



CSum of Monthly Occupancy Rates = C

DAverage Monthly Occupancy Rate = D = C/12

c. Average Guests Per Room (party size)Documentation of data source and year collected required (other than defaults).Customer survey data must be weighted by number of rooms per customerrespondent. See Section 5.1.4 of Appendix A..

Enter an X under the source of the data and enter the selected value under E.

Coastal Beach Lodging OtherDestination County Customer (MustDefault = 2.7 Survey Document) E

d. Total Direct Data Daily Public Lodging Tourist Population FF = A x D x E

Part 2: Tourist Accomodations Lodging Tax MethodDocumentation of data source and year collected required (other than defaults).If average daily room rate is from customer survey, room rates must beweighted by number of rooms per customer respondent (see Section 5.1.4 App. A).

a. Calculation of Room Days Per MonthAverage

Service Area Tourist Monthly Daily Total RoomAccomodation Tax Room Room Days Per

Month Tax Rate Revenue Rate MonthH I = G/H J K = I/J

JanuaryFebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember

LSum of Room Days Per Month = L

CollectionsG

All OtherCounties

Default = 2.3

dlee

Text Box

D/C-13



b. Average Guests Per Room (party size)Documentation of data source and year collected required (other than defaults).Customer survey data must be weighted by number of rooms per customerrespondent. See Section 5.1.4 of Appendix A.

Enter an X under the source of the data and enter the selected value under M.

Coastal Beach LodgingDestination County CustomerDefault = 2.7 Survey Other M

c. Calculation of Tourist Tax Estimated Tourist Daily Population N

N = (L x M)/365

Part 3. In-Home Tourist PopulationDocumentation of data source and year collected required.Note: See Worksheet A for total Service Area Residential AccountHousing Units for the Year of Interest (RESUNITS)

Average In- Residential Average Home Tourist Account Annual In-

Days Per Housing HomeHousehold Units TouristsPer Year RESUNITS per Day

O P QQ = (O x P)/365

Part 4: Total Functional (Daily) Tourist Population (FTOURPOP)

The total functional tourist population is the sum of "F" from Part 1or "N" from Part 2 plus "Q" from Part 3.

FTOURPOPFTOURPOP F or N + Q

Default = 2.3

All OtherCounties

dlee

Text Box

D/C-14

Worksheet H: Partial Tract Selection

Page 1 of :Permittee Name:Permit Number(s):Population Year of Interest:Data Entry Required in Solid Bold Bordered CellsCalculated Output in Dashed Bordered Cells

Note: Additional Rows May Be Added for Additional Blocksand Additional Tract Calculation Blocks May Be Copied and Pasted.

County Nameor Census Code Tract #

A

Service Area Census Blocks Totally Totalor Partially Within the Tract HousingCounty Name Units inor County # Tract # Block # Block

BSum of Housing Units in Blocks Above = B

Percent of Total Tract Housing Units in Service Area = B/A

Partial Tract # 1 =

Total Census Tract Housing Units = A

dlee

Text Box

D/C-15

Worksheet H: Partial Tract Selection (continued)

Page of :Permittee Name:Permit Number(s):Population Year of Interest:

County Nameor Census Code Tract #

A

Service Area Census Blocks Totally Totalor Partially Within the Tract HousingCounty Name Units inor County # Tract # Block # Block

BSum of Housing Units in Blocks Above = B

Percent of Total Tract Housing Units in Service Area = B/A

Partial Tract # 2 =

Total Census Tract Housing Units = A

dlee

Text Box

D/C-16

Worksheet I: Functional Net Commuter Population

Page 1 of :Permittee Name:Permit Number(s):Population Year of Interest:Data Entry Required in Solid Bold Bordered CellsCalculated Output in Dashed Bordered Cells

NOTE: See Section 6.1 of Appendix A for identification and selection of Census Tracts.Additional Census tract rows may be added as needed.

Net Commuters Census Total Housing UnitsCensus County or Code Tract Number by Census Tract (CHOUSUNITS) by Tract

A BSums

Ratio of Net Commutersto Census Total C =A/BHousing Units = C = A/B

Net Commuters for Year D = C x RESUNITSof Interest D = C x RESUNITS(for RESUNITS see Section 1of Worksheet B.

Functional Net Commuter Population for Year of Interest FNETCOM = D x .333 x .714FNETCOM = D x .333 x .714

Census Tracts Included

dlee

Text Box

D/C-17

Appendix D

Census Year

Seasonal Resident and Permanent Population by ZIP Code

Districtwide

January 20, 2009

To


Requirements for the Estimation of Permanent And

Temporal Service Area Populations

Planning Department


D/D-1

Filename: Final Districtwide 040607 App D Seasonal Data by ZIPs.xls

Sheet 1-Instructions

April 6, 2007

Steps in the Calculation of Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio (SEASRR)

Step 1: Select ZIP Codes to Represent Water Service Area

See rule for criteria for selecting appropriate ZIP Codes.

Step 2: Sum the Seasonal Resident Populations for the Selected ZIP Codes

Step 3: Sum the Permanent Resident Populations for the Selected ZIP Codes

Step 4: Calculate the Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio (SEASRR)

(Sum of Census yr. seasonal residents + Sum of Census yr. permanent residents)

Sum of Census yr. permanent residents

See Example Ratio Calculation

D/D-2


Sheet 2-Sample Calculation of Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio (SEASRR)

April 6, 2007

Sample Calculation of Peak Seasonal Resident Ratio

(Data from "Data by ZIP Code" Worksheet)

Selected ZIP

Codes

Estimated

Seasonal

Resident

Population

Permanent

Census

Population

A B

33837 7,121 21,315

33838 972 2,843

33844 7,378 26,600

33850 315 4,039

33868 1,659 10,885

33881 2,459 28,225 Peak Seasonal Resident

Ratio

Sum of A Sum of B (Sum A + Sum B) / Sum B

19,904 93,907 1.212

D/D-3


Sheet 3-Seasonal Resident and Permanent Population by ZIP Code

April 6, 2007

Emergency Admissions - Patients 55-84 Years Old, Seasonal & Permanent Population by Geographic ZIP Codes

Sum 1999-2001 Sum 1999-2001

Quarter 1 Quarter 3 Difference Overall Census Year

Permanent Population

Geographic Admissions Admissions Q1-Q3 Emergency

Estimated

Peak

Census

2000

Patient January- July- divided by 3 Incidence

Seasonal

Resident ZIP Code

ZIP Code March September Q3 <= Q1 Age 45-74 Population

Tabulation

Area

(P001001)

a b c = a-b d e = c/d April 1,

2000

32102 19 19 0.00 0.015302 0 2,543

32113 109 85 8.00 0.015302 523 6,891

32134 180 104 25.33 0.015302 1,656 7,950

32159 1228 997 77.00 0.015302 5,032 27,939

32162 Please refer to Geographic Patient Zip Code 32159

32179 146 100 15.33 0.015302 1,002 8410

32182 19 13 2.00 0.015302 131 158

32183 27 27 0.00 0.015302 0 90

32195 74 59 5.00 0.015302 327 3,181

32617 77 57 6.67 0.015302 436 3,546

32618 119 118 0.33 0.015302 22 6,788

32621 134 124 3.33 0.015302 218 3,412

32625 38 33 1.67 0.015302 109 1,631

32626 263 239 8.00 0.015302 523 7,756

32639 0 0 0.00 0.015302 0 254

32664 37 20 5.67 0.015302 370 575

32667 63 53 3.33 0.015302 218 3,228

32668 72 72 0.00 0.015302 0 3,881

32681 18 10 2.67 0.015302 174 501

32683 0 0 0.00 0.015302 0 150

32686 97 91 2.00 0.015302 131 4,976

32693 284 237 15.67 0.015302 1,024 9,574

32696 288 263 8.33 0.015302 545 10,563

32702 100 85 5.00 0.015302 327 2,846

32720 45 25 6.67 0.015302 436 27,114

32726 587 421 55.33 0.015302 3,616 17,923

32735 102 67 11.67 0.015302 762 2,532

D/D-4

32736 43 43 0.00 0.015302 0 7,814

32757 540 393 49.00 0.015302 3,202 18,785

32767 44 27 5.67 0.015302 370 2,170

32776 131 112 6.33 0.015302 414 6,634

32778 542 407 45.00 0.015302 2,941 14,216

32784 230 193 12.33 0.015302 806 9,034

33510 311 307 1.33 0.015302 87 22,374

33511 684 684 0.00 0.015302 0 44,927

33513 265 205 20.00 0.015302 1,307 10,439

33514 35 34 0.33 0.015302 22 1,632

33521 47 47 0.00 0.015302 0 466

33523 331 291 13.33 0.015302 871 17,388

33525 725 571 51.33 0.015302 3,355 13,934

33527 193 147 15.33 0.015302 1,002 11,431

33534 225 171 18.00 0.015302 1,176 7,496

33538 156 108 16.00 0.015302 1,046 4,473

33540 1009 681 109.33 0.015302 7,145 18,837

33541 1564 867 232.33 0.015302 15,183 23,017

33542 Please refer to Geographic Patient Zip Codes 33540 and 33541

33543 233 159 24.67 0.015302 1,612 12,019

33544 127 127 0.00 0.015302 0 7,180

33547 130 130 0.00 0.015302 0 8,527


33549 546 483 21.00 0.015302 1,372 44,672

33556 147 147 0.00 0.015302 0 13,995



33565 197 160 12.33 0.015302 806 16,814

33566 287 271 5.33 0.015302 349 21,552

33567 205 196 3.00 0.015302 196 25920

33569 769 543 75.33 0.015302 4,923 35,689

33570 642 365 92.33 0.015302 6,034 12,857

33572 246 210 12.00 0.015302 784 7,461

33573 1671 1245 142.00 0.015302 9,280 16321

33576 79 70 3.00 0.015302 196 2,356

33584 391 366 8.33 0.015302 545 20,490

33585 29 18 3.67 0.015302 240 777

33592 282 237 15.00 0.015302 980 9970

33594 708 615 31.00 0.015302 2,026 47,721

33597 188 136 17.33 0.015302 1,133 7,327

33598 182 162 6.67 0.015302 436 8,019

33602 318 267 17.00 0.015302 1,111 8,955

D/D-5

33603 420 368 17.33 0.015302 1,133 20,947

33604 807 710 32.33 0.015302 2,113 36,785

33605 605 545 20.00 0.015302 1,307 17,081

33606 202 186 5.33 0.015302 349 14,960

33607 769 679 30.00 0.015302 1,961 22,801

33609 308 290 6.00 0.015302 392 16,180

33610 1030 917 37.67 0.015302 2,462 32,397

33611 535 486 16.33 0.015302 1,067 29,837

33612 1028 912 38.67 0.015302 2,527 42,961

33613 564 534 10.00 0.015302 654 29,424

33614 802 714 29.33 0.015302 1,917 43,803

33615 645 605 13.33 0.015302 871 41,349

33616 180 159 7.00 0.015302 457 12,014

33617 567 490 25.67 0.015302 1,677 42,281

33618 260 235 8.33 0.015302 545 20,358

33619 689 566 41.00 0.015302 2,679 28,459

33620 2 1 0.33 0.015302 22 2,532

33621 10 8 0.67 0.015302 44 2,689

33624 484 404 26.67 0.015302 1,743 45,065

33625 209 209 0.00 0.015302 0 20,781

33626 74 61 4.33 0.015302 283 11,116

33629 342 317 8.33 0.015302 545 22,858

33634 226 226 0.00 0.015302 0 19,255

33635 177 153 8.00 0.015302 523 12,439

33637 112 109 1.00 0.015302 65 12,534

33647 153 139 4.67 0.015302 305 26,290

33701 715 710 1.67 0.015302 109 15,374

33702 916 720 65.33 0.015302 4,270 30,058

33703 649 514 45.00 0.015302 2,941 25,063

33704 328 265 21.00 0.015302 1,372 16,714

33705 893 772 40.33 0.015302 2,636 28,083

33706 328 283 15.00 0.015302 980 17,376

33707 648 648 0.00 0.015302 0 26,542

33708 585 446 46.33 0.015302 3,028 17,199

33709 1126 868 86.00 0.015302 5,620 26,039

33710 776 709 22.33 0.015302 1,460 33,213

33711 411 375 12.00 0.015302 784 19,915

33712 689 634 18.33 0.015302 1,198 26,222

33713 678 577 33.67 0.015302 2,200 31,273

33714 555 526 9.67 0.015302 632 17,753

33715 151 104 15.67 0.015302 1,024 7,403

33716 192 140 17.33 0.015302 1,133 10,409

D/D-6

33755 686 636 16.67 0.015302 1,089 26,061

33756 1270 1047 74.33 0.015302 4,858 29,081

33759 565 479 28.67 0.015302 1,873 20,071

33760 273 210 21.00 0.015302 1,372 16,958

33761 663 552 37.00 0.015302 2,418 19,594

33762 127 106 7.00 0.015302 457 6,818

33763 878 680 66.00 0.015302 4,313 18,029

33764 810 560 83.33 0.015302 5,446 23,673

33765 400 340 20.00 0.015302 1,307 13,403

33767 535 281 84.67 0.015302 5,533 9,765

33770 1186 906 93.33 0.015302 6,099 24,394

33771 1373 1030 114.33 0.015302 7,472 29,225

33772 803 631 57.33 0.015302 3,747 23,232

33773 426 332 31.33 0.015302 2,048 16,369

33774 627 553 24.67 0.015302 1,612 18,431

33776 320 217 34.33 0.015302 2,244 13,388

33777 462 358 34.67 0.015302 2,265 17,328

33778 544 464 26.67 0.015302 1,743 13,639

33781 830 721 36.33 0.015302 2,374 25,287

33782 787 645 47.33 0.015302 3,093 19,527

33785 155 122 11.00 0.015302 719 5,949

33786 49 40 3.00 0.015302 196 1,601

33801 1073 829 81.33 0.015302 5,315 31,593

33803 847 603 81.33 0.015302 5,315 26,994

33805 743 629 38.00 0.015302 2,483 20,426

33809 871 641 76.67 0.015302 5,010 28,855

33810 524 394 43.33 0.015302 2,832 28,563

33811 269 242 9.00 0.015302 588 16,176

33813 559 467 30.67 0.015302 2,004 35,411

33815 414 277 45.67 0.015302 2,984 13,620

33823 413 354 19.67 0.015302 1,285 26,485

33825 1032 712 106.67 0.015302 6,971 23,257

33827 50 40 3.33 0.015302 218 2,527

33830 567 446 40.33 0.015302 2,636 25,723

33834 106 58 16.00 0.015302 1,046 7,274

33835 23 23 0.00 0.015302 0 50

33837 663 414 83.00 0.015302 5,424 21,315

33838 90 56 11.33 0.015302 741 2,843

33839 32 32 0.00 0.015302 0 1,591

33841 179 146 11.00 0.015302 719 7,881

33843 307 170 45.67 0.015302 2,984 10,668

33844 952 687 88.33 0.015302 5,773 26,600

D/D-7

33847 0 0 0.00 0.015302 0 283

33849 59 43 5.33 0.015302 349 418

33850 74 68 2.00 0.015302 131 4,039

33851 29 29 0.00 0.015302 0 907

33852 853 592 87.00 0.015302 5,686 19,653

33853 996 769 75.67 0.015302 4,945 34,439

33857 83 48 11.67 0.015302 762 1,645


33860 382 309 24.33 0.015302 1,590 17,015

33865 26 13 4.33 0.015302 283 681

33868 210 152 19.33 0.015302 1,263 10,885

33870 1349 871 159.33 0.015302 10,413 22,563

33872 1019 632 129.00 0.015302 8,430 20,593

33873 225 222 1.00 0.015302 65 14,442



33877 21 21 0.00 0.015302 0 550

33880 366 332 11.33 0.015302 741 33,778

33881 538 452 28.67 0.015302 1,873 28,225

33884 222 209 4.33 0.015302 283 20,016

33890 108 81 9.00 0.015302 588 5,088




33921 19 6 4.33 0.015302 283 1500

33946 82 33 16.33 0.015302 1,067 1,064

33947 273 189 28.00 0.015302 1,830 5,238

33948 416 321 31.67 0.015302 2,069 14,692

33950 1287 832 151.67 0.015302 9,912 19,361

33952 1142 808 111.33 0.015302 7,276 30,543

33953 116 62 18.00 0.015302 1,176 3,452

33954 113 108 1.67 0.015302 109 7383

33955 186 140 15.33 0.015302 1,002 6227

33960 20 16 1.33 0.015302 87 701

33980 343 284 19.67 0.015302 1,285 9,081

33981 249 167 27.33 0.015302 1,786 7,225

33982 266 176 30.00 0.015302 1,961 9,289

33983 316 228 29.33 0.015302 1,917 10,960

34201 20 20 0.00 0.015302 0 1877

34202 154 118 12.00 0.015302 784 15335

34203 785 539 82.00 0.015302 5,359 26017

34205 1013 777 78.67 0.015302 5,141 31,817

D/D-8

34207 1137 780 119.00 0.015302 7,777 30,690

34208 620 550 23.33 0.015302 1,525 30,750

34209 1212 936 92.00 0.015302 6,012 33,228

34210 466 377 29.67 0.015302 1,939 13,883



34215 55 18 12.33 0.015302 806 792

34216 64 42 7.33 0.015302 479 1,877

34217 245 107 46.00 0.015302 3,006 6,385

34219 110 105 1.67 0.015302 109 5,812

34221 985 689 98.67 0.015302 6,448 31,646

34222 441 338 34.33 0.015302 2,244 8,732

34223 824 427 132.33 0.015302 8,648 18,002

34224 703 423 93.33 0.015302 6,099 14,984

34228 107 55 17.33 0.015302 1,133 7,603

34229 58 58 0.00 0.015302 0 4,850

34231 384 304 26.67 0.015302 1,743 31,885

34232 385 315 23.33 0.015302 1,525 31,969

34233 313 256 19.00 0.015302 1,242 14,745

34234 265 216 16.33 0.015302 1,067 20,511

34235 206 144 20.67 0.015302 1,351 13,028

34236 179 131 16.00 0.015302 1,046 11,636

34237 179 130 16.33 0.015302 1,067 16,890

34238 179 154 8.33 0.015302 545 14,042

34239 202 150 17.33 0.015302 1,133 15,800

34240 115 77 12.67 0.015302 828 6,757

34241 167 117 16.67 0.015302 1,089 12,106

34242 92 50 14.00 0.015302 915 9581

34243 268 253 5.00 0.015302 327 20508

34250 7 5 0.67 0.015302 44 459

34251 48 39 3.00 0.015302 196 4,239

34266 822 573 83.00 0.015302 5,424 31,964

34268 44 40 1.33 0.015302 87 245


34275 254 142 37.33 0.015302 2,440 15,005

34285 221 124 32.33 0.015302 2,113 8,039

34286 70 55 5.00 0.015302 327 8,610

34287 708 476 77.33 0.015302 5,054 19,089


34292 426 254 57.33 0.015302 3,747 17,443

34293 567 353 71.33 0.015302 4,662 30,750

34420 316 226 30.00 0.015302 1,961 13,678

D/D-9

34428 70 70 0.00 0.015302 0 9,294

34429 116 94 7.33 0.015302 479 8,575

34431 120 100 6.67 0.015302 436 6,470

34432 188 157 10.33 0.015302 675 9,826

34433 32 32 0.00 0.015302 0 3,936

34434 50 50 0.00 0.015302 0 4,440

34436 156 133 7.67 0.015302 501 8,513

34442 226 172 18.00 0.015302 1,176 10,239

34446 167 167 0.00 0.015302 0 12,542

34448 128 128 0.00 0.015302 0 10,006

34449 35 35 0.00 0.015302 0 3,357

34450 233 199 11.33 0.015302 741 10,194

34452 244 216 9.33 0.015302 610 10,353

34453 156 136 6.67 0.015302 436 8,001

34461 103 76 9.00 0.015302 588 8,444

34465 262 237 8.33 0.015302 545 12,993

34470 369 325 14.67 0.015302 958 15632

34471 346 253 31.00 0.015302 2,026 21,437

34472 394 263 43.67 0.015302 2,854 19,277

34473 132 129 1.00 0.015302 65 7,588

34474 404 303 33.67 0.015302 2,200 15,761

34475 220 162 19.33 0.015302 1,263 13212

34476 304 247 19.00 0.015302 1,242 12,323

34479 154 154 0.00 0.015302 0 12,654

34480 193 191 0.67 0.015302 44 10,124

34481 365 305 20.00 0.015302 1,307 13,854

34482 256 183 24.33 0.015302 1,590 16,203

34484 23 23 0.00 0.015302 0 2,282

34488 320 193 42.33 0.015302 2,767 9,770

34491 456 354 34.00 0.015302 2,222 19,410

34498 4 4 0.00 0.015302 0 597

34601 1114 969 48.33 0.015302 3,159 20,832

34602 153 147 2.00 0.015302 131 5,947


34606 826 672 51.33 0.015302 3,355 24,179

34607 179 140 13.00 0.015302 850 6,985

34608 771 700 23.67 0.015302 1,547 22,907

34609 815 695 40.00 0.015302 2,614 28,499

34610 246 208 12.67 0.015302 828 10,636

34613 551 387 54.67 0.015302 3,573 13,767

34614 49 45 1.33 0.015302 87 2,774

34639 256 219 12.33 0.015302 806 19,205

D/D-10

34652 631 402 76.33 0.015302 4,988 24,827

34653 681 483 66.00 0.015302 4,313 30,941

34654 275 187 29.33 0.015302 1,917 16,410

34655 433 338 31.67 0.015302 2,069 24,369

34661 22 13 3.00 0.015302 196 152

34667 688 446 80.67 0.015302 5,272 29,989

34668 1003 702 100.33 0.015302 6,557 42,073

34669 156 89 22.33 0.015302 1,460 10,484

34677 524 368 52.00 0.015302 3,398 19,628

34679 13 2 3.67 0.015302 240 208

34681 29 19 3.33 0.015302 218 1,239

34683 718 586 44.00 0.015302 2,875 34,025

34684 1089 871 72.67 0.015302 4,749 27,429

34685 283 234 16.33 0.015302 1,067 17,559


34689 886 732 51.33 0.015302 3,355 28,752

34690 341 251 30.00 0.015302 1,961 13,007

34691 542 357 61.67 0.015302 4,030 18,526

34695 533 377 52.00 0.015302 3,398 18156

34698 1486 1130 118.67 0.015302 7,755 34,235

34705 54 33 7.00 0.015302 457 2,092

34711 674 580 31.33 0.015302 2,048 38,447

34731 315 226 29.67 0.015302 1,939 9,626

34736 203 175 9.33 0.015302 610 7,901

34737 30 28 0.67 0.015302 44 1,919

34748 1357 1095 87.33 0.015302 5,707 30,806

34753 62 54 2.67 0.015302 174 2,796

34756 63 48 5.00 0.015302 327 2,318

34759 20 17 1.00 0.015302 65 7,553

34762 32 26 2.00 0.015302 131 372

34785 399 327 24.00 0.015302 1,568 15,671

34787 631 540 30.33 0.015302 1,982 22,779

34788 759 511 82.67 0.015302 5,402 15,328

34797 35 23 4.00 0.015302 261 994

34974 44 20 8.00 0.015302 523 21,784

D/D-11


Sheet 4-Average Third Quarter Emergency Admissions by Zip Code

April 6, 2007

Example Calculation of Average Annual Third Quarter Hospital Admissions by Zip Code

Patients Aged 55 - 84, Emergency Admissions Only

Permittees wishing to select partial zip codes/Zip Code Tabulation Areas (ZCTA) to represent

their service area using the "Zip Codes Partially Within Small Service Areas" provisions of the

rule will find the three-year average of third quarter admissions by Zip Code in Sheet 5 "Average

Annual Q3 Admissions by Zip Code". Simply locate the selected zip code from the Geographic

Patient Zip Code column and then locate the corresponding average emergency admissions in the

"Avg. 1999-2001 Quarter 3 Admissions" column.

D/D-12

Final Districtwide 040607 App D Seasonal Data by ZIPs.xls

Sheet 4-Average Third Quarter Emergency Admissions by ZIP Code

April 6, 2007

Average Third Quarter Emergency Admissions - Patients 55-84 Years Old by

Geographic Zip Codes

Sum 1999-

2001

Avg. 1999-

2001

Quarter 3 Quarter 3

Geographic Admissions Admissions

Patient July- July-

Zip Code September September

a b b/3

32102 19 6

32112 30 10

32113 109 36

32134 199 66

32148 101 34

32159 1,230 410

32162 See Zip Code 32159

32179 173 58

32195 74 25

32617 77 26

32618 119 40

32621 134 45

32625 38 13

32626 263 88

32640 237 79

32667 63 21

32668 72 24

32669 173 58

32680 215 72

32686 152 51

32693 284 95

32696 288 96

32702 100 33

32712 404 135

32713 138 46

32720 45 15

32726 587 196

32735 102 34

D/D-13

32736 43 14

32757 540 180

32763 61 20

32767 44 15

32771 963 321

32776 131 44

32778 542 181

32779 382 127

32784 230 77

33471 39 13

33510 311 104

33511 684 228

33513 265 88

33514 35 12

33523 331 110

33525 725 242

33527 193 64

33534 225 75

33538 156 52

33540 1,024 341

33541 1,578 526

33542

See Zip Codes 33540 and

33541

33543 233 78

33544 127 42

33547 130 43


33549 553 184

33556 147 49



33565 197 66

33566 287 96

33567 205 68

33569 769 256

33570 642 214

33572 246 82

33573 1,671 557

33576 79 26

33584 391 130

33585 29 10

33592 282 94

33594 708 236

D/D-14

33597 188 63

33598 182 61

33602 318 106

33603 420 140

33604 807 269

33605 605 202

33606 202 67

33607 769 256

33609 308 103

33610 1,030 343

33611 535 178

33612 1,028 343

33613 564 188

33614 802 267

33615 645 215

33616 180 60

33617 567 189

33618 260 87

33619 689 230

33620 2 1

33621 10 3

33624 484 161

33625 209 70

33626 74 25

33629 342 114

33634 226 75

33635 177 59

33637 112 37

33647 153 51

33701 715 238

33702 916 305

33703 649 216

33704 328 109

33705 893 298

33706 328 109

33707 648 216

33708 585 195

33709 1,126 375

33710 776 259

33711 411 137

33712 689 230

33713 678 226

D/D-15

33714 555 185

33715 151 50

33716 192 64

33755 686 229

33756 1,270 423

33759 565 188

33760 273 91

33761 663 221

33762 127 42

33763 878 293

33764 810 270

33765 400 133

33767 535 178

33770 1,186 395

33771 1,373 458

33772 803 268

33773 426 142

33774 627 209

33776 320 107

33777 462 154

33778 544 181

33781 830 277

33782 787 262

33785 155 52

33786 49 16

33801 1,073 358

33803 847 282

33805 743 248

33809 871 290

33810 524 175

33811 269 90

33813 559 186

33815 414 138

33823 413 138

33825 1,032 344

33827 50 17

33830 567 189

33834 106 35

33837 665 222

33838 90 30

33839 32 11

33841 179 60

D/D-16

33843 307 102

33844 981 327

33849 59 20

33850 74 25

33852 853 284

33853 1,053 351

33857 83 28


33860 405 135

33865 26 9

33868 210 70

33870 1,373 458

33872 1,056 352

33873 225 75



33880 366 122

33881 538 179

33884 222 74

33890 108 36




33903 491 164

33917 723 241

33920 87 29

33946 82 27

33947 273 91

33948 416 139

33950 1,287 429

33952 1,142 381

33953 116 39

33954 113 38

33955 186 62

33960 20 7

33980 343 114

33981 249 83

33982 266 89

33983 316 105

33993 15 5

34201 20 7

34202 154 51

D/D-17

34203 785 262

34205 1,013 338

34207 1,137 379

34208 620 207

34209 1,212 404

34210 466 155



34215 55 18

34217 309 103

34219 110 37

34221 992 331

34222 441 147

34223 824 275

34224 703 234

34228 107 36

34229 58 19

34231 384 128

34232 385 128

34233 313 104

34234 265 88

34235 206 69

34236 179 60

34237 179 60

34238 179 60

34239 202 67

34240 115 38

34241 167 56

34242 92 31

34243 268 89

34251 48 16

34266 866 289


34275 254 85

34285 221 74

34286 70 23

34287 708 236


34292 426 142

34293 567 189

34420 316 105

34428 70 23

D/D-18

34429 116 39

34431 120 40

34432 188 63

34433 32 11

34434 50 17

34436 156 52

34442 226 75

34446 167 56

34448 128 43

34449 35 12

34450 233 78

34452 244 81

34453 156 52

34461 103 34

34465 262 87

34470 369 123

34471 346 115

34472 394 131

34473 132 44

34474 404 135

34475 220 73

34476 304 101

34479 154 51

34480 193 64

34481 365 122

34482 256 85

34484 23 8

34488 320 107

34491 456 152

34498 4 1

34601 1,136 379

34602 153 51


34606 826 275

34607 179 60

34608 771 257

34609 835 278

34610 246 82

34613 551 184

34614 49 16

34639 256 85

34652 631 210

D/D-19

34653 681 227

34654 275 92

34655 433 144

34667 701 234

34668 1,003 334

34669 156 52

34677 524 175

34683 747 249

34684 1,089 363

34685 283 94


34689 911 304

34690 341 114

34691 542 181

34695 533 178

34698 1,486 495

34705 54 18

34711 674 225

34731 315 105

34736 203 68

34737 30 10

34739 7 2

34747 22 7

34748 1,357 452

34753 62 21

34756 63 21

34758 15 5

34759 20 7

34762 32 11

34772 30 10

34785 446 149

34787 631 210

34788 759 253

34797 35 12

34972 19 6

34974 44 15

D/D-20


Sheet 5-Data Source and Modifications to the Data Set

April 6, 2007

Source: The original source of the admissions data is the Hospital Inpatient Data compiled by the

Florida Agency for Healthcare Administration (AHCA). The data are cumulative for the period

1999-2001.

The age range for patients is 55-84 years old. The totals reflect emergency admissions only.

Modifications to AHCA Dataset

Geographic ZIP Codes:

These are only ZIP Codes that have geographic boundaries. These ZIP Codes are assigned to

street or physical addresses exclusively. Emergency patients who listed post office box

addresses with post office box ZIP Codes were included in the ZIP Codes where those post

office boxes are physically located. Consequently, emergency admissions totals by ZIP Code

may differ from those calculated using the original admissions data from the Agency for

Healthcare Administration.

Quarter 3 (July-September) Modification:

For each year 1999-2001, and each Geographic ZIP Code, if third quarter (June-August)

emergency admissions were less than first quarter (January-March) emergencies, they were set

equal to first quarter emergency admissions. Consequently, the difference between emergency

admissions in the first quarter and those in the third quarter is greater than or equal to zero for

each year and each Geographic ZIP Code. This ensures that the peak seasonal resident ratio is

greater than or equal to 1.

D/D-21


Sheet 6-Missing and New ZIP Codes

April 6, 2007

Missing ZIP Codes

If a ZIP Code is not listed, it is because there were no emergency admissions for patients 55-84

years old in any quarter between January 1999 and December 2001 to hospitals located in

counties inside or adjacent to the Southwest Florida Water Management District.

Reconciling New Geographic Patient ZIP Codes with Census 2000 ZIP Code Tabulation

Areas (ZCTAs)

There was no permanent population for some of the geographic ZIP Codes listed in Table 1

below. These geographic ZIP Codes did not exist at the time the Bureau of the Census mapped

the ZCTAs and have no ZCTA equivalent. The admissions reported from these geographic ZIP

Codes were reassigned to their original geographic ZIP Codes. For example, emergency

admissions reported from new ZIP Code 32162 were added to those reported from 32159. ZIP

Code 33542 was carved out of two ZIP Codes (33540 and 33541). In this case, the admissions

were divided according the percentage of housing units from each of the zip codes now inside

33542. Table 1 indicates which ZCTAs received admissions from these 18 new geographic ZIP

Codes.

Note: Please scroll down to see Tables 1 and 2.

Table 1. Emergency Admissions for Patients 55-84 years old and Permanent Population

for ZIP Codes and ZCTAs

New Geographic Patient ZIP Code

Admissons

Existing ZIP Code/ZCTA Admissions &

Population


Population


Population

Geograp

hic

Quarter

1

Quarter

2

Quarter

3

Quarter

4

Quarter

1

Quarter

2

Quarter

3

Quarter

4

Perm.

Pop.

Patient January- April- July- October-

Associat

ed January- April- July- October- ZCTA

ZIP

Code March June

Septemb

er

Decemb

er ZCTA March June

Septemb

er

Decemb

er 4/1/00

32162 2 11 2 47 32159 1,228 1,004 997 1,210 27,939

33542 29 19 16 21 33540 1,009 776 681 828 18,837

33542 29 19 16 21 33541 1,564 1,129 867 1,229 23,017

33548 6 5 4 19 33549 546 486 483 517 44,672

33558 1 0 1 19 33549 546 486 483 517 44,672

33559 0 0 0 7 33549 546 486 483 517 44,672

33896 0 0 0 8 33837 663 446 414 529 21,315

33897 2 0 2 12 33837 663 446 414 529 21,315

33859 57 40 53 75 33853 996 763 769 833 34,439

D/D-22

33898 0 3 0 50 33853 996 763 769 833 34,439

33876 24 39 24 57 33870 1,349 1,012 871 1,118 22,563

33875 37 44 36 116 33872 1,019 742 632 855 20,593

34211 0 0 0 6 34202 154 126 118 153 15,335

34212 0 2 0 8 34202 154 126 118 153 15,335

34269 0 0 0 13 34266 866 670 613 754 31,964

34288 0 0 0 2 34286 70 63 55 77 8,610

34604 20 29 19 44 34609 815 732 695 748 28,499

34688 25 18 17 27 34689 886 760 732 752 28,752

Table 2 shows the combined old and new ZIP Code admissions data as it appears in the Sheet 3

"Data By ZIP Code".

Table 2. Combined Emergency Admissions for Selected Geographic Patient ZIP Codes Geograp

hic

Quarter

1

Quarter

2

Quarter

3

Quarter

4 Q1-Q3 Perm. Pop.

Patient January- April- July- October- where ZCTA

ZIP

Code March June

Septemb

er

Decemb

er

Q3 <=

Q1 2000

32159 1,230 1,015 999 1,257 231 27,939

33540 1,024 786 689 839 335 18,837

33541 1,578 1,138 875 1,239 703 23,017

33549 553 491 488 562 63 44,672

33837 665 446 416 549 249 21,315

33853 1,053 806 822 958 231 34,439

33870 1,373 1,051 895 1,175 478 22,563

33872 1,056 786 668 971 388 20,593

34202 154 128 118 167 36 15,335

34266 866 670 613 767 253 31,964

34286 70 63 55 79 15 8,610

34609 835 761 714 792 121 28,499

34689 911 778 749 779 162 28,752

For information on the origins of new ZIP Codes, see Sheet 8 "Contacts".

D/D-23


Sheet 7-Seasonal Admissions Incidence

April 6, 2007

Determination of the Overall Emergency Admission Incidence for Seasonal Residents 55-84

years old

The admissions incidence is based on third quarter emergency hospital admissions for the age

group 45-74 and is calculated as the admissions with patient ZIP Codes for this age group in ZIP

Codes in the District divided by the total population of this age group in ZIP Codes in the

District. The emergency admissions incidence is based on a younger age group because research

indicates that the seasonal resident population is generally healthier than the equivalent age

resident permanent resident population. The incidence is calculated as the 3-year average of 3rd

quarter emergency admissions for the 45-74 age group divided by the Census year total 45-74

age group population for the ZIP Codes and ZCTA’s in the District. Again, the three years used

to estimate the average Census year admissions are Census -1, Census, and Census +1. For the

2000 Census, the District-wide 45-74 emergency admissions incidence to be used in estimating

the Census year seasonal resident population is 0.015302.

45-74 year old age group

1999 - 2001 Hospital Admissions

Data (Emergency ONLY)

Geography Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 TOTAL

Census

2000

Permanent

Population

Overall

Incidence*

Jan-

Mar

Apr-

Jun

Jul-

Sep

Oct-

Dec

45-74

years old

SWFWMD Counties 88,743 78,498 76,724 83,566 327,531 1,671,289 0.015302

*Overall Incidence = (76,724/3)/1,671,289

D/D-24


Sheet 8-Contacts

April 6, 2007

Contact (s) at the Southwest Florida Water Management District:

Jay W. Yingling

Senior Economist

Planning Department


2379 Broad Street, Brooksville FL 34604-6899 USA

Phone 352-796-7211, Ext. 4406, Suncom 628-4406

[email protected]

Yassert A. Gonzalez

Economist

Planning Department


2379 Broad Street, Brooksville FL 34604-6899 USA

Phone 352-796-7211, Ext. 4417, Suncom 628-4417

[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

Date post:	04-Oct-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times

Southwest Florida Water Management District … · The Act governs the regulation of all waters in...

Documents